Age Owner Branch data TLA Line data Source code
1 : : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 : : *
3 : : * xlog.c
4 : : * PostgreSQL write-ahead log manager
5 : : *
6 : : * The Write-Ahead Log (WAL) functionality is split into several source
7 : : * files, in addition to this one:
8 : : *
9 : : * xloginsert.c - Functions for constructing WAL records
10 : : * xlogrecovery.c - WAL recovery and standby code
11 : : * xlogreader.c - Facility for reading WAL files and parsing WAL records
12 : : * xlogutils.c - Helper functions for WAL redo routines
13 : : *
14 : : * This file contains functions for coordinating database startup and
15 : : * checkpointing, and managing the write-ahead log buffers when the
16 : : * system is running.
17 : : *
18 : : * StartupXLOG() is the main entry point of the startup process. It
19 : : * coordinates database startup, performing WAL recovery, and the
20 : : * transition from WAL recovery into normal operations.
21 : : *
22 : : * XLogInsertRecord() inserts a WAL record into the WAL buffers. Most
23 : : * callers should not call this directly, but use the functions in
24 : : * xloginsert.c to construct the WAL record. XLogFlush() can be used
25 : : * to force the WAL to disk.
26 : : *
27 : : * In addition to those, there are many other functions for interrogating
28 : : * the current system state, and for starting/stopping backups.
29 : : *
30 : : *
31 : : * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2026, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
32 : : * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
33 : : *
34 : : * src/backend/access/transam/xlog.c
35 : : *
36 : : *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
37 : : */
38 : :
39 : : #include "postgres.h"
40 : :
41 : : #include <ctype.h>
42 : : #include <math.h>
43 : : #include <time.h>
44 : : #include <fcntl.h>
45 : : #include <sys/stat.h>
46 : : #include <sys/time.h>
47 : : #include <unistd.h>
48 : :
49 : : #include "access/clog.h"
50 : : #include "access/commit_ts.h"
51 : : #include "access/heaptoast.h"
52 : : #include "access/multixact.h"
53 : : #include "access/rewriteheap.h"
54 : : #include "access/subtrans.h"
55 : : #include "access/timeline.h"
56 : : #include "access/transam.h"
57 : : #include "access/twophase.h"
58 : : #include "access/xact.h"
59 : : #include "access/xlog_internal.h"
60 : : #include "access/xlogarchive.h"
61 : : #include "access/xloginsert.h"
62 : : #include "access/xlogreader.h"
63 : : #include "access/xlogrecovery.h"
64 : : #include "access/xlogutils.h"
65 : : #include "access/xlogwait.h"
66 : : #include "backup/basebackup.h"
67 : : #include "catalog/catversion.h"
68 : : #include "catalog/pg_control.h"
69 : : #include "catalog/pg_database.h"
70 : : #include "common/controldata_utils.h"
71 : : #include "common/file_utils.h"
72 : : #include "executor/instrument.h"
73 : : #include "miscadmin.h"
74 : : #include "pg_trace.h"
75 : : #include "pgstat.h"
76 : : #include "port/atomics.h"
77 : : #include "postmaster/bgwriter.h"
78 : : #include "postmaster/datachecksum_state.h"
79 : : #include "postmaster/startup.h"
80 : : #include "postmaster/walsummarizer.h"
81 : : #include "postmaster/walwriter.h"
82 : : #include "replication/origin.h"
83 : : #include "replication/slot.h"
84 : : #include "replication/slotsync.h"
85 : : #include "replication/snapbuild.h"
86 : : #include "replication/walreceiver.h"
87 : : #include "replication/walsender.h"
88 : : #include "storage/bufmgr.h"
89 : : #include "storage/fd.h"
90 : : #include "storage/ipc.h"
91 : : #include "storage/large_object.h"
92 : : #include "storage/latch.h"
93 : : #include "storage/predicate.h"
94 : : #include "storage/proc.h"
95 : : #include "storage/procarray.h"
96 : : #include "storage/procsignal.h"
97 : : #include "storage/reinit.h"
98 : : #include "storage/spin.h"
99 : : #include "storage/subsystems.h"
100 : : #include "storage/sync.h"
101 : : #include "utils/guc_hooks.h"
102 : : #include "utils/guc_tables.h"
103 : : #include "utils/injection_point.h"
104 : : #include "utils/pgstat_internal.h"
105 : : #include "utils/ps_status.h"
106 : : #include "utils/relmapper.h"
107 : : #include "utils/snapmgr.h"
108 : : #include "utils/timeout.h"
109 : : #include "utils/timestamp.h"
110 : : #include "utils/varlena.h"
111 : : #include "utils/wait_event.h"
112 : :
113 : : #ifdef WAL_DEBUG
114 : : #include "utils/memutils.h"
115 : : #endif
116 : :
117 : : /* timeline ID to be used when bootstrapping */
118 : : #define BootstrapTimeLineID 1
119 : :
120 : : /* User-settable parameters */
121 : : int max_wal_size_mb = 1024; /* 1 GB */
122 : : int min_wal_size_mb = 80; /* 80 MB */
123 : : int wal_keep_size_mb = 0;
124 : : int XLOGbuffers = -1;
125 : : int XLogArchiveTimeout = 0;
126 : : int XLogArchiveMode = ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF;
127 : : char *XLogArchiveCommand = NULL;
128 : : bool EnableHotStandby = false;
129 : : bool fullPageWrites = true;
130 : : bool wal_log_hints = false;
131 : : int wal_compression = WAL_COMPRESSION_NONE;
132 : : char *wal_consistency_checking_string = NULL;
133 : : bool *wal_consistency_checking = NULL;
134 : : bool wal_init_zero = true;
135 : : bool wal_recycle = true;
136 : : bool log_checkpoints = true;
137 : : int wal_sync_method = DEFAULT_WAL_SYNC_METHOD;
138 : : int wal_level = WAL_LEVEL_REPLICA;
139 : : int CommitDelay = 0; /* precommit delay in microseconds */
140 : : int CommitSiblings = 5; /* # concurrent xacts needed to sleep */
141 : : int wal_retrieve_retry_interval = 5000;
142 : : int max_slot_wal_keep_size_mb = -1;
143 : : int wal_decode_buffer_size = 512 * 1024;
144 : : bool track_wal_io_timing = false;
145 : :
146 : : #ifdef WAL_DEBUG
147 : : bool XLOG_DEBUG = false;
148 : : #endif
149 : :
150 : : int wal_segment_size = DEFAULT_XLOG_SEG_SIZE;
151 : :
152 : : /*
153 : : * Number of WAL insertion locks to use. A higher value allows more insertions
154 : : * to happen concurrently, but adds some CPU overhead to flushing the WAL,
155 : : * which needs to iterate all the locks.
156 : : */
157 : : #define NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS 8
158 : :
159 : : /*
160 : : * Max distance from last checkpoint, before triggering a new xlog-based
161 : : * checkpoint.
162 : : */
163 : : int CheckPointSegments;
164 : :
165 : : /* Estimated distance between checkpoints, in bytes */
166 : : static double CheckPointDistanceEstimate = 0;
167 : : static double PrevCheckPointDistance = 0;
168 : :
169 : : /*
170 : : * Track whether there were any deferred checks for custom resource managers
171 : : * specified in wal_consistency_checking.
172 : : */
173 : : static bool check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred = false;
174 : :
175 : : /*
176 : : * GUC support
177 : : */
178 : : const struct config_enum_entry wal_sync_method_options[] = {
179 : : {"fsync", WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC, false},
180 : : #ifdef HAVE_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH
181 : : {"fsync_writethrough", WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH, false},
182 : : #endif
183 : : {"fdatasync", WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FDATASYNC, false},
184 : : #ifdef O_SYNC
185 : : {"open_sync", WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN, false},
186 : : #endif
187 : : #ifdef O_DSYNC
188 : : {"open_datasync", WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN_DSYNC, false},
189 : : #endif
190 : : {NULL, 0, false}
191 : : };
192 : :
193 : :
194 : : /*
195 : : * Although only "on", "off", and "always" are documented,
196 : : * we accept all the likely variants of "on" and "off".
197 : : */
198 : : const struct config_enum_entry archive_mode_options[] = {
199 : : {"always", ARCHIVE_MODE_ALWAYS, false},
200 : : {"on", ARCHIVE_MODE_ON, false},
201 : : {"off", ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF, false},
202 : : {"true", ARCHIVE_MODE_ON, true},
203 : : {"false", ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF, true},
204 : : {"yes", ARCHIVE_MODE_ON, true},
205 : : {"no", ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF, true},
206 : : {"1", ARCHIVE_MODE_ON, true},
207 : : {"0", ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF, true},
208 : : {NULL, 0, false}
209 : : };
210 : :
211 : : /*
212 : : * Statistics for current checkpoint are collected in this global struct.
213 : : * Because only the checkpointer or a stand-alone backend can perform
214 : : * checkpoints, this will be unused in normal backends.
215 : : */
216 : : CheckpointStatsData CheckpointStats;
217 : :
218 : : /*
219 : : * During recovery, lastFullPageWrites keeps track of full_page_writes that
220 : : * the replayed WAL records indicate. It's initialized with full_page_writes
221 : : * that the recovery starting checkpoint record indicates, and then updated
222 : : * each time XLOG_FPW_CHANGE record is replayed.
223 : : */
224 : : static bool lastFullPageWrites;
225 : :
226 : : /*
227 : : * Local copy of the state tracked by SharedRecoveryState in shared memory,
228 : : * It is false if SharedRecoveryState is RECOVERY_STATE_DONE. True actually
229 : : * means "not known, need to check the shared state".
230 : : */
231 : : static bool LocalRecoveryInProgress = true;
232 : :
233 : : /*
234 : : * Local state for XLogInsertAllowed():
235 : : * 1: unconditionally allowed to insert XLOG
236 : : * 0: unconditionally not allowed to insert XLOG
237 : : * -1: must check RecoveryInProgress(); disallow until it is false
238 : : * Most processes start with -1 and transition to 1 after seeing that recovery
239 : : * is not in progress. But we can also force the value for special cases.
240 : : * The coding in XLogInsertAllowed() depends on the first two of these states
241 : : * being numerically the same as bool true and false.
242 : : */
243 : : static int LocalXLogInsertAllowed = -1;
244 : :
245 : : /*
246 : : * ProcLastRecPtr points to the start of the last XLOG record inserted by the
247 : : * current backend. It is updated for all inserts. XactLastRecEnd points to
248 : : * end+1 of the last record, and is reset when we end a top-level transaction,
249 : : * or start a new one; so it can be used to tell if the current transaction has
250 : : * created any XLOG records.
251 : : *
252 : : * While in parallel mode, this may not be fully up to date. When committing,
253 : : * a transaction can assume this covers all xlog records written either by the
254 : : * user backend or by any parallel worker which was present at any point during
255 : : * the transaction. But when aborting, or when still in parallel mode, other
256 : : * parallel backends may have written WAL records at later LSNs than the value
257 : : * stored here. The parallel leader advances its own copy, when necessary,
258 : : * in WaitForParallelWorkersToFinish.
259 : : */
260 : : XLogRecPtr ProcLastRecPtr = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
261 : : XLogRecPtr XactLastRecEnd = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
262 : : XLogRecPtr XactLastCommitEnd = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
263 : :
264 : : /*
265 : : * RedoRecPtr is this backend's local copy of the REDO record pointer
266 : : * (which is almost but not quite the same as a pointer to the most recent
267 : : * CHECKPOINT record). We update this from the shared-memory copy,
268 : : * XLogCtl->Insert.RedoRecPtr, whenever we can safely do so (ie, when we
269 : : * hold an insertion lock). See XLogInsertRecord for details. We are also
270 : : * allowed to update from XLogCtl->RedoRecPtr if we hold the info_lck;
271 : : * see GetRedoRecPtr.
272 : : *
273 : : * NB: Code that uses this variable must be prepared not only for the
274 : : * possibility that it may be arbitrarily out of date, but also for the
275 : : * possibility that it might be set to InvalidXLogRecPtr. We used to
276 : : * initialize it as a side effect of the first call to RecoveryInProgress(),
277 : : * which meant that most code that might use it could assume that it had a
278 : : * real if perhaps stale value. That's no longer the case.
279 : : */
280 : : static XLogRecPtr RedoRecPtr;
281 : :
282 : : /*
283 : : * doPageWrites is this backend's local copy of (fullPageWrites ||
284 : : * runningBackups > 0). It is used together with RedoRecPtr to decide whether
285 : : * a full-page image of a page need to be taken.
286 : : *
287 : : * NB: Initially this is false, and there's no guarantee that it will be
288 : : * initialized to any other value before it is first used. Any code that
289 : : * makes use of it must recheck the value after obtaining a WALInsertLock,
290 : : * and respond appropriately if it turns out that the previous value wasn't
291 : : * accurate.
292 : : */
293 : : static bool doPageWrites;
294 : :
295 : : /*----------
296 : : * Shared-memory data structures for XLOG control
297 : : *
298 : : * LogwrtRqst indicates a byte position that we need to write and/or fsync
299 : : * the log up to (all records before that point must be written or fsynced).
300 : : * The positions already written/fsynced are maintained in logWriteResult
301 : : * and logFlushResult using atomic access.
302 : : * In addition to the shared variable, each backend has a private copy of
303 : : * both in LogwrtResult, which is updated when convenient.
304 : : *
305 : : * The request bookkeeping is simpler: there is a shared XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst
306 : : * (protected by info_lck), but we don't need to cache any copies of it.
307 : : *
308 : : * info_lck is only held long enough to read/update the protected variables,
309 : : * so it's a plain spinlock. The other locks are held longer (potentially
310 : : * over I/O operations), so we use LWLocks for them. These locks are:
311 : : *
312 : : * WALBufMappingLock: must be held to replace a page in the WAL buffer cache.
313 : : * It is only held while initializing and changing the mapping. If the
314 : : * contents of the buffer being replaced haven't been written yet, the mapping
315 : : * lock is released while the write is done, and reacquired afterwards.
316 : : *
317 : : * WALWriteLock: must be held to write WAL buffers to disk (XLogWrite or
318 : : * XLogFlush).
319 : : *
320 : : * ControlFileLock: must be held to read/update control file or create
321 : : * new log file.
322 : : *
323 : : *----------
324 : : */
325 : :
326 : : typedef struct XLogwrtRqst
327 : : {
328 : : XLogRecPtr Write; /* last byte + 1 to write out */
329 : : XLogRecPtr Flush; /* last byte + 1 to flush */
330 : : } XLogwrtRqst;
331 : :
332 : : typedef struct XLogwrtResult
333 : : {
334 : : XLogRecPtr Write; /* last byte + 1 written out */
335 : : XLogRecPtr Flush; /* last byte + 1 flushed */
336 : : } XLogwrtResult;
337 : :
338 : : /*
339 : : * Inserting to WAL is protected by a small fixed number of WAL insertion
340 : : * locks. To insert to the WAL, you must hold one of the locks - it doesn't
341 : : * matter which one. To lock out other concurrent insertions, you must hold
342 : : * of them. Each WAL insertion lock consists of a lightweight lock, plus an
343 : : * indicator of how far the insertion has progressed (insertingAt).
344 : : *
345 : : * The insertingAt values are read when a process wants to flush WAL from
346 : : * the in-memory buffers to disk, to check that all the insertions to the
347 : : * region the process is about to write out have finished. You could simply
348 : : * wait for all currently in-progress insertions to finish, but the
349 : : * insertingAt indicator allows you to ignore insertions to later in the WAL,
350 : : * so that you only wait for the insertions that are modifying the buffers
351 : : * you're about to write out.
352 : : *
353 : : * This isn't just an optimization. If all the WAL buffers are dirty, an
354 : : * inserter that's holding a WAL insert lock might need to evict an old WAL
355 : : * buffer, which requires flushing the WAL. If it's possible for an inserter
356 : : * to block on another inserter unnecessarily, deadlock can arise when two
357 : : * inserters holding a WAL insert lock wait for each other to finish their
358 : : * insertion.
359 : : *
360 : : * Small WAL records that don't cross a page boundary never update the value,
361 : : * the WAL record is just copied to the page and the lock is released. But
362 : : * to avoid the deadlock-scenario explained above, the indicator is always
363 : : * updated before sleeping while holding an insertion lock.
364 : : *
365 : : * lastImportantAt contains the LSN of the last important WAL record inserted
366 : : * using a given lock. This value is used to detect if there has been
367 : : * important WAL activity since the last time some action, like a checkpoint,
368 : : * was performed - allowing to not repeat the action if not. The LSN is
369 : : * updated for all insertions, unless the XLOG_MARK_UNIMPORTANT flag was
370 : : * set. lastImportantAt is never cleared, only overwritten by the LSN of newer
371 : : * records. Tracking the WAL activity directly in WALInsertLock has the
372 : : * advantage of not needing any additional locks to update the value.
373 : : */
374 : : typedef struct
375 : : {
376 : : LWLock lock;
377 : : pg_atomic_uint64 insertingAt;
378 : : XLogRecPtr lastImportantAt;
379 : : } WALInsertLock;
380 : :
381 : : /*
382 : : * All the WAL insertion locks are allocated as an array in shared memory. We
383 : : * force the array stride to be a power of 2, which saves a few cycles in
384 : : * indexing, but more importantly also ensures that individual slots don't
385 : : * cross cache line boundaries. (Of course, we have to also ensure that the
386 : : * array start address is suitably aligned.)
387 : : */
388 : : typedef union WALInsertLockPadded
389 : : {
390 : : WALInsertLock l;
391 : : char pad[PG_CACHE_LINE_SIZE];
392 : : } WALInsertLockPadded;
393 : :
394 : : /*
395 : : * Session status of running backup, used for sanity checks in SQL-callable
396 : : * functions to start and stop backups.
397 : : */
398 : : static SessionBackupState sessionBackupState = SESSION_BACKUP_NONE;
399 : :
400 : : /*
401 : : * Shared state data for WAL insertion.
402 : : */
403 : : typedef struct XLogCtlInsert
404 : : {
405 : : slock_t insertpos_lck; /* protects CurrBytePos and PrevBytePos */
406 : :
407 : : /*
408 : : * CurrBytePos is the end of reserved WAL. The next record will be
409 : : * inserted at that position. PrevBytePos is the start position of the
410 : : * previously inserted (or rather, reserved) record - it is copied to the
411 : : * prev-link of the next record. These are stored as "usable byte
412 : : * positions" rather than XLogRecPtrs (see XLogBytePosToRecPtr()).
413 : : */
414 : : uint64 CurrBytePos;
415 : : uint64 PrevBytePos;
416 : :
417 : : /*
418 : : * Make sure the above heavily-contended spinlock and byte positions are
419 : : * on their own cache line. In particular, the RedoRecPtr and full page
420 : : * write variables below should be on a different cache line. They are
421 : : * read on every WAL insertion, but updated rarely, and we don't want
422 : : * those reads to steal the cache line containing Curr/PrevBytePos.
423 : : */
424 : : char pad[PG_CACHE_LINE_SIZE];
425 : :
426 : : /*
427 : : * fullPageWrites is the authoritative value used by all backends to
428 : : * determine whether to write full-page image to WAL. This shared value,
429 : : * instead of the process-local fullPageWrites, is required because, when
430 : : * full_page_writes is changed by SIGHUP, we must WAL-log it before it
431 : : * actually affects WAL-logging by backends. Checkpointer sets at startup
432 : : * or after SIGHUP.
433 : : *
434 : : * To read these fields, you must hold an insertion lock. To modify them,
435 : : * you must hold ALL the locks.
436 : : */
437 : : XLogRecPtr RedoRecPtr; /* current redo point for insertions */
438 : : bool fullPageWrites;
439 : :
440 : : /*
441 : : * runningBackups is a counter indicating the number of backups currently
442 : : * in progress. lastBackupStart is the latest checkpoint redo location
443 : : * used as a starting point for an online backup.
444 : : */
445 : : int runningBackups;
446 : : XLogRecPtr lastBackupStart;
447 : :
448 : : /*
449 : : * WAL insertion locks.
450 : : */
451 : : WALInsertLockPadded *WALInsertLocks;
452 : : } XLogCtlInsert;
453 : :
454 : : /*
455 : : * Total shared-memory state for XLOG.
456 : : */
457 : : typedef struct XLogCtlData
458 : : {
459 : : XLogCtlInsert Insert;
460 : :
461 : : /* Protected by info_lck: */
462 : : XLogwrtRqst LogwrtRqst;
463 : : XLogRecPtr RedoRecPtr; /* a recent copy of Insert->RedoRecPtr */
464 : : XLogRecPtr asyncXactLSN; /* LSN of newest async commit/abort */
465 : : XLogRecPtr replicationSlotMinLSN; /* oldest LSN needed by any slot */
466 : :
467 : : XLogSegNo lastRemovedSegNo; /* latest removed/recycled XLOG segment */
468 : :
469 : : /* Fake LSN counter, for unlogged relations. */
470 : : pg_atomic_uint64 unloggedLSN;
471 : :
472 : : /* Time and LSN of last xlog segment switch. Protected by WALWriteLock. */
473 : : pg_time_t lastSegSwitchTime;
474 : : XLogRecPtr lastSegSwitchLSN;
475 : :
476 : : /* These are accessed using atomics -- info_lck not needed */
477 : : pg_atomic_uint64 logInsertResult; /* last byte + 1 inserted to buffers */
478 : : pg_atomic_uint64 logWriteResult; /* last byte + 1 written out */
479 : : pg_atomic_uint64 logFlushResult; /* last byte + 1 flushed */
480 : :
481 : : /*
482 : : * Latest initialized page in the cache (last byte position + 1).
483 : : *
484 : : * To change the identity of a buffer (and InitializedUpTo), you need to
485 : : * hold WALBufMappingLock. To change the identity of a buffer that's
486 : : * still dirty, the old page needs to be written out first, and for that
487 : : * you need WALWriteLock, and you need to ensure that there are no
488 : : * in-progress insertions to the page by calling
489 : : * WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish().
490 : : */
491 : : XLogRecPtr InitializedUpTo;
492 : :
493 : : /*
494 : : * These values do not change after startup, although the pointed-to pages
495 : : * and xlblocks values certainly do. xlblocks values are protected by
496 : : * WALBufMappingLock.
497 : : */
498 : : char *pages; /* buffers for unwritten XLOG pages */
499 : : pg_atomic_uint64 *xlblocks; /* 1st byte ptr-s + XLOG_BLCKSZ */
500 : : int XLogCacheBlck; /* highest allocated xlog buffer index */
501 : :
502 : : /*
503 : : * InsertTimeLineID is the timeline into which new WAL is being inserted
504 : : * and flushed. It is zero during recovery, and does not change once set.
505 : : *
506 : : * If we create a new timeline when the system was started up,
507 : : * PrevTimeLineID is the old timeline's ID that we forked off from.
508 : : * Otherwise it's equal to InsertTimeLineID.
509 : : *
510 : : * We set these fields while holding info_lck. Most that reads these
511 : : * values knows that recovery is no longer in progress and so can safely
512 : : * read the value without a lock, but code that could be run either during
513 : : * or after recovery can take info_lck while reading these values.
514 : : */
515 : : TimeLineID InsertTimeLineID;
516 : : TimeLineID PrevTimeLineID;
517 : :
518 : : /*
519 : : * SharedRecoveryState indicates if we're still in crash or archive
520 : : * recovery. Protected by info_lck.
521 : : */
522 : : RecoveryState SharedRecoveryState;
523 : :
524 : : /*
525 : : * InstallXLogFileSegmentActive indicates whether the checkpointer should
526 : : * arrange for future segments by recycling and/or PreallocXlogFiles().
527 : : * Protected by ControlFileLock. Only the startup process changes it. If
528 : : * true, anyone can use InstallXLogFileSegment(). If false, the startup
529 : : * process owns the exclusive right to install segments, by reading from
530 : : * the archive and possibly replacing existing files.
531 : : */
532 : : bool InstallXLogFileSegmentActive;
533 : :
534 : : /*
535 : : * WalWriterSleeping indicates whether the WAL writer is currently in
536 : : * low-power mode (and hence should be nudged if an async commit occurs).
537 : : * Protected by info_lck.
538 : : */
539 : : bool WalWriterSleeping;
540 : :
541 : : /*
542 : : * During recovery, we keep a copy of the latest checkpoint record here.
543 : : * lastCheckPointRecPtr points to start of checkpoint record and
544 : : * lastCheckPointEndPtr points to end+1 of checkpoint record. Used by the
545 : : * checkpointer when it wants to create a restartpoint.
546 : : *
547 : : * Protected by info_lck.
548 : : */
549 : : XLogRecPtr lastCheckPointRecPtr;
550 : : XLogRecPtr lastCheckPointEndPtr;
551 : : CheckPoint lastCheckPoint;
552 : :
553 : : /*
554 : : * lastFpwDisableRecPtr points to the start of the last replayed
555 : : * XLOG_FPW_CHANGE record that instructs full_page_writes is disabled.
556 : : */
557 : : XLogRecPtr lastFpwDisableRecPtr;
558 : :
559 : : /* last data_checksum_version we've seen */
560 : : uint32 data_checksum_version;
561 : :
562 : : slock_t info_lck; /* locks shared variables shown above */
563 : : } XLogCtlData;
564 : :
565 : : /*
566 : : * Classification of XLogInsertRecord operations.
567 : : */
568 : : typedef enum
569 : : {
570 : : WALINSERT_NORMAL,
571 : : WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH,
572 : : WALINSERT_SPECIAL_CHECKPOINT
573 : : } WalInsertClass;
574 : :
575 : : static XLogCtlData *XLogCtl = NULL;
576 : :
577 : : /* a private copy of XLogCtl->Insert.WALInsertLocks, for convenience */
578 : : static WALInsertLockPadded *WALInsertLocks = NULL;
579 : :
580 : : /*
581 : : * We maintain an image of pg_control in shared memory.
582 : : */
583 : : static ControlFileData *LocalControlFile = NULL;
584 : : static ControlFileData *ControlFile = NULL;
585 : :
586 : : static void XLOGShmemRequest(void *arg);
587 : : static void XLOGShmemInit(void *arg);
588 : : static void XLOGShmemAttach(void *arg);
589 : :
590 : : const ShmemCallbacks XLOGShmemCallbacks = {
591 : : .request_fn = XLOGShmemRequest,
592 : : .init_fn = XLOGShmemInit,
593 : : .attach_fn = XLOGShmemAttach,
594 : : };
595 : :
596 : : /*
597 : : * Calculate the amount of space left on the page after 'endptr'. Beware
598 : : * multiple evaluation!
599 : : */
600 : : #define INSERT_FREESPACE(endptr) \
601 : : (((endptr) % XLOG_BLCKSZ == 0) ? 0 : (XLOG_BLCKSZ - (endptr) % XLOG_BLCKSZ))
602 : :
603 : : /* Macro to advance to next buffer index. */
604 : : #define NextBufIdx(idx) \
605 : : (((idx) == XLogCtl->XLogCacheBlck) ? 0 : ((idx) + 1))
606 : :
607 : : /*
608 : : * XLogRecPtrToBufIdx returns the index of the WAL buffer that holds, or
609 : : * would hold if it was in cache, the page containing 'recptr'.
610 : : */
611 : : #define XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(recptr) \
612 : : (((recptr) / XLOG_BLCKSZ) % (XLogCtl->XLogCacheBlck + 1))
613 : :
614 : : /*
615 : : * These are the number of bytes in a WAL page usable for WAL data.
616 : : */
617 : : #define UsableBytesInPage (XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogShortPHD)
618 : :
619 : : /*
620 : : * Convert values of GUCs measured in megabytes to equiv. segment count.
621 : : * Rounds down.
622 : : */
623 : : #define ConvertToXSegs(x, segsize) XLogMBVarToSegs((x), (segsize))
624 : :
625 : : /* The number of bytes in a WAL segment usable for WAL data. */
626 : : static int UsableBytesInSegment;
627 : :
628 : : /*
629 : : * Private, possibly out-of-date copy of shared LogwrtResult.
630 : : * See discussion above.
631 : : */
632 : : static XLogwrtResult LogwrtResult = {0, 0};
633 : :
634 : : /*
635 : : * Update local copy of shared XLogCtl->log{Write,Flush}Result
636 : : *
637 : : * It's critical that Flush always trails Write, so the order of the reads is
638 : : * important, as is the barrier. See also XLogWrite.
639 : : */
640 : : #define RefreshXLogWriteResult(_target) \
641 : : do { \
642 : : _target.Flush = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->logFlushResult); \
643 : : pg_read_barrier(); \
644 : : _target.Write = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->logWriteResult); \
645 : : } while (0)
646 : :
647 : : /*
648 : : * openLogFile is -1 or a kernel FD for an open log file segment.
649 : : * openLogSegNo identifies the segment, and openLogTLI the corresponding TLI.
650 : : * These variables are only used to write the XLOG, and so will normally refer
651 : : * to the active segment.
652 : : *
653 : : * Note: call Reserve/ReleaseExternalFD to track consumption of this FD.
654 : : */
655 : : static int openLogFile = -1;
656 : : static XLogSegNo openLogSegNo = 0;
657 : : static TimeLineID openLogTLI = 0;
658 : :
659 : : /*
660 : : * Local copies of equivalent fields in the control file. When running
661 : : * crash recovery, LocalMinRecoveryPoint is set to InvalidXLogRecPtr as we
662 : : * expect to replay all the WAL available, and updateMinRecoveryPoint is
663 : : * switched to false to prevent any updates while replaying records.
664 : : * Those values are kept consistent as long as crash recovery runs.
665 : : */
666 : : static XLogRecPtr LocalMinRecoveryPoint;
667 : : static TimeLineID LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI;
668 : : static bool updateMinRecoveryPoint = true;
669 : :
670 : : /*
671 : : * Local state for ControlFile data_checksum_version. After initialization
672 : : * this is only updated when absorbing a procsignal barrier during interrupt
673 : : * processing. The reason for keeping a copy in backend-private memory is to
674 : : * avoid locking for interrogating the data checksum state. Possible values
675 : : * are the data checksum versions defined in storage/checksum.h.
676 : : */
677 : : static ChecksumStateType LocalDataChecksumState = 0;
678 : :
679 : : /*
680 : : * Variable backing the GUC, keep it in sync with LocalDataChecksumState.
681 : : * See SetLocalDataChecksumState().
682 : : */
683 : : int data_checksums = 0;
684 : :
685 : : /* For WALInsertLockAcquire/Release functions */
686 : : static int MyLockNo = 0;
687 : : static bool holdingAllLocks = false;
688 : :
689 : : #ifdef WAL_DEBUG
690 : : static MemoryContext walDebugCxt = NULL;
691 : : #endif
692 : :
693 : : static void CleanupAfterArchiveRecovery(TimeLineID EndOfLogTLI,
694 : : XLogRecPtr EndOfLog,
695 : : TimeLineID newTLI);
696 : : static void CheckRequiredParameterValues(void);
697 : : static void XLogReportParameters(void);
698 : : static int LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed(void);
699 : : static void CreateEndOfRecoveryRecord(void);
700 : : static XLogRecPtr CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(XLogRecPtr aborted_lsn,
701 : : XLogRecPtr pagePtr,
702 : : TimeLineID newTLI);
703 : : static void CheckPointGuts(XLogRecPtr checkPointRedo, int flags);
704 : : static void KeepLogSeg(XLogRecPtr recptr, XLogSegNo *logSegNo);
705 : :
706 : : static void AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(XLogRecPtr upto, TimeLineID tli,
707 : : bool opportunistic);
708 : : static void XLogWrite(XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst, TimeLineID tli, bool flexible);
709 : : static bool InstallXLogFileSegment(XLogSegNo *segno, char *tmppath,
710 : : bool find_free, XLogSegNo max_segno,
711 : : TimeLineID tli);
712 : : static void XLogFileClose(void);
713 : : static void PreallocXlogFiles(XLogRecPtr endptr, TimeLineID tli);
714 : : static void RemoveTempXlogFiles(void);
715 : : static void RemoveOldXlogFiles(XLogSegNo segno, XLogRecPtr lastredoptr,
716 : : XLogRecPtr endptr, TimeLineID insertTLI);
717 : : static void RemoveXlogFile(const struct dirent *segment_de,
718 : : XLogSegNo recycleSegNo, XLogSegNo *endlogSegNo,
719 : : TimeLineID insertTLI);
720 : : static void UpdateLastRemovedPtr(char *filename);
721 : : static void ValidateXLOGDirectoryStructure(void);
722 : : static void CleanupBackupHistory(void);
723 : : static void UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(XLogRecPtr lsn, bool force);
724 : : static bool PerformRecoveryXLogAction(void);
725 : : static void InitControlFile(uint64 sysidentifier, uint32 data_checksum_version);
726 : : static void WriteControlFile(void);
727 : : static void ReadControlFile(void);
728 : : static void UpdateControlFile(void);
729 : : static char *str_time(pg_time_t tnow, char *buf, size_t bufsize);
730 : :
731 : : static int get_sync_bit(int method);
732 : :
733 : : static void CopyXLogRecordToWAL(int write_len, bool isLogSwitch,
734 : : XLogRecData *rdata,
735 : : XLogRecPtr StartPos, XLogRecPtr EndPos,
736 : : TimeLineID tli);
737 : : static void ReserveXLogInsertLocation(int size, XLogRecPtr *StartPos,
738 : : XLogRecPtr *EndPos, XLogRecPtr *PrevPtr);
739 : : static bool ReserveXLogSwitch(XLogRecPtr *StartPos, XLogRecPtr *EndPos,
740 : : XLogRecPtr *PrevPtr);
741 : : static XLogRecPtr WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(XLogRecPtr upto);
742 : : static char *GetXLogBuffer(XLogRecPtr ptr, TimeLineID tli);
743 : : static XLogRecPtr XLogBytePosToRecPtr(uint64 bytepos);
744 : : static XLogRecPtr XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(uint64 bytepos);
745 : : static uint64 XLogRecPtrToBytePos(XLogRecPtr ptr);
746 : :
747 : : static void WALInsertLockAcquire(void);
748 : : static void WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive(void);
749 : : static void WALInsertLockRelease(void);
750 : : static void WALInsertLockUpdateInsertingAt(XLogRecPtr insertingAt);
751 : :
752 : : static void XLogChecksums(uint32 new_type);
753 : :
754 : : /*
755 : : * Insert an XLOG record represented by an already-constructed chain of data
756 : : * chunks. This is a low-level routine; to construct the WAL record header
757 : : * and data, use the higher-level routines in xloginsert.c.
758 : : *
759 : : * If 'fpw_lsn' is valid, it is the oldest LSN among the pages that this
760 : : * WAL record applies to, that were not included in the record as full page
761 : : * images. If fpw_lsn <= RedoRecPtr, the function does not perform the
762 : : * insertion and returns InvalidXLogRecPtr. The caller can then recalculate
763 : : * which pages need a full-page image, and retry. If fpw_lsn is invalid, the
764 : : * record is always inserted.
765 : : *
766 : : * 'flags' gives more in-depth control on the record being inserted. See
767 : : * XLogSetRecordFlags() for details.
768 : : *
769 : : * 'topxid_included' tells whether the top-transaction id is logged along with
770 : : * current subtransaction. See XLogRecordAssemble().
771 : : *
772 : : * The first XLogRecData in the chain must be for the record header, and its
773 : : * data must be MAXALIGNed. XLogInsertRecord fills in the xl_prev and
774 : : * xl_crc fields in the header, the rest of the header must already be filled
775 : : * by the caller.
776 : : *
777 : : * Returns XLOG pointer to end of record (beginning of next record).
778 : : * This can be used as LSN for data pages affected by the logged action.
779 : : * (LSN is the XLOG point up to which the XLOG must be flushed to disk
780 : : * before the data page can be written out. This implements the basic
781 : : * WAL rule "write the log before the data".)
782 : : */
783 : : XLogRecPtr
3421 andres@anarazel.de 784 :CBC 24665927 : XLogInsertRecord(XLogRecData *rdata,
785 : : XLogRecPtr fpw_lsn,
786 : : uint8 flags,
787 : : int num_fpi,
788 : : uint64 fpi_bytes,
789 : : bool topxid_included)
790 : : {
9175 bruce@momjian.us 791 : 24665927 : XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
792 : : pg_crc32c rdata_crc;
793 : : bool inserted;
4198 heikki.linnakangas@i 794 : 24665927 : XLogRecord *rechdr = (XLogRecord *) rdata->data;
3469 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 795 : 24665927 : uint8 info = rechdr->xl_info & ~XLR_INFO_MASK;
929 rhaas@postgresql.org 796 : 24665927 : WalInsertClass class = WALINSERT_NORMAL;
797 : : XLogRecPtr StartPos;
798 : : XLogRecPtr EndPos;
2791 akapila@postgresql.o 799 : 24665927 : bool prevDoPageWrites = doPageWrites;
800 : : TimeLineID insertTLI;
801 : :
802 : : /* Does this record type require special handling? */
929 rhaas@postgresql.org 803 [ + + ]: 24665927 : if (unlikely(rechdr->xl_rmid == RM_XLOG_ID))
804 : : {
805 [ + + ]: 321329 : if (info == XLOG_SWITCH)
806 : 837 : class = WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH;
807 [ + + ]: 320492 : else if (info == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO)
808 : 997 : class = WALINSERT_SPECIAL_CHECKPOINT;
809 : : }
810 : :
811 : : /* we assume that all of the record header is in the first chunk */
4184 heikki.linnakangas@i 812 [ - + ]: 24665927 : Assert(rdata->len >= SizeOfXLogRecord);
813 : :
814 : : /* cross-check on whether we should be here or not */
6157 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 815 [ - + ]: 24665927 : if (!XLogInsertAllowed())
6157 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 816 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "cannot make new WAL entries during recovery");
817 : :
818 : : /*
819 : : * Given that we're not in recovery, InsertTimeLineID is set and can't
820 : : * change, so we can read it without a lock.
821 : : */
1637 rhaas@postgresql.org 822 :CBC 24665927 : insertTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
823 : :
824 : : /*----------
825 : : *
826 : : * We have now done all the preparatory work we can without holding a
827 : : * lock or modifying shared state. From here on, inserting the new WAL
828 : : * record to the shared WAL buffer cache is a two-step process:
829 : : *
830 : : * 1. Reserve the right amount of space from the WAL. The current head of
831 : : * reserved space is kept in Insert->CurrBytePos, and is protected by
832 : : * insertpos_lck.
833 : : *
834 : : * 2. Copy the record to the reserved WAL space. This involves finding the
835 : : * correct WAL buffer containing the reserved space, and copying the
836 : : * record in place. This can be done concurrently in multiple processes.
837 : : *
838 : : * To keep track of which insertions are still in-progress, each concurrent
839 : : * inserter acquires an insertion lock. In addition to just indicating that
840 : : * an insertion is in progress, the lock tells others how far the inserter
841 : : * has progressed. There is a small fixed number of insertion locks,
842 : : * determined by NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS. When an inserter crosses a page
843 : : * boundary, it updates the value stored in the lock to the how far it has
844 : : * inserted, to allow the previous buffer to be flushed.
845 : : *
846 : : * Holding onto an insertion lock also protects RedoRecPtr and
847 : : * fullPageWrites from changing until the insertion is finished.
848 : : *
849 : : * Step 2 can usually be done completely in parallel. If the required WAL
850 : : * page is not initialized yet, you have to grab WALBufMappingLock to
851 : : * initialize it, but the WAL writer tries to do that ahead of insertions
852 : : * to avoid that from happening in the critical path.
853 : : *
854 : : *----------
855 : : */
5228 heikki.linnakangas@i 856 : 24665927 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
857 : :
929 rhaas@postgresql.org 858 [ + + ]: 24665927 : if (likely(class == WALINSERT_NORMAL))
859 : : {
938 860 : 24664093 : WALInsertLockAcquire();
861 : :
862 : : /*
863 : : * Check to see if my copy of RedoRecPtr is out of date. If so, may
864 : : * have to go back and have the caller recompute everything. This can
865 : : * only happen just after a checkpoint, so it's better to be slow in
866 : : * this case and fast otherwise.
867 : : *
868 : : * Also check to see if fullPageWrites was just turned on or there's a
869 : : * running backup (which forces full-page writes); if we weren't
870 : : * already doing full-page writes then go back and recompute.
871 : : *
872 : : * If we aren't doing full-page writes then RedoRecPtr doesn't
873 : : * actually affect the contents of the XLOG record, so we'll update
874 : : * our local copy but not force a recomputation. (If doPageWrites was
875 : : * just turned off, we could recompute the record without full pages,
876 : : * but we choose not to bother.)
877 : : */
878 [ + + ]: 24664093 : if (RedoRecPtr != Insert->RedoRecPtr)
879 : : {
880 [ - + ]: 7572 : Assert(RedoRecPtr < Insert->RedoRecPtr);
881 : 7572 : RedoRecPtr = Insert->RedoRecPtr;
882 : : }
883 [ + + + + ]: 24664093 : doPageWrites = (Insert->fullPageWrites || Insert->runningBackups > 0);
884 : :
885 [ + + ]: 24664093 : if (doPageWrites &&
886 [ + + + + ]: 22359893 : (!prevDoPageWrites ||
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 887 [ + + ]:GNC 21347132 : (XLogRecPtrIsValid(fpw_lsn) && fpw_lsn <= RedoRecPtr)))
888 : : {
889 : : /*
890 : : * Oops, some buffer now needs to be backed up that the caller
891 : : * didn't back up. Start over.
892 : : */
938 rhaas@postgresql.org 893 :CBC 8341 : WALInsertLockRelease();
894 [ - + ]: 8341 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
895 : 8341 : return InvalidXLogRecPtr;
896 : : }
897 : :
898 : : /*
899 : : * Reserve space for the record in the WAL. This also sets the xl_prev
900 : : * pointer.
901 : : */
4198 heikki.linnakangas@i 902 : 24655752 : ReserveXLogInsertLocation(rechdr->xl_tot_len, &StartPos, &EndPos,
903 : : &rechdr->xl_prev);
904 : :
905 : : /* Normal records are always inserted. */
4684 906 : 24655752 : inserted = true;
907 : : }
929 rhaas@postgresql.org 908 [ + + ]: 1834 : else if (class == WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH)
909 : : {
910 : : /*
911 : : * In order to insert an XLOG_SWITCH record, we need to hold all of
912 : : * the WAL insertion locks, not just one, so that no one else can
913 : : * begin inserting a record until we've figured out how much space
914 : : * remains in the current WAL segment and claimed all of it.
915 : : *
916 : : * Nonetheless, this case is simpler than the normal cases handled
917 : : * below, which must check for changes in doPageWrites and RedoRecPtr.
918 : : * Those checks are only needed for records that can contain buffer
919 : : * references, and an XLOG_SWITCH record never does.
920 : : */
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 921 [ - + ]:GNC 837 : Assert(!XLogRecPtrIsValid(fpw_lsn));
938 rhaas@postgresql.org 922 :CBC 837 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
923 : 837 : inserted = ReserveXLogSwitch(&StartPos, &EndPos, &rechdr->xl_prev);
924 : : }
925 : : else
926 : : {
929 927 [ - + ]: 997 : Assert(class == WALINSERT_SPECIAL_CHECKPOINT);
928 : :
929 : : /*
930 : : * We need to update both the local and shared copies of RedoRecPtr,
931 : : * which means that we need to hold all the WAL insertion locks.
932 : : * However, there can't be any buffer references, so as above, we need
933 : : * not check RedoRecPtr before inserting the record; we just need to
934 : : * update it afterwards.
935 : : */
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 936 [ - + ]:GNC 997 : Assert(!XLogRecPtrIsValid(fpw_lsn));
929 rhaas@postgresql.org 937 :CBC 997 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
938 : 997 : ReserveXLogInsertLocation(rechdr->xl_tot_len, &StartPos, &EndPos,
939 : : &rechdr->xl_prev);
940 : 997 : RedoRecPtr = Insert->RedoRecPtr = StartPos;
941 : 997 : inserted = true;
942 : : }
943 : :
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 944 [ + + ]: 24657586 : if (inserted)
945 : : {
946 : : /*
947 : : * Now that xl_prev has been filled in, calculate CRC of the record
948 : : * header.
949 : : */
4184 950 : 24657515 : rdata_crc = rechdr->xl_crc;
951 : 24657515 : COMP_CRC32C(rdata_crc, rechdr, offsetof(XLogRecord, xl_crc));
4200 952 : 24657515 : FIN_CRC32C(rdata_crc);
4684 953 : 24657515 : rechdr->xl_crc = rdata_crc;
954 : :
955 : : /*
956 : : * All the record data, including the header, is now ready to be
957 : : * inserted. Copy the record in the space reserved.
958 : : */
929 rhaas@postgresql.org 959 : 24657515 : CopyXLogRecordToWAL(rechdr->xl_tot_len,
960 : : class == WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH, rdata,
961 : : StartPos, EndPos, insertTLI);
962 : :
963 : : /*
964 : : * Unless record is flagged as not important, update LSN of last
965 : : * important record in the current slot. When holding all locks, just
966 : : * update the first one.
967 : : */
3421 andres@anarazel.de 968 [ + + ]: 24657515 : if ((flags & XLOG_MARK_UNIMPORTANT) == 0)
969 : : {
3275 bruce@momjian.us 970 [ + + ]: 24499404 : int lockno = holdingAllLocks ? 0 : MyLockNo;
971 : :
3421 andres@anarazel.de 972 : 24499404 : WALInsertLocks[lockno].l.lastImportantAt = StartPos;
973 : : }
974 : : }
975 : : else
976 : : {
977 : : /*
978 : : * This was an xlog-switch record, but the current insert location was
979 : : * already exactly at the beginning of a segment, so there was no need
980 : : * to do anything.
981 : : */
982 : : }
983 : :
984 : : /*
985 : : * Done! Let others know that we're finished.
986 : : */
4428 heikki.linnakangas@i 987 : 24657586 : WALInsertLockRelease();
988 : :
4684 989 [ - + ]: 24657586 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
990 : :
1645 akapila@postgresql.o 991 : 24657586 : MarkCurrentTransactionIdLoggedIfAny();
992 : :
993 : : /*
994 : : * Mark top transaction id is logged (if needed) so that we should not try
995 : : * to log it again with the next WAL record in the current subtransaction.
996 : : */
997 [ + + ]: 24657586 : if (topxid_included)
998 : 223 : MarkSubxactTopXidLogged();
999 : :
1000 : : /*
1001 : : * Update shared LogwrtRqst.Write, if we crossed page boundary.
1002 : : */
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1003 [ + + ]: 24657586 : if (StartPos / XLOG_BLCKSZ != EndPos / XLOG_BLCKSZ)
1004 : : {
4243 andres@anarazel.de 1005 [ + + ]: 1887465 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
1006 : : /* advance global request to include new block(s) */
1007 [ + + ]: 1887465 : if (XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write < EndPos)
1008 : 1804468 : XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write = EndPos;
1009 : 1887465 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
760 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 1010 : 1887465 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
1011 : : }
1012 : :
1013 : : /*
1014 : : * If this was an XLOG_SWITCH record, flush the record and the empty
1015 : : * padding space that fills the rest of the segment, and perform
1016 : : * end-of-segment actions (eg, notifying archiver).
1017 : : */
929 rhaas@postgresql.org 1018 [ + + ]: 24657586 : if (class == WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH)
1019 : : {
1020 : : TRACE_POSTGRESQL_WAL_SWITCH();
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1021 : 837 : XLogFlush(EndPos);
1022 : :
1023 : : /*
1024 : : * Even though we reserved the rest of the segment for us, which is
1025 : : * reflected in EndPos, we return a pointer to just the end of the
1026 : : * xlog-switch record.
1027 : : */
1028 [ + + ]: 837 : if (inserted)
1029 : : {
1030 : 766 : EndPos = StartPos + SizeOfXLogRecord;
1031 [ - + ]: 766 : if (StartPos / XLOG_BLCKSZ != EndPos / XLOG_BLCKSZ)
1032 : : {
3150 andres@anarazel.de 1033 :UBC 0 : uint64 offset = XLogSegmentOffset(EndPos, wal_segment_size);
1034 : :
1035 [ # # ]: 0 : if (offset == EndPos % XLOG_BLCKSZ)
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1036 : 0 : EndPos += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1037 : : else
1038 : 0 : EndPos += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
1039 : : }
1040 : : }
1041 : : }
1042 : :
1043 : : #ifdef WAL_DEBUG
1044 : : if (XLOG_DEBUG)
1045 : : {
1046 : : static XLogReaderState *debug_reader = NULL;
1047 : : XLogRecord *record;
1048 : : DecodedXLogRecord *decoded;
1049 : : StringInfoData buf;
1050 : : StringInfoData recordBuf;
1051 : : char *errormsg = NULL;
1052 : : MemoryContext oldCxt;
1053 : :
1054 : : oldCxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(walDebugCxt);
1055 : :
1056 : : initStringInfo(&buf);
1057 : : appendStringInfo(&buf, "INSERT @ %X/%08X: ", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(EndPos));
1058 : :
1059 : : /*
1060 : : * We have to piece together the WAL record data from the XLogRecData
1061 : : * entries, so that we can pass it to the rm_desc function as one
1062 : : * contiguous chunk.
1063 : : */
1064 : : initStringInfo(&recordBuf);
1065 : : for (; rdata != NULL; rdata = rdata->next)
1066 : : appendBinaryStringInfo(&recordBuf, rdata->data, rdata->len);
1067 : :
1068 : : /* We also need temporary space to decode the record. */
1069 : : record = (XLogRecord *) recordBuf.data;
1070 : : decoded = (DecodedXLogRecord *)
1071 : : palloc(DecodeXLogRecordRequiredSpace(record->xl_tot_len));
1072 : :
1073 : : if (!debug_reader)
1074 : : debug_reader = XLogReaderAllocate(wal_segment_size, NULL,
1075 : : XL_ROUTINE(.page_read = NULL,
1076 : : .segment_open = NULL,
1077 : : .segment_close = NULL),
1078 : : NULL);
1079 : : if (!debug_reader)
1080 : : {
1081 : : appendStringInfoString(&buf, "error decoding record: out of memory while allocating a WAL reading processor");
1082 : : }
1083 : : else if (!DecodeXLogRecord(debug_reader,
1084 : : decoded,
1085 : : record,
1086 : : EndPos,
1087 : : &errormsg))
1088 : : {
1089 : : appendStringInfo(&buf, "error decoding record: %s",
1090 : : errormsg ? errormsg : "no error message");
1091 : : }
1092 : : else
1093 : : {
1094 : : appendStringInfoString(&buf, " - ");
1095 : :
1096 : : debug_reader->record = decoded;
1097 : : xlog_outdesc(&buf, debug_reader);
1098 : : debug_reader->record = NULL;
1099 : : }
1100 : : elog(LOG, "%s", buf.data);
1101 : :
1102 : : pfree(decoded);
1103 : : pfree(buf.data);
1104 : : pfree(recordBuf.data);
1105 : : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldCxt);
1106 : : }
1107 : : #endif
1108 : :
1109 : : /*
1110 : : * Update our global variables
1111 : : */
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1112 :CBC 24657586 : ProcLastRecPtr = StartPos;
1113 : 24657586 : XactLastRecEnd = EndPos;
1114 : :
1115 : : /* Report WAL traffic to the instrumentation. */
2222 akapila@postgresql.o 1116 [ + + ]: 24657586 : if (inserted)
1117 : : {
1118 : 24657515 : pgWalUsage.wal_bytes += rechdr->xl_tot_len;
1119 : 24657515 : pgWalUsage.wal_records++;
2191 1120 : 24657515 : pgWalUsage.wal_fpi += num_fpi;
188 michael@paquier.xyz 1121 :GNC 24657515 : pgWalUsage.wal_fpi_bytes += fpi_bytes;
1122 : :
1123 : : /* Required for the flush of pending stats WAL data */
281 michael@paquier.xyz 1124 :CBC 24657515 : pgstat_report_fixed = true;
1125 : : }
1126 : :
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1127 : 24657586 : return EndPos;
1128 : : }
1129 : :
1130 : : /*
1131 : : * Reserves the right amount of space for a record of given size from the WAL.
1132 : : * *StartPos is set to the beginning of the reserved section, *EndPos to
1133 : : * its end+1. *PrevPtr is set to the beginning of the previous record; it is
1134 : : * used to set the xl_prev of this record.
1135 : : *
1136 : : * This is the performance critical part of XLogInsert that must be serialized
1137 : : * across backends. The rest can happen mostly in parallel. Try to keep this
1138 : : * section as short as possible, insertpos_lck can be heavily contended on a
1139 : : * busy system.
1140 : : *
1141 : : * NB: The space calculation here must match the code in CopyXLogRecordToWAL,
1142 : : * where we actually copy the record to the reserved space.
1143 : : *
1144 : : * NB: Testing shows that XLogInsertRecord runs faster if this code is inlined;
1145 : : * however, because there are two call sites, the compiler is reluctant to
1146 : : * inline. We use pg_attribute_always_inline here to try to convince it.
1147 : : */
1148 : : static pg_attribute_always_inline void
1149 : 24656749 : ReserveXLogInsertLocation(int size, XLogRecPtr *StartPos, XLogRecPtr *EndPos,
1150 : : XLogRecPtr *PrevPtr)
1151 : : {
4243 andres@anarazel.de 1152 : 24656749 : XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
1153 : : uint64 startbytepos;
1154 : : uint64 endbytepos;
1155 : : uint64 prevbytepos;
1156 : :
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1157 : 24656749 : size = MAXALIGN(size);
1158 : :
1159 : : /* All (non xlog-switch) records should contain data. */
1160 [ - + ]: 24656749 : Assert(size > SizeOfXLogRecord);
1161 : :
1162 : : /*
1163 : : * The duration the spinlock needs to be held is minimized by minimizing
1164 : : * the calculations that have to be done while holding the lock. The
1165 : : * current tip of reserved WAL is kept in CurrBytePos, as a byte position
1166 : : * that only counts "usable" bytes in WAL, that is, it excludes all WAL
1167 : : * page headers. The mapping between "usable" byte positions and physical
1168 : : * positions (XLogRecPtrs) can be done outside the locked region, and
1169 : : * because the usable byte position doesn't include any headers, reserving
1170 : : * X bytes from WAL is almost as simple as "CurrBytePos += X".
1171 : : */
1172 [ + + ]: 24656749 : SpinLockAcquire(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1173 : :
1174 : 24656749 : startbytepos = Insert->CurrBytePos;
1175 : 24656749 : endbytepos = startbytepos + size;
1176 : 24656749 : prevbytepos = Insert->PrevBytePos;
1177 : 24656749 : Insert->CurrBytePos = endbytepos;
1178 : 24656749 : Insert->PrevBytePos = startbytepos;
1179 : :
1180 : 24656749 : SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1181 : :
1182 : 24656749 : *StartPos = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(startbytepos);
1183 : 24656749 : *EndPos = XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(endbytepos);
1184 : 24656749 : *PrevPtr = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(prevbytepos);
1185 : :
1186 : : /*
1187 : : * Check that the conversions between "usable byte positions" and
1188 : : * XLogRecPtrs work consistently in both directions.
1189 : : */
1190 [ - + ]: 24656749 : Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*StartPos) == startbytepos);
1191 [ - + ]: 24656749 : Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*EndPos) == endbytepos);
1192 [ - + ]: 24656749 : Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*PrevPtr) == prevbytepos);
1193 : 24656749 : }
1194 : :
1195 : : /*
1196 : : * Like ReserveXLogInsertLocation(), but for an xlog-switch record.
1197 : : *
1198 : : * A log-switch record is handled slightly differently. The rest of the
1199 : : * segment will be reserved for this insertion, as indicated by the returned
1200 : : * *EndPos value. However, if we are already at the beginning of the current
1201 : : * segment, *StartPos and *EndPos are set to the current location without
1202 : : * reserving any space, and the function returns false.
1203 : : */
1204 : : static bool
1205 : 837 : ReserveXLogSwitch(XLogRecPtr *StartPos, XLogRecPtr *EndPos, XLogRecPtr *PrevPtr)
1206 : : {
4243 andres@anarazel.de 1207 : 837 : XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
1208 : : uint64 startbytepos;
1209 : : uint64 endbytepos;
1210 : : uint64 prevbytepos;
4184 heikki.linnakangas@i 1211 : 837 : uint32 size = MAXALIGN(SizeOfXLogRecord);
1212 : : XLogRecPtr ptr;
1213 : : uint32 segleft;
1214 : :
1215 : : /*
1216 : : * These calculations are a bit heavy-weight to be done while holding a
1217 : : * spinlock, but since we're holding all the WAL insertion locks, there
1218 : : * are no other inserters competing for it. GetXLogInsertRecPtr() does
1219 : : * compete for it, but that's not called very frequently.
1220 : : */
4684 1221 [ - + ]: 837 : SpinLockAcquire(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1222 : :
1223 : 837 : startbytepos = Insert->CurrBytePos;
1224 : :
1225 : 837 : ptr = XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(startbytepos);
3150 andres@anarazel.de 1226 [ + + ]: 837 : if (XLogSegmentOffset(ptr, wal_segment_size) == 0)
1227 : : {
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1228 : 71 : SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1229 : 71 : *EndPos = *StartPos = ptr;
1230 : 71 : return false;
1231 : : }
1232 : :
1233 : 766 : endbytepos = startbytepos + size;
1234 : 766 : prevbytepos = Insert->PrevBytePos;
1235 : :
1236 : 766 : *StartPos = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(startbytepos);
1237 : 766 : *EndPos = XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(endbytepos);
1238 : :
3150 andres@anarazel.de 1239 : 766 : segleft = wal_segment_size - XLogSegmentOffset(*EndPos, wal_segment_size);
1240 [ + - ]: 766 : if (segleft != wal_segment_size)
1241 : : {
1242 : : /* consume the rest of the segment */
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1243 : 766 : *EndPos += segleft;
1244 : 766 : endbytepos = XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*EndPos);
1245 : : }
1246 : 766 : Insert->CurrBytePos = endbytepos;
1247 : 766 : Insert->PrevBytePos = startbytepos;
1248 : :
1249 : 766 : SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1250 : :
1251 : 766 : *PrevPtr = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(prevbytepos);
1252 : :
3150 andres@anarazel.de 1253 [ - + ]: 766 : Assert(XLogSegmentOffset(*EndPos, wal_segment_size) == 0);
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1254 [ - + ]: 766 : Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*EndPos) == endbytepos);
1255 [ - + ]: 766 : Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*StartPos) == startbytepos);
1256 [ - + ]: 766 : Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*PrevPtr) == prevbytepos);
1257 : :
1258 : 766 : return true;
1259 : : }
1260 : :
1261 : : /*
1262 : : * Subroutine of XLogInsertRecord. Copies a WAL record to an already-reserved
1263 : : * area in the WAL.
1264 : : */
1265 : : static void
1266 : 24657515 : CopyXLogRecordToWAL(int write_len, bool isLogSwitch, XLogRecData *rdata,
1267 : : XLogRecPtr StartPos, XLogRecPtr EndPos, TimeLineID tli)
1268 : : {
1269 : : char *currpos;
1270 : : int freespace;
1271 : : int written;
1272 : : XLogRecPtr CurrPos;
1273 : : XLogPageHeader pagehdr;
1274 : :
1275 : : /*
1276 : : * Get a pointer to the right place in the right WAL buffer to start
1277 : : * inserting to.
1278 : : */
1279 : 24657515 : CurrPos = StartPos;
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 1280 : 24657515 : currpos = GetXLogBuffer(CurrPos, tli);
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1281 [ + - ]: 24657515 : freespace = INSERT_FREESPACE(CurrPos);
1282 : :
1283 : : /*
1284 : : * there should be enough space for at least the first field (xl_tot_len)
1285 : : * on this page.
1286 : : */
1287 [ - + ]: 24657515 : Assert(freespace >= sizeof(uint32));
1288 : :
1289 : : /* Copy record data */
1290 : 24657515 : written = 0;
1291 [ + + ]: 113319859 : while (rdata != NULL)
1292 : : {
609 peter@eisentraut.org 1293 : 88662344 : const char *rdata_data = rdata->data;
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1294 : 88662344 : int rdata_len = rdata->len;
1295 : :
1296 [ + + ]: 90670974 : while (rdata_len > freespace)
1297 : : {
1298 : : /*
1299 : : * Write what fits on this page, and continue on the next page.
1300 : : */
1301 [ + + - + ]: 2008630 : Assert(CurrPos % XLOG_BLCKSZ >= SizeOfXLogShortPHD || freespace == 0);
1302 : 2008630 : memcpy(currpos, rdata_data, freespace);
1303 : 2008630 : rdata_data += freespace;
1304 : 2008630 : rdata_len -= freespace;
1305 : 2008630 : written += freespace;
1306 : 2008630 : CurrPos += freespace;
1307 : :
1308 : : /*
1309 : : * Get pointer to beginning of next page, and set the xlp_rem_len
1310 : : * in the page header. Set XLP_FIRST_IS_CONTRECORD.
1311 : : *
1312 : : * It's safe to set the contrecord flag and xlp_rem_len without a
1313 : : * lock on the page. All the other flags were already set when the
1314 : : * page was initialized, in AdvanceXLInsertBuffer, and we're the
1315 : : * only backend that needs to set the contrecord flag.
1316 : : */
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 1317 : 2008630 : currpos = GetXLogBuffer(CurrPos, tli);
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1318 : 2008630 : pagehdr = (XLogPageHeader) currpos;
1319 : 2008630 : pagehdr->xlp_rem_len = write_len - written;
1320 : 2008630 : pagehdr->xlp_info |= XLP_FIRST_IS_CONTRECORD;
1321 : :
1322 : : /* skip over the page header */
3150 andres@anarazel.de 1323 [ + + ]: 2008630 : if (XLogSegmentOffset(CurrPos, wal_segment_size) == 0)
1324 : : {
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1325 : 1287 : CurrPos += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1326 : 1287 : currpos += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1327 : : }
1328 : : else
1329 : : {
1330 : 2007343 : CurrPos += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
1331 : 2007343 : currpos += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
1332 : : }
1333 [ + - ]: 2008630 : freespace = INSERT_FREESPACE(CurrPos);
1334 : : }
1335 : :
1336 [ + + - + ]: 88662344 : Assert(CurrPos % XLOG_BLCKSZ >= SizeOfXLogShortPHD || rdata_len == 0);
1337 : 88662344 : memcpy(currpos, rdata_data, rdata_len);
1338 : 88662344 : currpos += rdata_len;
1339 : 88662344 : CurrPos += rdata_len;
1340 : 88662344 : freespace -= rdata_len;
1341 : 88662344 : written += rdata_len;
1342 : :
1343 : 88662344 : rdata = rdata->next;
1344 : : }
1345 [ - + ]: 24657515 : Assert(written == write_len);
1346 : :
1347 : : /*
1348 : : * If this was an xlog-switch, it's not enough to write the switch record,
1349 : : * we also have to consume all the remaining space in the WAL segment. We
1350 : : * have already reserved that space, but we need to actually fill it.
1351 : : */
3150 andres@anarazel.de 1352 [ + + + - ]: 24657515 : if (isLogSwitch && XLogSegmentOffset(CurrPos, wal_segment_size) != 0)
1353 : : {
1354 : : /* An xlog-switch record doesn't contain any data besides the header */
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1355 [ - + ]: 766 : Assert(write_len == SizeOfXLogRecord);
1356 : :
1357 : : /* Assert that we did reserve the right amount of space */
3150 andres@anarazel.de 1358 [ - + ]: 766 : Assert(XLogSegmentOffset(EndPos, wal_segment_size) == 0);
1359 : :
1360 : : /* Use up all the remaining space on the current page */
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1361 : 766 : CurrPos += freespace;
1362 : :
1363 : : /*
1364 : : * Cause all remaining pages in the segment to be flushed, leaving the
1365 : : * XLog position where it should be, at the start of the next segment.
1366 : : * We do this one page at a time, to make sure we don't deadlock
1367 : : * against ourselves if wal_buffers < wal_segment_size.
1368 : : */
1369 [ + + ]: 772387 : while (CurrPos < EndPos)
1370 : : {
1371 : : /*
1372 : : * The minimal action to flush the page would be to call
1373 : : * WALInsertLockUpdateInsertingAt(CurrPos) followed by
1374 : : * AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(...). The page would be left initialized
1375 : : * mostly to zeros, except for the page header (always the short
1376 : : * variant, as this is never a segment's first page).
1377 : : *
1378 : : * The large vistas of zeros are good for compressibility, but the
1379 : : * headers interrupting them every XLOG_BLCKSZ (with values that
1380 : : * differ from page to page) are not. The effect varies with
1381 : : * compression tool, but bzip2 for instance compresses about an
1382 : : * order of magnitude worse if those headers are left in place.
1383 : : *
1384 : : * Rather than complicating AdvanceXLInsertBuffer itself (which is
1385 : : * called in heavily-loaded circumstances as well as this lightly-
1386 : : * loaded one) with variant behavior, we just use GetXLogBuffer
1387 : : * (which itself calls the two methods we need) to get the pointer
1388 : : * and zero most of the page. Then we just zero the page header.
1389 : : */
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 1390 : 771621 : currpos = GetXLogBuffer(CurrPos, tli);
2958 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1391 [ + - + - : 3086484 : MemSet(currpos, 0, SizeOfXLogShortPHD);
+ - + - +
+ ]
1392 : :
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1393 : 771621 : CurrPos += XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1394 : : }
1395 : : }
1396 : : else
1397 : : {
1398 : : /* Align the end position, so that the next record starts aligned */
4184 1399 : 24656749 : CurrPos = MAXALIGN64(CurrPos);
1400 : : }
1401 : :
4684 1402 [ - + ]: 24657515 : if (CurrPos != EndPos)
762 dgustafsson@postgres 1403 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
1404 : : errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
1405 : : errmsg_internal("space reserved for WAL record does not match what was written"));
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1406 :CBC 24657515 : }
1407 : :
1408 : : /*
1409 : : * Acquire a WAL insertion lock, for inserting to WAL.
1410 : : */
1411 : : static void
4428 1412 : 24665101 : WALInsertLockAcquire(void)
1413 : : {
1414 : : bool immed;
1415 : :
1416 : : /*
1417 : : * It doesn't matter which of the WAL insertion locks we acquire, so try
1418 : : * the one we used last time. If the system isn't particularly busy, it's
1419 : : * a good bet that it's still available, and it's good to have some
1420 : : * affinity to a particular lock so that you don't unnecessarily bounce
1421 : : * cache lines between processes when there's no contention.
1422 : : *
1423 : : * If this is the first time through in this backend, pick a lock
1424 : : * (semi-)randomly. This allows the locks to be used evenly if you have a
1425 : : * lot of very short connections.
1426 : : */
1427 : : static int lockToTry = -1;
1428 : :
1429 [ + + ]: 24665101 : if (lockToTry == -1)
803 1430 : 8791 : lockToTry = MyProcNumber % NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS;
4428 1431 : 24665101 : MyLockNo = lockToTry;
1432 : :
1433 : : /*
1434 : : * The insertingAt value is initially set to 0, as we don't know our
1435 : : * insert location yet.
1436 : : */
3931 andres@anarazel.de 1437 : 24665101 : immed = LWLockAcquire(&WALInsertLocks[MyLockNo].l.lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
4428 heikki.linnakangas@i 1438 [ + + ]: 24665101 : if (!immed)
1439 : : {
1440 : : /*
1441 : : * If we couldn't get the lock immediately, try another lock next
1442 : : * time. On a system with more insertion locks than concurrent
1443 : : * inserters, this causes all the inserters to eventually migrate to a
1444 : : * lock that no-one else is using. On a system with more inserters
1445 : : * than locks, it still helps to distribute the inserters evenly
1446 : : * across the locks.
1447 : : */
4234 1448 : 21467 : lockToTry = (lockToTry + 1) % NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS;
1449 : : }
4684 1450 : 24665101 : }
1451 : :
1452 : : /*
1453 : : * Acquire all WAL insertion locks, to prevent other backends from inserting
1454 : : * to WAL.
1455 : : */
1456 : : static void
4428 1457 : 4941 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive(void)
1458 : : {
1459 : : int i;
1460 : :
1461 : : /*
1462 : : * When holding all the locks, all but the last lock's insertingAt
1463 : : * indicator is set to 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF, which is higher than any real
1464 : : * XLogRecPtr value, to make sure that no-one blocks waiting on those.
1465 : : */
4234 1466 [ + + ]: 39528 : for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS - 1; i++)
1467 : : {
3931 andres@anarazel.de 1468 : 34587 : LWLockAcquire(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
1469 : 34587 : LWLockUpdateVar(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock,
1470 : 34587 : &WALInsertLocks[i].l.insertingAt,
1471 : : PG_UINT64_MAX);
1472 : : }
1473 : : /* Variable value reset to 0 at release */
1474 : 4941 : LWLockAcquire(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
1475 : :
4428 heikki.linnakangas@i 1476 : 4941 : holdingAllLocks = true;
4684 1477 : 4941 : }
1478 : :
1479 : : /*
1480 : : * Release our insertion lock (or locks, if we're holding them all).
1481 : : *
1482 : : * NB: Reset all variables to 0, so they cause LWLockWaitForVar to block the
1483 : : * next time the lock is acquired.
1484 : : */
1485 : : static void
4428 1486 : 24670042 : WALInsertLockRelease(void)
1487 : : {
1488 [ + + ]: 24670042 : if (holdingAllLocks)
1489 : : {
1490 : : int i;
1491 : :
4234 1492 [ + + ]: 44469 : for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS; i++)
3931 andres@anarazel.de 1493 : 39528 : LWLockReleaseClearVar(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock,
1494 : 39528 : &WALInsertLocks[i].l.insertingAt,
1495 : : 0);
1496 : :
4428 heikki.linnakangas@i 1497 : 4941 : holdingAllLocks = false;
1498 : : }
1499 : : else
1500 : : {
3931 andres@anarazel.de 1501 : 24665101 : LWLockReleaseClearVar(&WALInsertLocks[MyLockNo].l.lock,
1502 : 24665101 : &WALInsertLocks[MyLockNo].l.insertingAt,
1503 : : 0);
1504 : : }
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1505 : 24670042 : }
1506 : :
1507 : : /*
1508 : : * Update our insertingAt value, to let others know that we've finished
1509 : : * inserting up to that point.
1510 : : */
1511 : : static void
4428 1512 : 2677183 : WALInsertLockUpdateInsertingAt(XLogRecPtr insertingAt)
1513 : : {
1514 [ + + ]: 2677183 : if (holdingAllLocks)
1515 : : {
1516 : : /*
1517 : : * We use the last lock to mark our actual position, see comments in
1518 : : * WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive.
1519 : : */
4234 1520 : 770849 : LWLockUpdateVar(&WALInsertLocks[NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS - 1].l.lock,
3240 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1521 : 770849 : &WALInsertLocks[NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS - 1].l.insertingAt,
1522 : : insertingAt);
1523 : : }
1524 : : else
4428 heikki.linnakangas@i 1525 : 1906334 : LWLockUpdateVar(&WALInsertLocks[MyLockNo].l.lock,
1526 : 1906334 : &WALInsertLocks[MyLockNo].l.insertingAt,
1527 : : insertingAt);
4684 1528 : 2677183 : }
1529 : :
1530 : : /*
1531 : : * Wait for any WAL insertions < upto to finish.
1532 : : *
1533 : : * Returns the location of the oldest insertion that is still in-progress.
1534 : : * Any WAL prior to that point has been fully copied into WAL buffers, and
1535 : : * can be flushed out to disk. Because this waits for any insertions older
1536 : : * than 'upto' to finish, the return value is always >= 'upto'.
1537 : : *
1538 : : * Note: When you are about to write out WAL, you must call this function
1539 : : * *before* acquiring WALWriteLock, to avoid deadlocks. This function might
1540 : : * need to wait for an insertion to finish (or at least advance to next
1541 : : * uninitialized page), and the inserter might need to evict an old WAL buffer
1542 : : * to make room for a new one, which in turn requires WALWriteLock.
1543 : : */
1544 : : static XLogRecPtr
1545 : 2539141 : WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(XLogRecPtr upto)
1546 : : {
1547 : : uint64 bytepos;
1548 : : XLogRecPtr inserted;
1549 : : XLogRecPtr reservedUpto;
1550 : : XLogRecPtr finishedUpto;
4243 andres@anarazel.de 1551 : 2539141 : XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
1552 : : int i;
1553 : :
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1554 [ - + ]: 2539141 : if (MyProc == NULL)
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1555 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(PANIC, "cannot wait without a PGPROC structure");
1556 : :
1557 : : /*
1558 : : * Check if there's any work to do. Use a barrier to ensure we get the
1559 : : * freshest value.
1560 : : */
758 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 1561 :CBC 2539141 : inserted = pg_atomic_read_membarrier_u64(&XLogCtl->logInsertResult);
1562 [ + + ]: 2539141 : if (upto <= inserted)
1563 : 1986197 : return inserted;
1564 : :
1565 : : /* Read the current insert position */
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1566 [ + + ]: 552944 : SpinLockAcquire(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1567 : 552944 : bytepos = Insert->CurrBytePos;
1568 : 552944 : SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1569 : 552944 : reservedUpto = XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(bytepos);
1570 : :
1571 : : /*
1572 : : * No-one should request to flush a piece of WAL that hasn't even been
1573 : : * reserved yet. However, it can happen if there is a block with a bogus
1574 : : * LSN on disk, for example. XLogFlush checks for that situation and
1575 : : * complains, but only after the flush. Here we just assume that to mean
1576 : : * that all WAL that has been reserved needs to be finished. In this
1577 : : * corner-case, the return value can be smaller than 'upto' argument.
1578 : : */
1579 [ - + ]: 552944 : if (upto > reservedUpto)
1580 : : {
1978 peter@eisentraut.org 1581 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(LOG,
1582 : : errmsg("request to flush past end of generated WAL; request %X/%08X, current position %X/%08X",
1583 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(upto), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(reservedUpto)));
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1584 : 0 : upto = reservedUpto;
1585 : : }
1586 : :
1587 : : /*
1588 : : * Loop through all the locks, sleeping on any in-progress insert older
1589 : : * than 'upto'.
1590 : : *
1591 : : * finishedUpto is our return value, indicating the point upto which all
1592 : : * the WAL insertions have been finished. Initialize it to the head of
1593 : : * reserved WAL, and as we iterate through the insertion locks, back it
1594 : : * out for any insertion that's still in progress.
1595 : : */
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1596 :CBC 552944 : finishedUpto = reservedUpto;
4234 1597 [ + + ]: 4976496 : for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS; i++)
1598 : : {
4382 bruce@momjian.us 1599 : 4423552 : XLogRecPtr insertingat = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
1600 : :
1601 : : do
1602 : : {
1603 : : /*
1604 : : * See if this insertion is in progress. LWLockWaitForVar will
1605 : : * wait for the lock to be released, or for the 'value' to be set
1606 : : * by a LWLockUpdateVar call. When a lock is initially acquired,
1607 : : * its value is 0 (InvalidXLogRecPtr), which means that we don't
1608 : : * know where it's inserting yet. We will have to wait for it. If
1609 : : * it's a small insertion, the record will most likely fit on the
1610 : : * same page and the inserter will release the lock without ever
1611 : : * calling LWLockUpdateVar. But if it has to sleep, it will
1612 : : * advertise the insertion point with LWLockUpdateVar before
1613 : : * sleeping.
1614 : : *
1615 : : * In this loop we are only waiting for insertions that started
1616 : : * before WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish was called. The lack of
1617 : : * memory barriers in the loop means that we might see locks as
1618 : : * "unused" that have since become used. This is fine because
1619 : : * they only can be used for later insertions that we would not
1620 : : * want to wait on anyway. Not taking a lock to acquire the
1621 : : * current insertingAt value means that we might see older
1622 : : * insertingAt values. This is also fine, because if we read a
1623 : : * value too old, we will add ourselves to the wait queue, which
1624 : : * contains atomic operations.
1625 : : */
4428 heikki.linnakangas@i 1626 [ + + ]: 4577761 : if (LWLockWaitForVar(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock,
1627 : 4577761 : &WALInsertLocks[i].l.insertingAt,
1628 : : insertingat, &insertingat))
1629 : : {
1630 : : /* the lock was free, so no insertion in progress */
1631 : 3055085 : insertingat = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
1632 : 3055085 : break;
1633 : : }
1634 : :
1635 : : /*
1636 : : * This insertion is still in progress. Have to wait, unless the
1637 : : * inserter has proceeded past 'upto'.
1638 : : */
1639 [ + + ]: 1522676 : } while (insertingat < upto);
1640 : :
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 1641 [ + + + + ]:GNC 4423552 : if (XLogRecPtrIsValid(insertingat) && insertingat < finishedUpto)
4428 heikki.linnakangas@i 1642 :CBC 485255 : finishedUpto = insertingat;
1643 : : }
1644 : :
1645 : : /*
1646 : : * Advance the limit we know to have been inserted and return the freshest
1647 : : * value we know of, which might be beyond what we requested if somebody
1648 : : * is concurrently doing this with an 'upto' pointer ahead of us.
1649 : : */
758 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 1650 : 552944 : finishedUpto = pg_atomic_monotonic_advance_u64(&XLogCtl->logInsertResult,
1651 : : finishedUpto);
1652 : :
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1653 : 552944 : return finishedUpto;
1654 : : }
1655 : :
1656 : : /*
1657 : : * Get a pointer to the right location in the WAL buffer containing the
1658 : : * given XLogRecPtr.
1659 : : *
1660 : : * If the page is not initialized yet, it is initialized. That might require
1661 : : * evicting an old dirty buffer from the buffer cache, which means I/O.
1662 : : *
1663 : : * The caller must ensure that the page containing the requested location
1664 : : * isn't evicted yet, and won't be evicted. The way to ensure that is to
1665 : : * hold onto a WAL insertion lock with the insertingAt position set to
1666 : : * something <= ptr. GetXLogBuffer() will update insertingAt if it needs
1667 : : * to evict an old page from the buffer. (This means that once you call
1668 : : * GetXLogBuffer() with a given 'ptr', you must not access anything before
1669 : : * that point anymore, and must not call GetXLogBuffer() with an older 'ptr'
1670 : : * later, because older buffers might be recycled already)
1671 : : */
1672 : : static char *
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 1673 : 27437777 : GetXLogBuffer(XLogRecPtr ptr, TimeLineID tli)
1674 : : {
1675 : : int idx;
1676 : : XLogRecPtr endptr;
1677 : : static uint64 cachedPage = 0;
1678 : : static char *cachedPos = NULL;
1679 : : XLogRecPtr expectedEndPtr;
1680 : :
1681 : : /*
1682 : : * Fast path for the common case that we need to access again the same
1683 : : * page as last time.
1684 : : */
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1685 [ + + ]: 27437777 : if (ptr / XLOG_BLCKSZ == cachedPage)
1686 : : {
1687 [ - + ]: 24240637 : Assert(((XLogPageHeader) cachedPos)->xlp_magic == XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC);
1688 [ - + ]: 24240637 : Assert(((XLogPageHeader) cachedPos)->xlp_pageaddr == ptr - (ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ));
1689 : 24240637 : return cachedPos + ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1690 : : }
1691 : :
1692 : : /*
1693 : : * The XLog buffer cache is organized so that a page is always loaded to a
1694 : : * particular buffer. That way we can easily calculate the buffer a given
1695 : : * page must be loaded into, from the XLogRecPtr alone.
1696 : : */
1697 : 3197140 : idx = XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(ptr);
1698 : :
1699 : : /*
1700 : : * See what page is loaded in the buffer at the moment. It could be the
1701 : : * page we're looking for, or something older. It can't be anything newer
1702 : : * - that would imply the page we're looking for has already been written
1703 : : * out to disk and evicted, and the caller is responsible for making sure
1704 : : * that doesn't happen.
1705 : : *
1706 : : * We don't hold a lock while we read the value. If someone is just about
1707 : : * to initialize or has just initialized the page, it's possible that we
1708 : : * get InvalidXLogRecPtr. That's ok, we'll grab the mapping lock (in
1709 : : * AdvanceXLInsertBuffer) and retry if we see anything other than the page
1710 : : * we're looking for.
1711 : : */
1712 : 3197140 : expectedEndPtr = ptr;
1713 : 3197140 : expectedEndPtr += XLOG_BLCKSZ - ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1714 : :
868 jdavis@postgresql.or 1715 : 3197140 : endptr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[idx]);
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1716 [ + + ]: 3197140 : if (expectedEndPtr != endptr)
1717 : : {
1718 : : XLogRecPtr initializedUpto;
1719 : :
1720 : : /*
1721 : : * Before calling AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(), which can block, let others
1722 : : * know how far we're finished with inserting the record.
1723 : : *
1724 : : * NB: If 'ptr' points to just after the page header, advertise a
1725 : : * position at the beginning of the page rather than 'ptr' itself. If
1726 : : * there are no other insertions running, someone might try to flush
1727 : : * up to our advertised location. If we advertised a position after
1728 : : * the page header, someone might try to flush the page header, even
1729 : : * though page might actually not be initialized yet. As the first
1730 : : * inserter on the page, we are effectively responsible for making
1731 : : * sure that it's initialized, before we let insertingAt to move past
1732 : : * the page header.
1733 : : */
3929 1734 [ + + ]: 2677183 : if (ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ == SizeOfXLogShortPHD &&
3150 andres@anarazel.de 1735 [ + - ]: 10518 : XLogSegmentOffset(ptr, wal_segment_size) > XLOG_BLCKSZ)
3929 heikki.linnakangas@i 1736 : 10518 : initializedUpto = ptr - SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
1737 [ + + ]: 2666665 : else if (ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ == SizeOfXLogLongPHD &&
3150 andres@anarazel.de 1738 [ + + ]: 891 : XLogSegmentOffset(ptr, wal_segment_size) < XLOG_BLCKSZ)
3929 heikki.linnakangas@i 1739 : 630 : initializedUpto = ptr - SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1740 : : else
1741 : 2666035 : initializedUpto = ptr;
1742 : :
1743 : 2677183 : WALInsertLockUpdateInsertingAt(initializedUpto);
1744 : :
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 1745 : 2677183 : AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(ptr, tli, false);
868 jdavis@postgresql.or 1746 : 2677183 : endptr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[idx]);
1747 : :
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1748 [ - + ]: 2677183 : if (expectedEndPtr != endptr)
302 alvherre@kurilemu.de 1749 [ # # ]:UNC 0 : elog(PANIC, "could not find WAL buffer for %X/%08X",
1750 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ptr));
1751 : : }
1752 : : else
1753 : : {
1754 : : /*
1755 : : * Make sure the initialization of the page is visible to us, and
1756 : : * won't arrive later to overwrite the WAL data we write on the page.
1757 : : */
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1758 :CBC 519957 : pg_memory_barrier();
1759 : : }
1760 : :
1761 : : /*
1762 : : * Found the buffer holding this page. Return a pointer to the right
1763 : : * offset within the page.
1764 : : */
1765 : 3197140 : cachedPage = ptr / XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1766 : 3197140 : cachedPos = XLogCtl->pages + idx * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1767 : :
1768 [ - + ]: 3197140 : Assert(((XLogPageHeader) cachedPos)->xlp_magic == XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC);
1769 [ - + ]: 3197140 : Assert(((XLogPageHeader) cachedPos)->xlp_pageaddr == ptr - (ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ));
1770 : :
1771 : 3197140 : return cachedPos + ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1772 : : }
1773 : :
1774 : : /*
1775 : : * Read WAL data directly from WAL buffers, if available. Returns the number
1776 : : * of bytes read successfully.
1777 : : *
1778 : : * Fewer than 'count' bytes may be read if some of the requested WAL data has
1779 : : * already been evicted.
1780 : : *
1781 : : * No locks are taken.
1782 : : *
1783 : : * Caller should ensure that it reads no further than LogwrtResult.Write
1784 : : * (which should have been updated by the caller when determining how far to
1785 : : * read). The 'tli' argument is only used as a convenient safety check so that
1786 : : * callers do not read from WAL buffers on a historical timeline.
1787 : : */
1788 : : Size
813 jdavis@postgresql.or 1789 : 109571 : WALReadFromBuffers(char *dstbuf, XLogRecPtr startptr, Size count,
1790 : : TimeLineID tli)
1791 : : {
1792 : 109571 : char *pdst = dstbuf;
1793 : 109571 : XLogRecPtr recptr = startptr;
1794 : : XLogRecPtr inserted;
809 1795 : 109571 : Size nbytes = count;
1796 : :
813 1797 [ + + + + ]: 109571 : if (RecoveryInProgress() || tli != GetWALInsertionTimeLine())
1798 : 1050 : return 0;
1799 : :
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 1800 [ - + ]:GNC 108521 : Assert(XLogRecPtrIsValid(startptr));
1801 : :
1802 : : /*
1803 : : * Caller should ensure that the requested data has been inserted into WAL
1804 : : * buffers before we try to read it.
1805 : : */
758 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 1806 :CBC 108521 : inserted = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->logInsertResult);
1807 [ - + ]: 108521 : if (startptr + count > inserted)
758 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 1808 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
1809 : : errmsg("cannot read past end of generated WAL: requested %X/%08X, current position %X/%08X",
1810 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(startptr + count),
1811 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(inserted)));
1812 : :
1813 : : /*
1814 : : * Loop through the buffers without a lock. For each buffer, atomically
1815 : : * read and verify the end pointer, then copy the data out, and finally
1816 : : * re-read and re-verify the end pointer.
1817 : : *
1818 : : * Once a page is evicted, it never returns to the WAL buffers, so if the
1819 : : * end pointer matches the expected end pointer before and after we copy
1820 : : * the data, then the right page must have been present during the data
1821 : : * copy. Read barriers are necessary to ensure that the data copy actually
1822 : : * happens between the two verification steps.
1823 : : *
1824 : : * If either verification fails, we simply terminate the loop and return
1825 : : * with the data that had been already copied out successfully.
1826 : : */
813 jdavis@postgresql.or 1827 [ + + ]:CBC 139751 : while (nbytes > 0)
1828 : : {
1829 : 130701 : uint32 offset = recptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1830 : 130701 : int idx = XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(recptr);
1831 : : XLogRecPtr expectedEndPtr;
1832 : : XLogRecPtr endptr;
1833 : : const char *page;
1834 : : const char *psrc;
1835 : : Size npagebytes;
1836 : :
1837 : : /*
1838 : : * Calculate the end pointer we expect in the xlblocks array if the
1839 : : * correct page is present.
1840 : : */
1841 : 130701 : expectedEndPtr = recptr + (XLOG_BLCKSZ - offset);
1842 : :
1843 : : /*
1844 : : * First verification step: check that the correct page is present in
1845 : : * the WAL buffers.
1846 : : */
1847 : 130701 : endptr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[idx]);
1848 [ + + ]: 130701 : if (expectedEndPtr != endptr)
1849 : 99470 : break;
1850 : :
1851 : : /*
1852 : : * The correct page is present (or was at the time the endptr was
1853 : : * read; must re-verify later). Calculate pointer to source data and
1854 : : * determine how much data to read from this page.
1855 : : */
1856 : 31231 : page = XLogCtl->pages + idx * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1857 : 31231 : psrc = page + offset;
1858 : 31231 : npagebytes = Min(nbytes, XLOG_BLCKSZ - offset);
1859 : :
1860 : : /*
1861 : : * Ensure that the data copy and the first verification step are not
1862 : : * reordered.
1863 : : */
1864 : 31231 : pg_read_barrier();
1865 : :
1866 : : /* data copy */
1867 : 31231 : memcpy(pdst, psrc, npagebytes);
1868 : :
1869 : : /*
1870 : : * Ensure that the data copy and the second verification step are not
1871 : : * reordered.
1872 : : */
1873 : 31231 : pg_read_barrier();
1874 : :
1875 : : /*
1876 : : * Second verification step: check that the page we read from wasn't
1877 : : * evicted while we were copying the data.
1878 : : */
1879 : 31231 : endptr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[idx]);
1880 [ + + ]: 31231 : if (expectedEndPtr != endptr)
1881 : 1 : break;
1882 : :
1883 : 31230 : pdst += npagebytes;
1884 : 31230 : recptr += npagebytes;
1885 : 31230 : nbytes -= npagebytes;
1886 : : }
1887 : :
1888 [ - + ]: 108521 : Assert(pdst - dstbuf <= count);
1889 : :
1890 : 108521 : return pdst - dstbuf;
1891 : : }
1892 : :
1893 : : /*
1894 : : * Converts a "usable byte position" to XLogRecPtr. A usable byte position
1895 : : * is the position starting from the beginning of WAL, excluding all WAL
1896 : : * page headers.
1897 : : */
1898 : : static XLogRecPtr
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1899 : 49317800 : XLogBytePosToRecPtr(uint64 bytepos)
1900 : : {
1901 : : uint64 fullsegs;
1902 : : uint64 fullpages;
1903 : : uint64 bytesleft;
1904 : : uint32 seg_offset;
1905 : : XLogRecPtr result;
1906 : :
1907 : 49317800 : fullsegs = bytepos / UsableBytesInSegment;
1908 : 49317800 : bytesleft = bytepos % UsableBytesInSegment;
1909 : :
1910 [ + + ]: 49317800 : if (bytesleft < XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD)
1911 : : {
1912 : : /* fits on first page of segment */
1913 : 71632 : seg_offset = bytesleft + SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1914 : : }
1915 : : else
1916 : : {
1917 : : /* account for the first page on segment with long header */
1918 : 49246168 : seg_offset = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1919 : 49246168 : bytesleft -= XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1920 : :
1921 : 49246168 : fullpages = bytesleft / UsableBytesInPage;
1922 : 49246168 : bytesleft = bytesleft % UsableBytesInPage;
1923 : :
1924 : 49246168 : seg_offset += fullpages * XLOG_BLCKSZ + bytesleft + SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
1925 : : }
1926 : :
2857 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 1927 : 49317800 : XLogSegNoOffsetToRecPtr(fullsegs, seg_offset, wal_segment_size, result);
1928 : :
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1929 : 49317800 : return result;
1930 : : }
1931 : :
1932 : : /*
1933 : : * Like XLogBytePosToRecPtr, but if the position is at a page boundary,
1934 : : * returns a pointer to the beginning of the page (ie. before page header),
1935 : : * not to where the first xlog record on that page would go to. This is used
1936 : : * when converting a pointer to the end of a record.
1937 : : */
1938 : : static XLogRecPtr
1939 : 25214972 : XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(uint64 bytepos)
1940 : : {
1941 : : uint64 fullsegs;
1942 : : uint64 fullpages;
1943 : : uint64 bytesleft;
1944 : : uint32 seg_offset;
1945 : : XLogRecPtr result;
1946 : :
1947 : 25214972 : fullsegs = bytepos / UsableBytesInSegment;
1948 : 25214972 : bytesleft = bytepos % UsableBytesInSegment;
1949 : :
1950 [ + + ]: 25214972 : if (bytesleft < XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD)
1951 : : {
1952 : : /* fits on first page of segment */
1953 [ + + ]: 111517 : if (bytesleft == 0)
1954 : 74230 : seg_offset = 0;
1955 : : else
1956 : 37287 : seg_offset = bytesleft + SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1957 : : }
1958 : : else
1959 : : {
1960 : : /* account for the first page on segment with long header */
1961 : 25103455 : seg_offset = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1962 : 25103455 : bytesleft -= XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1963 : :
1964 : 25103455 : fullpages = bytesleft / UsableBytesInPage;
1965 : 25103455 : bytesleft = bytesleft % UsableBytesInPage;
1966 : :
1967 [ + + ]: 25103455 : if (bytesleft == 0)
1968 : 24139 : seg_offset += fullpages * XLOG_BLCKSZ + bytesleft;
1969 : : else
1970 : 25079316 : seg_offset += fullpages * XLOG_BLCKSZ + bytesleft + SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
1971 : : }
1972 : :
2857 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 1973 : 25214972 : XLogSegNoOffsetToRecPtr(fullsegs, seg_offset, wal_segment_size, result);
1974 : :
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1975 : 25214972 : return result;
1976 : : }
1977 : :
1978 : : /*
1979 : : * Convert an XLogRecPtr to a "usable byte position".
1980 : : */
1981 : : static uint64
1982 : 73975331 : XLogRecPtrToBytePos(XLogRecPtr ptr)
1983 : : {
1984 : : uint64 fullsegs;
1985 : : uint32 fullpages;
1986 : : uint32 offset;
1987 : : uint64 result;
1988 : :
3150 andres@anarazel.de 1989 : 73975331 : XLByteToSeg(ptr, fullsegs, wal_segment_size);
1990 : :
1991 : 73975331 : fullpages = (XLogSegmentOffset(ptr, wal_segment_size)) / XLOG_BLCKSZ;
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 1992 : 73975331 : offset = ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1993 : :
1994 [ + + ]: 73975331 : if (fullpages == 0)
1995 : : {
1996 : 108296 : result = fullsegs * UsableBytesInSegment;
1997 [ + + ]: 108296 : if (offset > 0)
1998 : : {
1999 [ - + ]: 106719 : Assert(offset >= SizeOfXLogLongPHD);
2000 : 106719 : result += offset - SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
2001 : : }
2002 : : }
2003 : : else
2004 : : {
2005 : 73867035 : result = fullsegs * UsableBytesInSegment +
4382 bruce@momjian.us 2006 : 73867035 : (XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD) + /* account for first page */
3240 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2007 : 73867035 : (fullpages - 1) * UsableBytesInPage; /* full pages */
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 2008 [ + + ]: 73867035 : if (offset > 0)
2009 : : {
2010 [ - + ]: 73843199 : Assert(offset >= SizeOfXLogShortPHD);
2011 : 73843199 : result += offset - SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
2012 : : }
2013 : : }
2014 : :
2015 : 73975331 : return result;
2016 : : }
2017 : :
2018 : : /*
2019 : : * Initialize XLOG buffers, writing out old buffers if they still contain
2020 : : * unwritten data, upto the page containing 'upto'. Or if 'opportunistic' is
2021 : : * true, initialize as many pages as we can without having to write out
2022 : : * unwritten data. Any new pages are initialized to zeros, with pages headers
2023 : : * initialized properly.
2024 : : */
2025 : : static void
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 2026 : 2681307 : AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(XLogRecPtr upto, TimeLineID tli, bool opportunistic)
2027 : : {
2028 : : int nextidx;
2029 : : XLogRecPtr OldPageRqstPtr;
2030 : : XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst;
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 2031 : 2681307 : XLogRecPtr NewPageEndPtr = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
2032 : : XLogRecPtr NewPageBeginPtr;
2033 : : XLogPageHeader NewPage;
1323 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2034 : 2681307 : int npages pg_attribute_unused() = 0;
2035 : :
256 akorotkov@postgresql 2036 : 2681307 : LWLockAcquire(WALBufMappingLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
2037 : :
2038 : : /*
2039 : : * Now that we have the lock, check if someone initialized the page
2040 : : * already.
2041 : : */
2042 [ + + + + ]: 7881759 : while (upto >= XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo || opportunistic)
2043 : : {
2044 : 5204576 : nextidx = XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo);
2045 : :
2046 : : /*
2047 : : * Get ending-offset of the buffer page we need to replace (this may
2048 : : * be zero if the buffer hasn't been used yet). Fall through if it's
2049 : : * already written out.
2050 : : */
2051 : 5204576 : OldPageRqstPtr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[nextidx]);
2052 [ + + ]: 5204576 : if (LogwrtResult.Write < OldPageRqstPtr)
2053 : : {
2054 : : /*
2055 : : * Nope, got work to do. If we just want to pre-initialize as much
2056 : : * as we can without flushing, give up now.
2057 : : */
2058 [ + + ]: 2386634 : if (opportunistic)
2059 : 4124 : break;
2060 : :
2061 : : /* Advance shared memory write request position */
4243 andres@anarazel.de 2062 [ + + ]: 2382510 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2063 [ + + ]: 2382510 : if (XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write < OldPageRqstPtr)
2064 : 721588 : XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write = OldPageRqstPtr;
2065 : 2382510 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2066 : :
2067 : : /*
2068 : : * Acquire an up-to-date LogwrtResult value and see if we still
2069 : : * need to write it or if someone else already did.
2070 : : */
760 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2071 : 2382510 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 2072 [ + + ]: 2382510 : if (LogwrtResult.Write < OldPageRqstPtr)
2073 : : {
2074 : : /*
2075 : : * Must acquire write lock. Release WALBufMappingLock first,
2076 : : * to make sure that all insertions that we need to wait for
2077 : : * can finish (up to this same position). Otherwise we risk
2078 : : * deadlock.
2079 : : */
256 akorotkov@postgresql 2080 : 2368116 : LWLockRelease(WALBufMappingLock);
2081 : :
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 2082 : 2368116 : WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(OldPageRqstPtr);
2083 : :
2084 : 2368116 : LWLockAcquire(WALWriteLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
2085 : :
762 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2086 : 2368116 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 2087 [ + + ]: 2368116 : if (LogwrtResult.Write >= OldPageRqstPtr)
2088 : : {
2089 : : /* OK, someone wrote it already */
2090 : 152437 : LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
2091 : : }
2092 : : else
2093 : : {
2094 : : /* Have to write it ourselves */
2095 : : TRACE_POSTGRESQL_WAL_BUFFER_WRITE_DIRTY_START();
2096 : 2215679 : WriteRqst.Write = OldPageRqstPtr;
96 alvherre@kurilemu.de 2097 :GNC 2215679 : WriteRqst.Flush = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 2098 :CBC 2215679 : XLogWrite(WriteRqst, tli, false);
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 2099 : 2215679 : LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
442 michael@paquier.xyz 2100 : 2215679 : pgWalUsage.wal_buffers_full++;
2101 : : TRACE_POSTGRESQL_WAL_BUFFER_WRITE_DIRTY_DONE();
2102 : :
2103 : : /*
2104 : : * Required for the flush of pending stats WAL data, per
2105 : : * update of pgWalUsage.
2106 : : */
281 2107 : 2215679 : pgstat_report_fixed = true;
2108 : : }
2109 : : /* Re-acquire WALBufMappingLock and retry */
256 akorotkov@postgresql 2110 : 2368116 : LWLockAcquire(WALBufMappingLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
2111 : 2368116 : continue;
2112 : : }
2113 : : }
2114 : :
2115 : : /*
2116 : : * Now the next buffer slot is free and we can set it up to be the
2117 : : * next output page.
2118 : : */
2119 : 2832336 : NewPageBeginPtr = XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo;
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 2120 : 2832336 : NewPageEndPtr = NewPageBeginPtr + XLOG_BLCKSZ;
2121 : :
256 akorotkov@postgresql 2122 [ - + ]: 2832336 : Assert(XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(NewPageBeginPtr) == nextidx);
2123 : :
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 2124 : 2832336 : NewPage = (XLogPageHeader) (XLogCtl->pages + nextidx * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ);
2125 : :
2126 : : /*
2127 : : * Mark the xlblock with InvalidXLogRecPtr and issue a write barrier
2128 : : * before initializing. Otherwise, the old page may be partially
2129 : : * zeroed but look valid.
2130 : : */
868 jdavis@postgresql.or 2131 : 2832336 : pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[nextidx], InvalidXLogRecPtr);
2132 : 2832336 : pg_write_barrier();
2133 : :
2134 : : /*
2135 : : * Be sure to re-zero the buffer so that bytes beyond what we've
2136 : : * written will look like zeroes and not valid XLOG records...
2137 : : */
447 peter@eisentraut.org 2138 [ + - + - : 2832336 : MemSet(NewPage, 0, XLOG_BLCKSZ);
+ - - + -
- ]
2139 : :
2140 : : /*
2141 : : * Fill the new page's header
2142 : : */
4000 bruce@momjian.us 2143 : 2832336 : NewPage->xlp_magic = XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC;
2144 : :
2145 : : /* NewPage->xlp_info = 0; */ /* done by memset */
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 2146 : 2832336 : NewPage->xlp_tli = tli;
4000 bruce@momjian.us 2147 : 2832336 : NewPage->xlp_pageaddr = NewPageBeginPtr;
2148 : :
2149 : : /* NewPage->xlp_rem_len = 0; */ /* done by memset */
2150 : :
2151 : : /*
2152 : : * If first page of an XLOG segment file, make it a long header.
2153 : : */
3150 andres@anarazel.de 2154 [ + + ]: 2832336 : if ((XLogSegmentOffset(NewPage->xlp_pageaddr, wal_segment_size)) == 0)
2155 : : {
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 2156 : 1946 : XLogLongPageHeader NewLongPage = (XLogLongPageHeader) NewPage;
2157 : :
2158 : 1946 : NewLongPage->xlp_sysid = ControlFile->system_identifier;
3150 andres@anarazel.de 2159 : 1946 : NewLongPage->xlp_seg_size = wal_segment_size;
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 2160 : 1946 : NewLongPage->xlp_xlog_blcksz = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
4000 bruce@momjian.us 2161 : 1946 : NewPage->xlp_info |= XLP_LONG_HEADER;
2162 : : }
2163 : :
2164 : : /*
2165 : : * Make sure the initialization of the page becomes visible to others
2166 : : * before the xlblocks update. GetXLogBuffer() reads xlblocks without
2167 : : * holding a lock.
2168 : : */
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 2169 : 2832336 : pg_write_barrier();
2170 : :
868 jdavis@postgresql.or 2171 : 2832336 : pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[nextidx], NewPageEndPtr);
256 akorotkov@postgresql 2172 : 2832336 : XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo = NewPageEndPtr;
2173 : :
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 2174 : 2832336 : npages++;
2175 : : }
256 akorotkov@postgresql 2176 : 2681307 : LWLockRelease(WALBufMappingLock);
2177 : :
2178 : : #ifdef WAL_DEBUG
2179 : : if (XLOG_DEBUG && npages > 0)
2180 : : {
2181 : : elog(DEBUG1, "initialized %d pages, up to %X/%08X",
2182 : : npages, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(NewPageEndPtr));
2183 : : }
2184 : : #endif
9717 vadim4o@yahoo.com 2185 : 2681307 : }
2186 : :
2187 : : /*
2188 : : * Calculate CheckPointSegments based on max_wal_size_mb and
2189 : : * checkpoint_completion_target.
2190 : : */
2191 : : static void
4089 heikki.linnakangas@i 2192 : 9823 : CalculateCheckpointSegments(void)
2193 : : {
2194 : : double target;
2195 : :
2196 : : /*-------
2197 : : * Calculate the distance at which to trigger a checkpoint, to avoid
2198 : : * exceeding max_wal_size_mb. This is based on two assumptions:
2199 : : *
2200 : : * a) we keep WAL for only one checkpoint cycle (prior to PG11 we kept
2201 : : * WAL for two checkpoint cycles to allow us to recover from the
2202 : : * secondary checkpoint if the first checkpoint failed, though we
2203 : : * only did this on the primary anyway, not on standby. Keeping just
2204 : : * one checkpoint simplifies processing and reduces disk space in
2205 : : * many smaller databases.)
2206 : : * b) during checkpoint, we consume checkpoint_completion_target *
2207 : : * number of segments consumed between checkpoints.
2208 : : *-------
2209 : : */
3150 andres@anarazel.de 2210 : 9823 : target = (double) ConvertToXSegs(max_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size) /
3101 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 2211 : 9823 : (1.0 + CheckPointCompletionTarget);
2212 : :
2213 : : /* round down */
4089 heikki.linnakangas@i 2214 : 9823 : CheckPointSegments = (int) target;
2215 : :
2216 [ + + ]: 9823 : if (CheckPointSegments < 1)
2217 : 10 : CheckPointSegments = 1;
2218 : 9823 : }
2219 : :
2220 : : void
2221 : 7394 : assign_max_wal_size(int newval, void *extra)
2222 : : {
3318 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 2223 : 7394 : max_wal_size_mb = newval;
4089 heikki.linnakangas@i 2224 : 7394 : CalculateCheckpointSegments();
2225 : 7394 : }
2226 : :
2227 : : void
2228 : 1286 : assign_checkpoint_completion_target(double newval, void *extra)
2229 : : {
2230 : 1286 : CheckPointCompletionTarget = newval;
2231 : 1286 : CalculateCheckpointSegments();
2232 : 1286 : }
2233 : :
2234 : : bool
981 peter@eisentraut.org 2235 : 2487 : check_wal_segment_size(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
2236 : : {
2237 [ + - + - : 2487 : if (!IsValidWalSegSize(*newval))
+ - - + ]
2238 : : {
981 peter@eisentraut.org 2239 :UBC 0 : GUC_check_errdetail("The WAL segment size must be a power of two between 1 MB and 1 GB.");
2240 : 0 : return false;
2241 : : }
2242 : :
981 peter@eisentraut.org 2243 :CBC 2487 : return true;
2244 : : }
2245 : :
2246 : : /*
2247 : : * At a checkpoint, how many WAL segments to recycle as preallocated future
2248 : : * XLOG segments? Returns the highest segment that should be preallocated.
2249 : : */
2250 : : static XLogSegNo
2330 michael@paquier.xyz 2251 : 1944 : XLOGfileslop(XLogRecPtr lastredoptr)
2252 : : {
2253 : : XLogSegNo minSegNo;
2254 : : XLogSegNo maxSegNo;
2255 : : double distance;
2256 : : XLogSegNo recycleSegNo;
2257 : :
2258 : : /*
2259 : : * Calculate the segment numbers that min_wal_size_mb and max_wal_size_mb
2260 : : * correspond to. Always recycle enough segments to meet the minimum, and
2261 : : * remove enough segments to stay below the maximum.
2262 : : */
2263 : 1944 : minSegNo = lastredoptr / wal_segment_size +
3150 andres@anarazel.de 2264 : 1944 : ConvertToXSegs(min_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size) - 1;
2330 michael@paquier.xyz 2265 : 1944 : maxSegNo = lastredoptr / wal_segment_size +
3150 andres@anarazel.de 2266 : 1944 : ConvertToXSegs(max_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size) - 1;
2267 : :
2268 : : /*
2269 : : * Between those limits, recycle enough segments to get us through to the
2270 : : * estimated end of next checkpoint.
2271 : : *
2272 : : * To estimate where the next checkpoint will finish, assume that the
2273 : : * system runs steadily consuming CheckPointDistanceEstimate bytes between
2274 : : * every checkpoint.
2275 : : */
3101 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 2276 : 1944 : distance = (1.0 + CheckPointCompletionTarget) * CheckPointDistanceEstimate;
2277 : : /* add 10% for good measure. */
4089 heikki.linnakangas@i 2278 : 1944 : distance *= 1.10;
2279 : :
2330 michael@paquier.xyz 2280 : 1944 : recycleSegNo = (XLogSegNo) ceil(((double) lastredoptr + distance) /
2281 : : wal_segment_size);
2282 : :
4089 heikki.linnakangas@i 2283 [ + + ]: 1944 : if (recycleSegNo < minSegNo)
2284 : 1362 : recycleSegNo = minSegNo;
2285 [ + + ]: 1944 : if (recycleSegNo > maxSegNo)
2286 : 425 : recycleSegNo = maxSegNo;
2287 : :
2288 : 1944 : return recycleSegNo;
2289 : : }
2290 : :
2291 : : /*
2292 : : * Check whether we've consumed enough xlog space that a checkpoint is needed.
2293 : : *
2294 : : * new_segno indicates a log file that has just been filled up (or read
2295 : : * during recovery). We measure the distance from RedoRecPtr to new_segno
2296 : : * and see if that exceeds CheckPointSegments.
2297 : : *
2298 : : * Note: it is caller's responsibility that RedoRecPtr is up-to-date.
2299 : : */
2300 : : bool
5063 2301 : 4941 : XLogCheckpointNeeded(XLogSegNo new_segno)
2302 : : {
2303 : : XLogSegNo old_segno;
2304 : :
3150 andres@anarazel.de 2305 : 4941 : XLByteToSeg(RedoRecPtr, old_segno, wal_segment_size);
2306 : :
5063 heikki.linnakangas@i 2307 [ + + ]: 4941 : if (new_segno >= old_segno + (uint64) (CheckPointSegments - 1))
6780 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2308 : 2993 : return true;
2309 : 1948 : return false;
2310 : : }
2311 : :
2312 : : /*
2313 : : * Write and/or fsync the log at least as far as WriteRqst indicates.
2314 : : *
2315 : : * If flexible == true, we don't have to write as far as WriteRqst, but
2316 : : * may stop at any convenient boundary (such as a cache or logfile boundary).
2317 : : * This option allows us to avoid uselessly issuing multiple writes when a
2318 : : * single one would do.
2319 : : *
2320 : : * Must be called with WALWriteLock held. WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(WriteRqst)
2321 : : * must be called before grabbing the lock, to make sure the data is ready to
2322 : : * write.
2323 : : */
2324 : : static void
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 2325 : 2379748 : XLogWrite(XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst, TimeLineID tli, bool flexible)
2326 : : {
2327 : : bool ispartialpage;
2328 : : bool last_iteration;
2329 : : bool finishing_seg;
2330 : : int curridx;
2331 : : int npages;
2332 : : int startidx;
2333 : : uint32 startoffset;
2334 : :
2335 : : /* We should always be inside a critical section here */
7690 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2336 [ - + ]: 2379748 : Assert(CritSectionCount > 0);
2337 : :
2338 : : /*
2339 : : * Update local LogwrtResult (caller probably did this already, but...)
2340 : : */
762 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2341 : 2379748 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
2342 : :
2343 : : /*
2344 : : * Since successive pages in the xlog cache are consecutively allocated,
2345 : : * we can usually gather multiple pages together and issue just one
2346 : : * write() call. npages is the number of pages we have determined can be
2347 : : * written together; startidx is the cache block index of the first one,
2348 : : * and startoffset is the file offset at which it should go. The latter
2349 : : * two variables are only valid when npages > 0, but we must initialize
2350 : : * all of them to keep the compiler quiet.
2351 : : */
7561 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2352 : 2379748 : npages = 0;
2353 : 2379748 : startidx = 0;
2354 : 2379748 : startoffset = 0;
2355 : :
2356 : : /*
2357 : : * Within the loop, curridx is the cache block index of the page to
2358 : : * consider writing. Begin at the buffer containing the next unwritten
2359 : : * page, or last partially written page.
2360 : : */
4675 heikki.linnakangas@i 2361 : 2379748 : curridx = XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(LogwrtResult.Write);
2362 : :
4876 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2363 [ + + ]: 5168522 : while (LogwrtResult.Write < WriteRqst.Write)
2364 : : {
2365 : : /*
2366 : : * Make sure we're not ahead of the insert process. This could happen
2367 : : * if we're passed a bogus WriteRqst.Write that is past the end of the
2368 : : * last page that's been initialized by AdvanceXLInsertBuffer.
2369 : : */
868 jdavis@postgresql.or 2370 : 2946590 : XLogRecPtr EndPtr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[curridx]);
2371 : :
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 2372 [ - + ]: 2946590 : if (LogwrtResult.Write >= EndPtr)
302 alvherre@kurilemu.de 2373 [ # # ]:UNC 0 : elog(PANIC, "xlog write request %X/%08X is past end of log %X/%08X",
2374 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Write),
2375 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(EndPtr));
2376 : :
2377 : : /* Advance LogwrtResult.Write to end of current buffer page */
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 2378 :CBC 2946590 : LogwrtResult.Write = EndPtr;
4876 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2379 : 2946590 : ispartialpage = WriteRqst.Write < LogwrtResult.Write;
2380 : :
3150 andres@anarazel.de 2381 [ + + ]: 2946590 : if (!XLByteInPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogSegNo,
2382 : : wal_segment_size))
2383 : : {
2384 : : /*
2385 : : * Switch to new logfile segment. We cannot have any pending
2386 : : * pages here (since we dump what we have at segment end).
2387 : : */
7561 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2388 [ - + ]: 14675 : Assert(npages == 0);
9184 2389 [ + + ]: 14675 : if (openLogFile >= 0)
7264 bruce@momjian.us 2390 : 6674 : XLogFileClose();
3150 andres@anarazel.de 2391 : 14675 : XLByteToPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogSegNo,
2392 : : wal_segment_size);
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 2393 : 14675 : openLogTLI = tli;
2394 : :
2395 : : /* create/use new log file */
2396 : 14675 : openLogFile = XLogFileInit(openLogSegNo, tli);
2262 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2397 : 14675 : ReserveExternalFD();
2398 : : }
2399 : :
2400 : : /* Make sure we have the current logfile open */
9184 2401 [ - + ]: 2946590 : if (openLogFile < 0)
2402 : : {
3150 andres@anarazel.de 2403 :UBC 0 : XLByteToPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogSegNo,
2404 : : wal_segment_size);
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 2405 : 0 : openLogTLI = tli;
2406 : 0 : openLogFile = XLogFileOpen(openLogSegNo, tli);
2262 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2407 : 0 : ReserveExternalFD();
2408 : : }
2409 : :
2410 : : /* Add current page to the set of pending pages-to-dump */
7561 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2411 [ + + ]:CBC 2946590 : if (npages == 0)
2412 : : {
2413 : : /* first of group */
2414 : 2394413 : startidx = curridx;
3150 andres@anarazel.de 2415 : 2394413 : startoffset = XLogSegmentOffset(LogwrtResult.Write - XLOG_BLCKSZ,
2416 : : wal_segment_size);
2417 : : }
7561 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2418 : 2946590 : npages++;
2419 : :
2420 : : /*
2421 : : * Dump the set if this will be the last loop iteration, or if we are
2422 : : * at the last page of the cache area (since the next page won't be
2423 : : * contiguous in memory), or if we are at the end of the logfile
2424 : : * segment.
2425 : : */
4876 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2426 : 2946590 : last_iteration = WriteRqst.Write <= LogwrtResult.Write;
2427 : :
7561 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2428 [ + + ]: 5738516 : finishing_seg = !ispartialpage &&
3150 andres@anarazel.de 2429 [ + + ]: 2791926 : (startoffset + npages * XLOG_BLCKSZ) >= wal_segment_size;
2430 : :
7212 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2431 [ + + ]: 2946590 : if (last_iteration ||
7561 2432 [ + + - + ]: 570001 : curridx == XLogCtl->XLogCacheBlck ||
2433 : : finishing_seg)
2434 : : {
2435 : : char *from;
2436 : : Size nbytes;
2437 : : Size nleft;
2438 : : ssize_t written;
2439 : : instr_time start;
2440 : :
2441 : : /* OK to write the page(s) */
7337 2442 : 2394413 : from = XLogCtl->pages + startidx * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ;
2443 : 2394413 : nbytes = npages * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ;
4691 heikki.linnakangas@i 2444 : 2394413 : nleft = nbytes;
2445 : : do
2446 : : {
2447 : 2394413 : errno = 0;
2448 : :
2449 : : /*
2450 : : * Measure I/O timing to write WAL data, for pg_stat_io.
2451 : : */
433 michael@paquier.xyz 2452 : 2394413 : start = pgstat_prepare_io_time(track_wal_io_timing);
2453 : :
3335 rhaas@postgresql.org 2454 : 2394413 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_WRITE);
1314 tmunro@postgresql.or 2455 : 2394413 : written = pg_pwrite(openLogFile, from, nleft, startoffset);
3335 rhaas@postgresql.org 2456 : 2394413 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
2457 : :
455 michael@paquier.xyz 2458 : 2394413 : pgstat_count_io_op_time(IOOBJECT_WAL, IOCONTEXT_NORMAL,
2459 : : IOOP_WRITE, start, 1, written);
2460 : :
4691 heikki.linnakangas@i 2461 [ - + ]: 2394413 : if (written <= 0)
2462 : : {
2463 : : char xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
2464 : : int save_errno;
2465 : :
4691 heikki.linnakangas@i 2466 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (errno == EINTR)
2467 : 0 : continue;
2468 : :
2345 michael@paquier.xyz 2469 : 0 : save_errno = errno;
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 2470 : 0 : XLogFileName(xlogfname, tli, openLogSegNo,
2471 : : wal_segment_size);
2345 michael@paquier.xyz 2472 : 0 : errno = save_errno;
4691 heikki.linnakangas@i 2473 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(PANIC,
2474 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
2475 : : errmsg("could not write to log file \"%s\" at offset %u, length %zu: %m",
2476 : : xlogfname, startoffset, nleft)));
2477 : : }
4691 heikki.linnakangas@i 2478 :CBC 2394413 : nleft -= written;
2479 : 2394413 : from += written;
2736 tmunro@postgresql.or 2480 : 2394413 : startoffset += written;
4691 heikki.linnakangas@i 2481 [ - + ]: 2394413 : } while (nleft > 0);
2482 : :
7561 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2483 : 2394413 : npages = 0;
2484 : :
2485 : : /*
2486 : : * If we just wrote the whole last page of a logfile segment,
2487 : : * fsync the segment immediately. This avoids having to go back
2488 : : * and re-open prior segments when an fsync request comes along
2489 : : * later. Doing it here ensures that one and only one backend will
2490 : : * perform this fsync.
2491 : : *
2492 : : * This is also the right place to notify the Archiver that the
2493 : : * segment is ready to copy to archival storage, and to update the
2494 : : * timer for archive_timeout, and to signal for a checkpoint if
2495 : : * too many logfile segments have been used since the last
2496 : : * checkpoint.
2497 : : */
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 2498 [ + + ]: 2394413 : if (finishing_seg)
2499 : : {
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 2500 : 2067 : issue_xlog_fsync(openLogFile, openLogSegNo, tli);
2501 : :
2502 : : /* signal that we need to wakeup walsenders later */
5055 2503 : 2067 : WalSndWakeupRequest();
2504 : :
3240 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2505 : 2067 : LogwrtResult.Flush = LogwrtResult.Write; /* end of page */
2506 : :
7561 2507 [ + + - + : 2067 : if (XLogArchivingActive())
+ + ]
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 2508 : 415 : XLogArchiveNotifySeg(openLogSegNo, tli);
2509 : :
4675 heikki.linnakangas@i 2510 : 2067 : XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchTime = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
3421 andres@anarazel.de 2511 : 2067 : XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchLSN = LogwrtResult.Flush;
2512 : :
2513 : : /*
2514 : : * Request a checkpoint if we've consumed too much xlog since
2515 : : * the last one. For speed, we first check using the local
2516 : : * copy of RedoRecPtr, which might be out of date; if it looks
2517 : : * like a checkpoint is needed, forcibly update RedoRecPtr and
2518 : : * recheck.
2519 : : */
5063 heikki.linnakangas@i 2520 [ + + + + ]: 2067 : if (IsUnderPostmaster && XLogCheckpointNeeded(openLogSegNo))
2521 : : {
6780 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2522 : 276 : (void) GetRedoRecPtr();
5063 heikki.linnakangas@i 2523 [ + + ]: 276 : if (XLogCheckpointNeeded(openLogSegNo))
6884 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2524 : 219 : RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_XLOG);
2525 : : }
2526 : : }
2527 : : }
2528 : :
9184 2529 [ + + ]: 2946590 : if (ispartialpage)
2530 : : {
2531 : : /* Only asked to write a partial page */
2532 : 154664 : LogwrtResult.Write = WriteRqst.Write;
2533 : 154664 : break;
2534 : : }
7561 2535 [ + + ]: 2791926 : curridx = NextBufIdx(curridx);
2536 : :
2537 : : /* If flexible, break out of loop as soon as we wrote something */
2538 [ + + + + ]: 2791926 : if (flexible && npages == 0)
2539 : 3152 : break;
2540 : : }
2541 : :
2542 [ - + ]: 2379748 : Assert(npages == 0);
2543 : :
2544 : : /*
2545 : : * If asked to flush, do so
2546 : : */
4876 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2547 [ + + ]: 2379748 : if (LogwrtResult.Flush < WriteRqst.Flush &&
2548 [ + + ]: 163281 : LogwrtResult.Flush < LogwrtResult.Write)
2549 : : {
2550 : : /*
2551 : : * Could get here without iterating above loop, in which case we might
2552 : : * have no open file or the wrong one. However, we do not need to
2553 : : * fsync more than one file.
2554 : : */
935 nathan@postgresql.or 2555 [ + - ]: 163172 : if (wal_sync_method != WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN &&
2556 [ + - ]: 163172 : wal_sync_method != WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN_DSYNC)
2557 : : {
9181 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2558 [ + + ]: 163172 : if (openLogFile >= 0 &&
3150 andres@anarazel.de 2559 [ + + ]: 163149 : !XLByteInPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogSegNo,
2560 : : wal_segment_size))
7264 bruce@momjian.us 2561 : 178 : XLogFileClose();
9181 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2562 [ + + ]: 163172 : if (openLogFile < 0)
2563 : : {
3150 andres@anarazel.de 2564 : 201 : XLByteToPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogSegNo,
2565 : : wal_segment_size);
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 2566 : 201 : openLogTLI = tli;
2567 : 201 : openLogFile = XLogFileOpen(openLogSegNo, tli);
2262 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2568 : 201 : ReserveExternalFD();
2569 : : }
2570 : :
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 2571 : 163172 : issue_xlog_fsync(openLogFile, openLogSegNo, tli);
2572 : : }
2573 : :
2574 : : /* signal that we need to wakeup walsenders later */
5055 2575 : 163172 : WalSndWakeupRequest();
2576 : :
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2577 : 163172 : LogwrtResult.Flush = LogwrtResult.Write;
2578 : : }
2579 : :
2580 : : /*
2581 : : * Update shared-memory status
2582 : : *
2583 : : * We make sure that the shared 'request' values do not fall behind the
2584 : : * 'result' values. This is not absolutely essential, but it saves some
2585 : : * code in a couple of places.
2586 : : */
760 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2587 [ + + ]: 2379748 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2588 [ + + ]: 2379748 : if (XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write < LogwrtResult.Write)
2589 : 141873 : XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write = LogwrtResult.Write;
2590 [ + + ]: 2379748 : if (XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Flush < LogwrtResult.Flush)
2591 : 164824 : XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Flush = LogwrtResult.Flush;
2592 : 2379748 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2593 : :
2594 : : /*
2595 : : * We write Write first, bar, then Flush. When reading, the opposite must
2596 : : * be done (with a matching barrier in between), so that we always see a
2597 : : * Flush value that trails behind the Write value seen.
2598 : : */
2599 : 2379748 : pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->logWriteResult, LogwrtResult.Write);
2600 : 2379748 : pg_write_barrier();
2601 : 2379748 : pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->logFlushResult, LogwrtResult.Flush);
2602 : :
2603 : : #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
2604 : : {
2605 : : XLogRecPtr Flush;
2606 : : XLogRecPtr Write;
2607 : : XLogRecPtr Insert;
2608 : :
2609 : 2379748 : Flush = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->logFlushResult);
2610 : 2379748 : pg_read_barrier();
2611 : 2379748 : Write = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->logWriteResult);
758 2612 : 2379748 : pg_read_barrier();
2613 : 2379748 : Insert = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->logInsertResult);
2614 : :
2615 : : /* WAL written to disk is always ahead of WAL flushed */
760 2616 [ - + ]: 2379748 : Assert(Write >= Flush);
2617 : :
2618 : : /* WAL inserted to buffers is always ahead of WAL written */
758 2619 [ - + ]: 2379748 : Assert(Insert >= Write);
2620 : : }
2621 : : #endif
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2622 : 2379748 : }
2623 : :
2624 : : /*
2625 : : * Record the LSN for an asynchronous transaction commit/abort
2626 : : * and nudge the WALWriter if there is work for it to do.
2627 : : * (This should not be called for synchronous commits.)
2628 : : */
2629 : : void
5759 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 2630 : 42350 : XLogSetAsyncXactLSN(XLogRecPtr asyncXactLSN)
2631 : : {
5287 2632 : 42350 : XLogRecPtr WriteRqstPtr = asyncXactLSN;
2633 : : bool sleeping;
890 heikki.linnakangas@i 2634 : 42350 : bool wakeup = false;
2635 : : XLogRecPtr prevAsyncXactLSN;
2636 : :
4243 andres@anarazel.de 2637 [ - + ]: 42350 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2638 : 42350 : sleeping = XLogCtl->WalWriterSleeping;
890 heikki.linnakangas@i 2639 : 42350 : prevAsyncXactLSN = XLogCtl->asyncXactLSN;
4243 andres@anarazel.de 2640 [ + + ]: 42350 : if (XLogCtl->asyncXactLSN < asyncXactLSN)
2641 : 41744 : XLogCtl->asyncXactLSN = asyncXactLSN;
2642 : 42350 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2643 : :
2644 : : /*
2645 : : * If somebody else already called this function with a more aggressive
2646 : : * LSN, they will have done what we needed (and perhaps more).
2647 : : */
890 heikki.linnakangas@i 2648 [ + + ]: 42350 : if (asyncXactLSN <= prevAsyncXactLSN)
2649 : 606 : return;
2650 : :
2651 : : /*
2652 : : * If the WALWriter is sleeping, kick it to make it come out of low-power
2653 : : * mode, so that this async commit will reach disk within the expected
2654 : : * amount of time. Otherwise, determine whether it has enough WAL
2655 : : * available to flush, the same way that XLogBackgroundFlush() does.
2656 : : */
2657 [ + + ]: 41744 : if (sleeping)
2658 : 12 : wakeup = true;
2659 : : else
2660 : : {
2661 : : int flushblocks;
2662 : :
760 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2663 : 41732 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
2664 : :
890 heikki.linnakangas@i 2665 : 41732 : flushblocks =
2666 : 41732 : WriteRqstPtr / XLOG_BLCKSZ - LogwrtResult.Flush / XLOG_BLCKSZ;
2667 : :
2668 [ + - + + ]: 41732 : if (WalWriterFlushAfter == 0 || flushblocks >= WalWriterFlushAfter)
2669 : 4820 : wakeup = true;
2670 : : }
2671 : :
550 2672 [ + + ]: 41744 : if (wakeup)
2673 : : {
2674 : 4832 : volatile PROC_HDR *procglobal = ProcGlobal;
2675 : 4832 : ProcNumber walwriterProc = procglobal->walwriterProc;
2676 : :
2677 [ + + ]: 4832 : if (walwriterProc != INVALID_PROC_NUMBER)
2678 : 489 : SetLatch(&GetPGProcByNumber(walwriterProc)->procLatch);
2679 : : }
2680 : : }
2681 : :
2682 : : /*
2683 : : * Record the LSN up to which we can remove WAL because it's not required by
2684 : : * any replication slot.
2685 : : */
2686 : : void
4477 rhaas@postgresql.org 2687 : 44637 : XLogSetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN(XLogRecPtr lsn)
2688 : : {
4243 andres@anarazel.de 2689 [ + + ]: 44637 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2690 : 44637 : XLogCtl->replicationSlotMinLSN = lsn;
2691 : 44637 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4477 rhaas@postgresql.org 2692 : 44637 : }
2693 : :
2694 : :
2695 : : /*
2696 : : * Return the oldest LSN we must retain to satisfy the needs of some
2697 : : * replication slot.
2698 : : */
2699 : : XLogRecPtr
2700 : 2564 : XLogGetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN(void)
2701 : : {
2702 : : XLogRecPtr retval;
2703 : :
4243 andres@anarazel.de 2704 [ - + ]: 2564 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2705 : 2564 : retval = XLogCtl->replicationSlotMinLSN;
2706 : 2564 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2707 : :
4477 rhaas@postgresql.org 2708 : 2564 : return retval;
2709 : : }
2710 : :
2711 : : /*
2712 : : * Advance minRecoveryPoint in control file.
2713 : : *
2714 : : * If we crash during recovery, we must reach this point again before the
2715 : : * database is consistent.
2716 : : *
2717 : : * If 'force' is true, 'lsn' argument is ignored. Otherwise, minRecoveryPoint
2718 : : * is only updated if it's not already greater than or equal to 'lsn'.
2719 : : */
2720 : : static void
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 2721 : 121914 : UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(XLogRecPtr lsn, bool force)
2722 : : {
2723 : : /* Quick check using our local copy of the variable */
1539 2724 [ + + + + : 121914 : if (!updateMinRecoveryPoint || (!force && lsn <= LocalMinRecoveryPoint))
+ + ]
6285 2725 : 114193 : return;
2726 : :
2727 : : /*
2728 : : * An invalid minRecoveryPoint means that we need to recover all the WAL,
2729 : : * i.e., we're doing crash recovery. We never modify the control file's
2730 : : * value in that case, so we can short-circuit future checks here too. The
2731 : : * local values of minRecoveryPoint and minRecoveryPointTLI should not be
2732 : : * updated until crash recovery finishes. We only do this for the startup
2733 : : * process as it should not update its own reference of minRecoveryPoint
2734 : : * until it has finished crash recovery to make sure that all WAL
2735 : : * available is replayed in this case. This also saves from extra locks
2736 : : * taken on the control file from the startup process.
2737 : : */
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 2738 [ + + + + ]:GNC 7721 : if (!XLogRecPtrIsValid(LocalMinRecoveryPoint) && InRecovery)
2739 : : {
2861 michael@paquier.xyz 2740 :CBC 32 : updateMinRecoveryPoint = false;
2741 : 32 : return;
2742 : : }
2743 : :
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 2744 : 7689 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
2745 : :
2746 : : /* update local copy */
1539 2747 : 7689 : LocalMinRecoveryPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
2748 : 7689 : LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
2749 : :
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 2750 [ + + ]:GNC 7689 : if (!XLogRecPtrIsValid(LocalMinRecoveryPoint))
2804 michael@paquier.xyz 2751 :CBC 1 : updateMinRecoveryPoint = false;
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 2752 [ + + + + ]: 7688 : else if (force || LocalMinRecoveryPoint < lsn)
2753 : : {
2754 : : XLogRecPtr newMinRecoveryPoint;
2755 : : TimeLineID newMinRecoveryPointTLI;
2756 : :
2757 : : /*
2758 : : * To avoid having to update the control file too often, we update it
2759 : : * all the way to the last record being replayed, even though 'lsn'
2760 : : * would suffice for correctness. This also allows the 'force' case
2761 : : * to not need a valid 'lsn' value.
2762 : : *
2763 : : * Another important reason for doing it this way is that the passed
2764 : : * 'lsn' value could be bogus, i.e., past the end of available WAL, if
2765 : : * the caller got it from a corrupted heap page. Accepting such a
2766 : : * value as the min recovery point would prevent us from coming up at
2767 : : * all. Instead, we just log a warning and continue with recovery.
2768 : : * (See also the comments about corrupt LSNs in XLogFlush.)
2769 : : */
2770 : 5974 : newMinRecoveryPoint = GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&newMinRecoveryPointTLI);
4876 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2771 [ + + - + ]: 5974 : if (!force && newMinRecoveryPoint < lsn)
6157 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2772 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(WARNING,
2773 : : "xlog min recovery request %X/%08X is past current point %X/%08X",
2774 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(newMinRecoveryPoint));
2775 : :
2776 : : /* update control file */
4876 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2777 [ + + ]:CBC 5974 : if (ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint < newMinRecoveryPoint)
2778 : : {
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 2779 : 5618 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = newMinRecoveryPoint;
4900 2780 : 5618 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = newMinRecoveryPointTLI;
6285 2781 : 5618 : UpdateControlFile();
1539 2782 : 5618 : LocalMinRecoveryPoint = newMinRecoveryPoint;
2783 : 5618 : LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = newMinRecoveryPointTLI;
2784 : :
6285 2785 [ + + ]: 5618 : ereport(DEBUG2,
2786 : : errmsg_internal("updated min recovery point to %X/%08X on timeline %u",
2787 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(newMinRecoveryPoint),
2788 : : newMinRecoveryPointTLI));
2789 : : }
2790 : : }
2791 : 7689 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
2792 : : }
2793 : :
2794 : : /*
2795 : : * Ensure that all XLOG data through the given position is flushed to disk.
2796 : : *
2797 : : * NOTE: this differs from XLogWrite mainly in that the WALWriteLock is not
2798 : : * already held, and we try to avoid acquiring it if possible.
2799 : : */
2800 : : void
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2801 : 874480 : XLogFlush(XLogRecPtr record)
2802 : : {
2803 : : XLogRecPtr WriteRqstPtr;
2804 : : XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst;
1637 rhaas@postgresql.org 2805 : 874480 : TimeLineID insertTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
2806 : :
2807 : : /*
2808 : : * During REDO, we are reading not writing WAL. Therefore, instead of
2809 : : * trying to flush the WAL, we should update minRecoveryPoint instead. We
2810 : : * test XLogInsertAllowed(), not InRecovery, because we need checkpointer
2811 : : * to act this way too, and because when it tries to write the
2812 : : * end-of-recovery checkpoint, it should indeed flush.
2813 : : */
6157 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2814 [ + + ]: 874480 : if (!XLogInsertAllowed())
2815 : : {
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 2816 : 121414 : UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(record, false);
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2817 : 697331 : return;
2818 : : }
2819 : :
2820 : : /* Quick exit if already known flushed */
4876 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2821 [ + + ]: 753066 : if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2822 : 575917 : return;
2823 : :
2824 : : #ifdef WAL_DEBUG
2825 : : if (XLOG_DEBUG)
2826 : : elog(LOG, "xlog flush request %X/%08X; write %X/%08X; flush %X/%08X",
2827 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record),
2828 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Write),
2829 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Flush));
2830 : : #endif
2831 : :
2832 : 177149 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
2833 : :
2834 : : /*
2835 : : * Since fsync is usually a horribly expensive operation, we try to
2836 : : * piggyback as much data as we can on each fsync: if we see any more data
2837 : : * entered into the xlog buffer, we'll write and fsync that too, so that
2838 : : * the final value of LogwrtResult.Flush is as large as possible. This
2839 : : * gives us some chance of avoiding another fsync immediately after.
2840 : : */
2841 : :
2842 : : /* initialize to given target; may increase below */
2843 : 177149 : WriteRqstPtr = record;
2844 : :
2845 : : /*
2846 : : * Now wait until we get the write lock, or someone else does the flush
2847 : : * for us.
2848 : : */
2849 : : for (;;)
8894 2850 : 3158 : {
2851 : : XLogRecPtr insertpos;
2852 : :
2853 : : /* done already? */
760 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2854 : 180307 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
4876 2855 [ + + ]: 180307 : if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
5209 heikki.linnakangas@i 2856 : 13406 : break;
2857 : :
2858 : : /*
2859 : : * Before actually performing the write, wait for all in-flight
2860 : : * insertions to the pages we're about to write to finish.
2861 : : */
760 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2862 [ + + ]: 166901 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
2863 [ + + ]: 166901 : if (WriteRqstPtr < XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write)
2864 : 12932 : WriteRqstPtr = XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write;
2865 : 166901 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 2866 : 166901 : insertpos = WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(WriteRqstPtr);
2867 : :
2868 : : /*
2869 : : * Try to get the write lock. If we can't get it immediately, wait
2870 : : * until it's released, and recheck if we still need to do the flush
2871 : : * or if the backend that held the lock did it for us already. This
2872 : : * helps to maintain a good rate of group committing when the system
2873 : : * is bottlenecked by the speed of fsyncing.
2874 : : */
5200 2875 [ + + ]: 166901 : if (!LWLockAcquireOrWait(WALWriteLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE))
2876 : : {
2877 : : /*
2878 : : * The lock is now free, but we didn't acquire it yet. Before we
2879 : : * do, loop back to check if someone else flushed the record for
2880 : : * us already.
2881 : : */
5209 2882 : 3158 : continue;
2883 : : }
2884 : :
2885 : : /* Got the lock; recheck whether request is satisfied */
762 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2886 : 163743 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
4876 2887 [ + + ]: 163743 : if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
2888 : : {
5055 rhaas@postgresql.org 2889 : 3728 : LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
2890 : 3728 : break;
2891 : : }
2892 : :
2893 : : /*
2894 : : * Sleep before flush! By adding a delay here, we may give further
2895 : : * backends the opportunity to join the backlog of group commit
2896 : : * followers; this can significantly improve transaction throughput,
2897 : : * at the risk of increasing transaction latency.
2898 : : *
2899 : : * We do not sleep if enableFsync is not turned on, nor if there are
2900 : : * fewer than CommitSiblings other backends with active transactions.
2901 : : */
2902 [ - + - - : 160015 : if (CommitDelay > 0 && enableFsync &&
- - ]
5055 rhaas@postgresql.org 2903 :UBC 0 : MinimumActiveBackends(CommitSiblings))
2904 : : {
147 heikki.linnakangas@i 2905 :UNC 0 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_COMMIT_DELAY);
5055 rhaas@postgresql.org 2906 :UBC 0 : pg_usleep(CommitDelay);
147 heikki.linnakangas@i 2907 :UNC 0 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
2908 : :
2909 : : /*
2910 : : * Re-check how far we can now flush the WAL. It's generally not
2911 : : * safe to call WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish while holding
2912 : : * WALWriteLock, because an in-progress insertion might need to
2913 : : * also grab WALWriteLock to make progress. But we know that all
2914 : : * the insertions up to insertpos have already finished, because
2915 : : * that's what the earlier WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish() returned.
2916 : : * We're only calling it again to allow insertpos to be moved
2917 : : * further forward, not to actually wait for anyone.
2918 : : */
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 2919 :UBC 0 : insertpos = WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(insertpos);
2920 : : }
2921 : :
2922 : : /* try to write/flush later additions to XLOG as well */
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 2923 :CBC 160015 : WriteRqst.Write = insertpos;
2924 : 160015 : WriteRqst.Flush = insertpos;
2925 : :
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 2926 : 160015 : XLogWrite(WriteRqst, insertTLI, false);
2927 : :
8984 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2928 : 160015 : LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
2929 : : /* done */
5209 heikki.linnakangas@i 2930 : 160015 : break;
2931 : : }
2932 : :
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2933 [ - + ]: 177149 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
2934 : :
2935 : : /* wake up walsenders now that we've released heavily contended locks */
1123 andres@anarazel.de 2936 : 177149 : WalSndWakeupProcessRequests(true, !RecoveryInProgress());
2937 : :
2938 : : /*
2939 : : * Wake up processes waiting for primary flush LSN to reach current flush
2940 : : * position.
2941 : : */
2 akorotkov@postgresql 2942 :GNC 177149 : WaitLSNWakeup(WAIT_LSN_TYPE_PRIMARY_FLUSH, LogwrtResult.Flush);
2943 : :
2944 : : /*
2945 : : * If we still haven't flushed to the request point then we have a
2946 : : * problem; most likely, the requested flush point is past end of XLOG.
2947 : : * This has been seen to occur when a disk page has a corrupted LSN.
2948 : : *
2949 : : * Formerly we treated this as a PANIC condition, but that hurts the
2950 : : * system's robustness rather than helping it: we do not want to take down
2951 : : * the whole system due to corruption on one data page. In particular, if
2952 : : * the bad page is encountered again during recovery then we would be
2953 : : * unable to restart the database at all! (This scenario actually
2954 : : * happened in the field several times with 7.1 releases.) As of 8.4, bad
2955 : : * LSNs encountered during recovery are UpdateMinRecoveryPoint's problem;
2956 : : * the only time we can reach here during recovery is while flushing the
2957 : : * end-of-recovery checkpoint record, and we don't expect that to have a
2958 : : * bad LSN.
2959 : : *
2960 : : * Note that for calls from xact.c, the ERROR will be promoted to PANIC
2961 : : * since xact.c calls this routine inside a critical section. However,
2962 : : * calls from bufmgr.c are not within critical sections and so we will not
2963 : : * force a restart for a bad LSN on a data page.
2964 : : */
4876 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2965 [ - + ]:CBC 177149 : if (LogwrtResult.Flush < record)
6157 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2966 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR,
2967 : : "xlog flush request %X/%08X is not satisfied --- flushed only to %X/%08X",
2968 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record),
2969 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Flush));
2970 : :
2971 : : /*
2972 : : * Cross-check XLogNeedsFlush(). Some of the checks of XLogFlush() and
2973 : : * XLogNeedsFlush() are duplicated, and this assertion ensures that these
2974 : : * remain consistent.
2975 : : */
228 michael@paquier.xyz 2976 [ - + ]:GNC 177149 : Assert(!XLogNeedsFlush(record));
2977 : : }
2978 : :
2979 : : /*
2980 : : * Write & flush xlog, but without specifying exactly where to.
2981 : : *
2982 : : * We normally write only completed blocks; but if there is nothing to do on
2983 : : * that basis, we check for unwritten async commits in the current incomplete
2984 : : * block, and write through the latest one of those. Thus, if async commits
2985 : : * are not being used, we will write complete blocks only.
2986 : : *
2987 : : * If, based on the above, there's anything to write we do so immediately. But
2988 : : * to avoid calling fsync, fdatasync et. al. at a rate that'd impact
2989 : : * concurrent IO, we only flush WAL every wal_writer_delay ms, or if there's
2990 : : * more than wal_writer_flush_after unflushed blocks.
2991 : : *
2992 : : * We can guarantee that async commits reach disk after at most three
2993 : : * wal_writer_delay cycles. (When flushing complete blocks, we allow XLogWrite
2994 : : * to write "flexibly", meaning it can stop at the end of the buffer ring;
2995 : : * this makes a difference only with very high load or long wal_writer_delay,
2996 : : * but imposes one extra cycle for the worst case for async commits.)
2997 : : *
2998 : : * This routine is invoked periodically by the background walwriter process.
2999 : : *
3000 : : * Returns true if there was any work to do, even if we skipped flushing due
3001 : : * to wal_writer_delay/wal_writer_flush_after.
3002 : : */
3003 : : bool
6860 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3004 :CBC 12387 : XLogBackgroundFlush(void)
3005 : : {
3006 : : XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst;
3007 : 12387 : bool flexible = true;
3008 : : static TimestampTz lastflush;
3009 : : TimestampTz now;
3010 : : int flushblocks;
3011 : : TimeLineID insertTLI;
3012 : :
3013 : : /* XLOG doesn't need flushing during recovery */
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 3014 [ - + ]: 12387 : if (RecoveryInProgress())
5110 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3015 :UBC 0 : return false;
3016 : :
3017 : : /*
3018 : : * Since we're not in recovery, InsertTimeLineID is set and can't change,
3019 : : * so we can read it without a lock.
3020 : : */
1637 rhaas@postgresql.org 3021 :CBC 12387 : insertTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
3022 : :
3023 : : /* read updated LogwrtRqst */
4243 andres@anarazel.de 3024 [ + + ]: 12387 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
3732 3025 : 12387 : WriteRqst = XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst;
4243 3026 : 12387 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
3027 : :
3028 : : /* back off to last completed page boundary */
3732 3029 : 12387 : WriteRqst.Write -= WriteRqst.Write % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
3030 : :
3031 : : /* if we have already flushed that far, consider async commit records */
760 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 3032 : 12387 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
3732 andres@anarazel.de 3033 [ + + ]: 12387 : if (WriteRqst.Write <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
3034 : : {
4243 3035 [ - + ]: 9046 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
3732 3036 : 9046 : WriteRqst.Write = XLogCtl->asyncXactLSN;
4243 3037 : 9046 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6860 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3038 : 9046 : flexible = false; /* ensure it all gets written */
3039 : : }
3040 : :
3041 : : /*
3042 : : * If already known flushed, we're done. Just need to check if we are
3043 : : * holding an open file handle to a logfile that's no longer in use,
3044 : : * preventing the file from being deleted.
3045 : : */
3732 andres@anarazel.de 3046 [ + + ]: 12387 : if (WriteRqst.Write <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
3047 : : {
5782 bruce@momjian.us 3048 [ + + ]: 8263 : if (openLogFile >= 0)
3049 : : {
3150 andres@anarazel.de 3050 [ + + ]: 5054 : if (!XLByteInPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogSegNo,
3051 : : wal_segment_size))
3052 : : {
5809 magnus@hagander.net 3053 : 231 : XLogFileClose();
3054 : : }
3055 : : }
5110 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3056 : 8263 : return false;
3057 : : }
3058 : :
3059 : : /*
3060 : : * Determine how far to flush WAL, based on the wal_writer_delay and
3061 : : * wal_writer_flush_after GUCs.
3062 : : *
3063 : : * Note that XLogSetAsyncXactLSN() performs similar calculation based on
3064 : : * wal_writer_flush_after, to decide when to wake us up. Make sure the
3065 : : * logic is the same in both places if you change this.
3066 : : */
3732 andres@anarazel.de 3067 : 4124 : now = GetCurrentTimestamp();
890 heikki.linnakangas@i 3068 : 4124 : flushblocks =
3732 andres@anarazel.de 3069 : 4124 : WriteRqst.Write / XLOG_BLCKSZ - LogwrtResult.Flush / XLOG_BLCKSZ;
3070 : :
3071 [ + - + + ]: 4124 : if (WalWriterFlushAfter == 0 || lastflush == 0)
3072 : : {
3073 : : /* first call, or block based limits disabled */
3074 : 298 : WriteRqst.Flush = WriteRqst.Write;
3075 : 298 : lastflush = now;
3076 : : }
3077 [ + + ]: 3826 : else if (TimestampDifferenceExceeds(lastflush, now, WalWriterDelay))
3078 : : {
3079 : : /*
3080 : : * Flush the writes at least every WalWriterDelay ms. This is
3081 : : * important to bound the amount of time it takes for an asynchronous
3082 : : * commit to hit disk.
3083 : : */
3084 : 3574 : WriteRqst.Flush = WriteRqst.Write;
3085 : 3574 : lastflush = now;
3086 : : }
890 heikki.linnakangas@i 3087 [ + + ]: 252 : else if (flushblocks >= WalWriterFlushAfter)
3088 : : {
3089 : : /* exceeded wal_writer_flush_after blocks, flush */
3732 andres@anarazel.de 3090 : 230 : WriteRqst.Flush = WriteRqst.Write;
3091 : 230 : lastflush = now;
3092 : : }
3093 : : else
3094 : : {
3095 : : /* no flushing, this time round */
96 alvherre@kurilemu.de 3096 :GNC 22 : WriteRqst.Flush = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
3097 : : }
3098 : :
3099 : : #ifdef WAL_DEBUG
3100 : : if (XLOG_DEBUG)
3101 : : elog(LOG, "xlog bg flush request write %X/%08X; flush: %X/%08X, current is write %X/%08X; flush %X/%08X",
3102 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(WriteRqst.Write),
3103 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(WriteRqst.Flush),
3104 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Write),
3105 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(LogwrtResult.Flush));
3106 : : #endif
3107 : :
6860 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3108 :CBC 4124 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
3109 : :
3110 : : /* now wait for any in-progress insertions to finish and get write lock */
3732 andres@anarazel.de 3111 : 4124 : WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(WriteRqst.Write);
6860 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3112 : 4124 : LWLockAcquire(WALWriteLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
762 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 3113 : 4124 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
3732 andres@anarazel.de 3114 [ + + ]: 4124 : if (WriteRqst.Write > LogwrtResult.Write ||
3115 [ + + ]: 193 : WriteRqst.Flush > LogwrtResult.Flush)
3116 : : {
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 3117 : 4054 : XLogWrite(WriteRqst, insertTLI, flexible);
3118 : : }
6860 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3119 : 4124 : LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
3120 : :
3121 [ - + ]: 4124 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
3122 : :
3123 : : /* wake up walsenders now that we've released heavily contended locks */
1123 andres@anarazel.de 3124 : 4124 : WalSndWakeupProcessRequests(true, !RecoveryInProgress());
3125 : :
3126 : : /*
3127 : : * Wake up processes waiting for primary flush LSN to reach current flush
3128 : : * position.
3129 : : */
2 akorotkov@postgresql 3130 :GNC 4124 : WaitLSNWakeup(WAIT_LSN_TYPE_PRIMARY_FLUSH, LogwrtResult.Flush);
3131 : :
3132 : : /*
3133 : : * Great, done. To take some work off the critical path, try to initialize
3134 : : * as many of the no-longer-needed WAL buffers for future use as we can.
3135 : : */
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 3136 :CBC 4124 : AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(InvalidXLogRecPtr, insertTLI, true);
3137 : :
3138 : : /*
3139 : : * If we determined that we need to write data, but somebody else
3140 : : * wrote/flushed already, it should be considered as being active, to
3141 : : * avoid hibernating too early.
3142 : : */
3732 andres@anarazel.de 3143 : 4124 : return true;
3144 : : }
3145 : :
3146 : : /*
3147 : : * Test whether XLOG data has been flushed up to (at least) the given
3148 : : * position, or whether the minimum recovery point has been updated past
3149 : : * the given position.
3150 : : *
3151 : : * Returns true if a flush is still needed, or if the minimum recovery point
3152 : : * must be updated.
3153 : : *
3154 : : * It is possible that someone else is already in the process of flushing
3155 : : * that far, or has updated the minimum recovery point up to the given
3156 : : * position.
3157 : : */
3158 : : bool
6915 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3159 : 16780639 : XLogNeedsFlush(XLogRecPtr record)
3160 : : {
3161 : : /*
3162 : : * During recovery, we don't flush WAL but update minRecoveryPoint
3163 : : * instead. So "needs flush" is taken to mean whether minRecoveryPoint
3164 : : * would need to be updated.
3165 : : *
3166 : : * Using XLogInsertAllowed() rather than RecoveryInProgress() matters for
3167 : : * the case of an end-of-recovery checkpoint, where WAL data is flushed.
3168 : : * This check should be consistent with the one in XLogFlush().
3169 : : */
228 michael@paquier.xyz 3170 [ + + ]:GNC 16780639 : if (!XLogInsertAllowed())
3171 : : {
3172 : : /* Quick exit if already known to be updated or cannot be updated */
217 3173 [ + - + + ]: 553828 : if (!updateMinRecoveryPoint || record <= LocalMinRecoveryPoint)
3174 : 538551 : return false;
3175 : :
3176 : : /*
3177 : : * An invalid minRecoveryPoint means that we need to recover all the
3178 : : * WAL, i.e., we're doing crash recovery. We never modify the control
3179 : : * file's value in that case, so we can short-circuit future checks
3180 : : * here too. This triggers a quick exit path for the startup process,
3181 : : * which cannot update its local copy of minRecoveryPoint as long as
3182 : : * it has not replayed all WAL available when doing crash recovery.
3183 : : */
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 3184 [ + + - + ]: 15277 : if (!XLogRecPtrIsValid(LocalMinRecoveryPoint) && InRecovery)
3185 : : {
2861 michael@paquier.xyz 3186 :UBC 0 : updateMinRecoveryPoint = false;
5981 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 3187 :LBC (616013) : return false;
3188 : : }
3189 : :
3190 : : /*
3191 : : * Update local copy of minRecoveryPoint. But if the lock is busy,
3192 : : * just return a conservative guess.
3193 : : */
5981 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 3194 [ - + ]:CBC 15277 : if (!LWLockConditionalAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_SHARED))
5981 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 3195 :UBC 0 : return true;
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 3196 :CBC 15277 : LocalMinRecoveryPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
3197 : 15277 : LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
5981 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 3198 : 15277 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
3199 : :
3200 : : /*
3201 : : * Check minRecoveryPoint for any other process than the startup
3202 : : * process doing crash recovery, which should not update the control
3203 : : * file value if crash recovery is still running.
3204 : : */
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 3205 [ - + ]:GNC 15277 : if (!XLogRecPtrIsValid(LocalMinRecoveryPoint))
2804 michael@paquier.xyz 3206 :UBC 0 : updateMinRecoveryPoint = false;
3207 : :
3208 : : /* check again */
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 3209 [ + + - + ]:CBC 15277 : if (record <= LocalMinRecoveryPoint || !updateMinRecoveryPoint)
2804 michael@paquier.xyz 3210 : 98 : return false;
3211 : : else
3212 : 15179 : return true;
3213 : : }
3214 : :
3215 : : /* Quick exit if already known flushed */
4876 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 3216 [ + + ]: 16226811 : if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
6915 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3217 : 15965543 : return false;
3218 : :
3219 : : /* read LogwrtResult and update local state */
762 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 3220 : 261268 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
3221 : :
3222 : : /* check again */
4876 3223 [ + + ]: 261268 : if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
6915 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3224 : 3152 : return false;
3225 : :
3226 : 258116 : return true;
3227 : : }
3228 : :
3229 : : /*
3230 : : * Try to make a given XLOG file segment exist.
3231 : : *
3232 : : * logsegno: identify segment.
3233 : : *
3234 : : * *added: on return, true if this call raised the number of extant segments.
3235 : : *
3236 : : * path: on return, this char[MAXPGPATH] has the path to the logsegno file.
3237 : : *
3238 : : * Returns -1 or FD of opened file. A -1 here is not an error; a caller
3239 : : * wanting an open segment should attempt to open "path", which usually will
3240 : : * succeed. (This is weird, but it's efficient for the callers.)
3241 : : */
3242 : : static int
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 3243 : 15857 : XLogFileInitInternal(XLogSegNo logsegno, TimeLineID logtli,
3244 : : bool *added, char *path)
3245 : : {
3246 : : char tmppath[MAXPGPATH];
3247 : : XLogSegNo installed_segno;
3248 : : XLogSegNo max_segno;
3249 : : int fd;
3250 : : int save_errno;
1123 tmunro@postgresql.or 3251 : 15857 : int open_flags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL | PG_BINARY;
3252 : : instr_time io_start;
3253 : :
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 3254 [ - + ]: 15857 : Assert(logtli != 0);
3255 : :
3256 : 15857 : XLogFilePath(path, logtli, logsegno, wal_segment_size);
3257 : :
3258 : : /*
3259 : : * Try to use existent file (checkpoint maker may have created it already)
3260 : : */
1772 noah@leadboat.com 3261 : 15857 : *added = false;
1159 tmunro@postgresql.or 3262 : 15857 : fd = BasicOpenFile(path, O_RDWR | PG_BINARY | O_CLOEXEC |
935 nathan@postgresql.or 3263 : 15857 : get_sync_bit(wal_sync_method));
1772 noah@leadboat.com 3264 [ + + ]: 15857 : if (fd < 0)
3265 : : {
3266 [ - + ]: 1574 : if (errno != ENOENT)
1772 noah@leadboat.com 3267 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3268 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3269 : : errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m", path)));
3270 : : }
3271 : : else
1772 noah@leadboat.com 3272 :CBC 14283 : return fd;
3273 : :
3274 : : /*
3275 : : * Initialize an empty (all zeroes) segment. NOTE: it is possible that
3276 : : * another process is doing the same thing. If so, we will end up
3277 : : * pre-creating an extra log segment. That seems OK, and better than
3278 : : * holding the lock throughout this lengthy process.
3279 : : */
6884 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3280 [ + + ]: 1574 : elog(DEBUG2, "creating and filling new WAL file");
3281 : :
7610 3282 : 1574 : snprintf(tmppath, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/xlogtemp.%d", (int) getpid());
3283 : :
9180 3284 : 1574 : unlink(tmppath);
3285 : :
1123 tmunro@postgresql.or 3286 [ - + ]: 1574 : if (io_direct_flags & IO_DIRECT_WAL_INIT)
1123 tmunro@postgresql.or 3287 :UBC 0 : open_flags |= PG_O_DIRECT;
3288 : :
3289 : : /* do not use get_sync_bit() here --- want to fsync only at end of fill */
1123 tmunro@postgresql.or 3290 :CBC 1574 : fd = BasicOpenFile(tmppath, open_flags);
9717 vadim4o@yahoo.com 3291 [ - + ]: 1574 : if (fd < 0)
7690 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3292 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3293 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3294 : : errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3295 : :
3296 : : /* Measure I/O timing when initializing segment */
433 michael@paquier.xyz 3297 :CBC 1574 : io_start = pgstat_prepare_io_time(track_wal_io_timing);
3298 : :
2590 tmunro@postgresql.or 3299 : 1574 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_INIT_WRITE);
3300 : 1574 : save_errno = 0;
3301 [ + - ]: 1574 : if (wal_init_zero)
3302 : : {
3303 : : ssize_t rc;
3304 : :
3305 : : /*
3306 : : * Zero-fill the file. With this setting, we do this the hard way to
3307 : : * ensure that all the file space has really been allocated. On
3308 : : * platforms that allow "holes" in files, just seeking to the end
3309 : : * doesn't allocate intermediate space. This way, we know that we
3310 : : * have all the space and (after the fsync below) that all the
3311 : : * indirect blocks are down on disk. Therefore, fdatasync(2) or
3312 : : * O_DSYNC will be sufficient to sync future writes to the log file.
3313 : : */
1156 michael@paquier.xyz 3314 : 1574 : rc = pg_pwrite_zeros(fd, wal_segment_size, 0);
3315 : :
1274 3316 [ - + ]: 1574 : if (rc < 0)
1274 michael@paquier.xyz 3317 :UBC 0 : save_errno = errno;
3318 : : }
3319 : : else
3320 : : {
3321 : : /*
3322 : : * Otherwise, seeking to the end and writing a solitary byte is
3323 : : * enough.
3324 : : */
4626 jdavis@postgresql.or 3325 : 0 : errno = 0;
1274 michael@paquier.xyz 3326 [ # # ]: 0 : if (pg_pwrite(fd, "\0", 1, wal_segment_size - 1) != 1)
3327 : : {
3328 : : /* if write didn't set errno, assume no disk space */
2590 tmunro@postgresql.or 3329 [ # # ]: 0 : save_errno = errno ? errno : ENOSPC;
3330 : : }
3331 : : }
2590 tmunro@postgresql.or 3332 :CBC 1574 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
3333 : :
3334 : : /*
3335 : : * A full segment worth of data is written when using wal_init_zero. One
3336 : : * byte is written when not using it.
3337 : : */
455 michael@paquier.xyz 3338 : 1574 : pgstat_count_io_op_time(IOOBJECT_WAL, IOCONTEXT_INIT, IOOP_WRITE,
3339 : : io_start, 1,
3340 [ + - ]: 1574 : wal_init_zero ? wal_segment_size : 1);
3341 : :
2590 tmunro@postgresql.or 3342 [ - + ]: 1574 : if (save_errno)
3343 : : {
3344 : : /*
3345 : : * If we fail to make the file, delete it to release disk space
3346 : : */
2590 tmunro@postgresql.or 3347 :UBC 0 : unlink(tmppath);
3348 : :
3349 : 0 : close(fd);
3350 : :
3351 : 0 : errno = save_errno;
3352 : :
3353 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3354 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3355 : : errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3356 : : }
3357 : :
3358 : : /* Measure I/O timing when flushing segment */
433 michael@paquier.xyz 3359 :CBC 1574 : io_start = pgstat_prepare_io_time(track_wal_io_timing);
3360 : :
3335 rhaas@postgresql.org 3361 : 1574 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_INIT_SYNC);
9279 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3362 [ - + ]: 1574 : if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0)
3363 : : {
1348 drowley@postgresql.o 3364 :UBC 0 : save_errno = errno;
4907 heikki.linnakangas@i 3365 : 0 : close(fd);
2871 michael@paquier.xyz 3366 : 0 : errno = save_errno;
7690 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3367 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3368 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3369 : : errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3370 : : }
3335 rhaas@postgresql.org 3371 :CBC 1574 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
3372 : :
455 michael@paquier.xyz 3373 : 1574 : pgstat_count_io_op_time(IOOBJECT_WAL, IOCONTEXT_INIT,
3374 : : IOOP_FSYNC, io_start, 1, 0);
3375 : :
2495 peter@eisentraut.org 3376 [ - + ]: 1574 : if (close(fd) != 0)
7690 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3377 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3378 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3379 : : errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3380 : :
3381 : : /*
3382 : : * Now move the segment into place with its final name. Cope with
3383 : : * possibility that someone else has created the file while we were
3384 : : * filling ours: if so, use ours to pre-create a future log segment.
3385 : : */
5063 heikki.linnakangas@i 3386 :CBC 1574 : installed_segno = logsegno;
3387 : :
3388 : : /*
3389 : : * XXX: What should we use as max_segno? We used to use XLOGfileslop when
3390 : : * that was a constant, but that was always a bit dubious: normally, at a
3391 : : * checkpoint, XLOGfileslop was the offset from the checkpoint record, but
3392 : : * here, it was the offset from the insert location. We can't do the
3393 : : * normal XLOGfileslop calculation here because we don't have access to
3394 : : * the prior checkpoint's redo location. So somewhat arbitrarily, just use
3395 : : * CheckPointSegments.
3396 : : */
4089 3397 : 1574 : max_segno = logsegno + CheckPointSegments;
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 3398 [ + - ]: 1574 : if (InstallXLogFileSegment(&installed_segno, tmppath, true, max_segno,
3399 : : logtli))
3400 : : {
1772 noah@leadboat.com 3401 : 1574 : *added = true;
3402 [ + + ]: 1574 : elog(DEBUG2, "done creating and filling new WAL file");
3403 : : }
3404 : : else
3405 : : {
3406 : : /*
3407 : : * No need for any more future segments, or InstallXLogFileSegment()
3408 : : * failed to rename the file into place. If the rename failed, a
3409 : : * caller opening the file may fail.
3410 : : */
9056 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3411 :UBC 0 : unlink(tmppath);
1772 noah@leadboat.com 3412 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(DEBUG2, "abandoned new WAL file");
3413 : : }
3414 : :
1772 noah@leadboat.com 3415 :CBC 1574 : return -1;
3416 : : }
3417 : :
3418 : : /*
3419 : : * Create a new XLOG file segment, or open a pre-existing one.
3420 : : *
3421 : : * logsegno: identify segment to be created/opened.
3422 : : *
3423 : : * Returns FD of opened file.
3424 : : *
3425 : : * Note: errors here are ERROR not PANIC because we might or might not be
3426 : : * inside a critical section (eg, during checkpoint there is no reason to
3427 : : * take down the system on failure). They will promote to PANIC if we are
3428 : : * in a critical section.
3429 : : */
3430 : : int
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 3431 : 15635 : XLogFileInit(XLogSegNo logsegno, TimeLineID logtli)
3432 : : {
3433 : : bool ignore_added;
3434 : : char path[MAXPGPATH];
3435 : : int fd;
3436 : :
3437 [ - + ]: 15635 : Assert(logtli != 0);
3438 : :
3439 : 15635 : fd = XLogFileInitInternal(logsegno, logtli, &ignore_added, path);
1772 noah@leadboat.com 3440 [ + + ]: 15635 : if (fd >= 0)
3441 : 14137 : return fd;
3442 : :
3443 : : /* Now open original target segment (might not be file I just made) */
1159 tmunro@postgresql.or 3444 : 1498 : fd = BasicOpenFile(path, O_RDWR | PG_BINARY | O_CLOEXEC |
935 nathan@postgresql.or 3445 : 1498 : get_sync_bit(wal_sync_method));
9056 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3446 [ - + ]: 1498 : if (fd < 0)
7690 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3447 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3448 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3449 : : errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m", path)));
7419 neilc@samurai.com 3450 :CBC 1498 : return fd;
3451 : : }
3452 : :
3453 : : /*
3454 : : * Create a new XLOG file segment by copying a pre-existing one.
3455 : : *
3456 : : * destsegno: identify segment to be created.
3457 : : *
3458 : : * srcTLI, srcsegno: identify segment to be copied (could be from
3459 : : * a different timeline)
3460 : : *
3461 : : * upto: how much of the source file to copy (the rest is filled with
3462 : : * zeros)
3463 : : *
3464 : : * Currently this is only used during recovery, and so there are no locking
3465 : : * considerations. But we should be just as tense as XLogFileInit to avoid
3466 : : * emplacing a bogus file.
3467 : : */
3468 : : static void
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 3469 : 45 : XLogFileCopy(TimeLineID destTLI, XLogSegNo destsegno,
3470 : : TimeLineID srcTLI, XLogSegNo srcsegno,
3471 : : int upto)
3472 : : {
3473 : : char path[MAXPGPATH];
3474 : : char tmppath[MAXPGPATH];
3475 : : PGAlignedXLogBlock buffer;
3476 : : int srcfd;
3477 : : int fd;
3478 : : int nbytes;
3479 : :
3480 : : /*
3481 : : * Open the source file
3482 : : */
3150 andres@anarazel.de 3483 : 45 : XLogFilePath(path, srcTLI, srcsegno, wal_segment_size);
3146 peter_e@gmx.net 3484 : 45 : srcfd = OpenTransientFile(path, O_RDONLY | PG_BINARY);
7958 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3485 [ - + ]: 45 : if (srcfd < 0)
7690 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3486 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3487 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3488 : : errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m", path)));
3489 : :
3490 : : /*
3491 : : * Copy into a temp file name.
3492 : : */
7610 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3493 :CBC 45 : snprintf(tmppath, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/xlogtemp.%d", (int) getpid());
3494 : :
7958 3495 : 45 : unlink(tmppath);
3496 : :
3497 : : /* do not use get_sync_bit() here --- want to fsync only at end of fill */
3146 peter_e@gmx.net 3498 : 45 : fd = OpenTransientFile(tmppath, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL | PG_BINARY);
7958 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3499 [ - + ]: 45 : if (fd < 0)
7690 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3500 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3501 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3502 : : errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3503 : :
3504 : : /*
3505 : : * Do the data copying.
3506 : : */
3150 andres@anarazel.de 3507 [ + + ]:CBC 92205 : for (nbytes = 0; nbytes < wal_segment_size; nbytes += sizeof(buffer))
3508 : : {
3509 : : int nread;
3510 : :
4156 heikki.linnakangas@i 3511 : 92160 : nread = upto - nbytes;
3512 : :
3513 : : /*
3514 : : * The part that is not read from the source file is filled with
3515 : : * zeros.
3516 : : */
3517 [ + + ]: 92160 : if (nread < sizeof(buffer))
2803 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3518 : 45 : memset(buffer.data, 0, sizeof(buffer));
3519 : :
4156 heikki.linnakangas@i 3520 [ + + ]: 92160 : if (nread > 0)
3521 : : {
3522 : : int r;
3523 : :
3524 [ + + ]: 2843 : if (nread > sizeof(buffer))
3525 : 2798 : nread = sizeof(buffer);
3335 rhaas@postgresql.org 3526 : 2843 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_COPY_READ);
2803 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3527 : 2843 : r = read(srcfd, buffer.data, nread);
2848 michael@paquier.xyz 3528 [ - + ]: 2843 : if (r != nread)
3529 : : {
2848 michael@paquier.xyz 3530 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (r < 0)
4156 heikki.linnakangas@i 3531 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3532 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3533 : : errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": %m",
3534 : : path)));
3535 : : else
3536 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3537 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
3538 : : errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": read %d of %zu",
3539 : : path, r, (Size) nread)));
3540 : : }
3335 rhaas@postgresql.org 3541 :CBC 2843 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
3542 : : }
7958 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3543 : 92160 : errno = 0;
3335 rhaas@postgresql.org 3544 : 92160 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_COPY_WRITE);
2803 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3545 [ - + ]: 92160 : if ((int) write(fd, buffer.data, sizeof(buffer)) != (int) sizeof(buffer))
3546 : : {
7958 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3547 :UBC 0 : int save_errno = errno;
3548 : :
3549 : : /*
3550 : : * If we fail to make the file, delete it to release disk space
3551 : : */
3552 : 0 : unlink(tmppath);
3553 : : /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
3554 [ # # ]: 0 : errno = save_errno ? save_errno : ENOSPC;
3555 : :
7690 3556 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3557 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3558 : : errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3559 : : }
3335 rhaas@postgresql.org 3560 :CBC 92160 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
3561 : : }
3562 : :
3563 : 45 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_COPY_SYNC);
7958 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3564 [ - + ]: 45 : if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0)
2724 tmunro@postgresql.or 3565 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(data_sync_elevel(ERROR),
3566 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3567 : : errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3335 rhaas@postgresql.org 3568 :CBC 45 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
3569 : :
2495 peter@eisentraut.org 3570 [ - + ]: 45 : if (CloseTransientFile(fd) != 0)
7690 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3571 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3572 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3573 : : errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3574 : :
2495 peter@eisentraut.org 3575 [ - + ]:CBC 45 : if (CloseTransientFile(srcfd) != 0)
2614 michael@paquier.xyz 3576 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3577 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3578 : : errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", path)));
3579 : :
3580 : : /*
3581 : : * Now move the segment into place with its final name.
3582 : : */
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 3583 [ - + ]:CBC 45 : if (!InstallXLogFileSegment(&destsegno, tmppath, false, 0, destTLI))
3961 fujii@postgresql.org 3584 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "InstallXLogFileSegment should not have failed");
7958 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3585 :CBC 45 : }
3586 : :
3587 : : /*
3588 : : * Install a new XLOG segment file as a current or future log segment.
3589 : : *
3590 : : * This is used both to install a newly-created segment (which has a temp
3591 : : * filename while it's being created) and to recycle an old segment.
3592 : : *
3593 : : * *segno: identify segment to install as (or first possible target).
3594 : : * When find_free is true, this is modified on return to indicate the
3595 : : * actual installation location or last segment searched.
3596 : : *
3597 : : * tmppath: initial name of file to install. It will be renamed into place.
3598 : : *
3599 : : * find_free: if true, install the new segment at the first empty segno
3600 : : * number at or after the passed numbers. If false, install the new segment
3601 : : * exactly where specified, deleting any existing segment file there.
3602 : : *
3603 : : * max_segno: maximum segment number to install the new file as. Fail if no
3604 : : * free slot is found between *segno and max_segno. (Ignored when find_free
3605 : : * is false.)
3606 : : *
3607 : : * tli: The timeline on which the new segment should be installed.
3608 : : *
3609 : : * Returns true if the file was installed successfully. false indicates that
3610 : : * max_segno limit was exceeded, the startup process has disabled this
3611 : : * function for now, or an error occurred while renaming the file into place.
3612 : : */
3613 : : static bool
5063 heikki.linnakangas@i 3614 : 3340 : InstallXLogFileSegment(XLogSegNo *segno, char *tmppath,
3615 : : bool find_free, XLogSegNo max_segno, TimeLineID tli)
3616 : : {
3617 : : char path[MAXPGPATH];
3618 : : struct stat stat_buf;
3619 : :
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 3620 [ - + ]: 3340 : Assert(tli != 0);
3621 : :
3622 : 3340 : XLogFilePath(path, tli, *segno, wal_segment_size);
3623 : :
1772 noah@leadboat.com 3624 : 3340 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
3625 [ - + ]: 3340 : if (!XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive)
3626 : : {
1772 noah@leadboat.com 3627 :UBC 0 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
3628 : 0 : return false;
3629 : : }
3630 : :
9056 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3631 [ + + ]:CBC 3340 : if (!find_free)
3632 : : {
3633 : : /* Force installation: get rid of any pre-existing segment file */
3326 teodor@sigaev.ru 3634 : 45 : durable_unlink(path, DEBUG1);
3635 : : }
3636 : : else
3637 : : {
3638 : : /* Find a free slot to put it in */
8501 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3639 [ + + ]: 4517 : while (stat(path, &stat_buf) == 0)
3640 : : {
4089 heikki.linnakangas@i 3641 [ + + ]: 1457 : if ((*segno) >= max_segno)
3642 : : {
3643 : : /* Failed to find a free slot within specified range */
1772 noah@leadboat.com 3644 : 235 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
9056 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3645 : 235 : return false;
3646 : : }
5063 heikki.linnakangas@i 3647 : 1222 : (*segno)++;
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 3648 : 1222 : XLogFilePath(path, tli, *segno, wal_segment_size);
3649 : : }
3650 : : }
3651 : :
1400 michael@paquier.xyz 3652 [ + - - + ]: 3105 : Assert(access(path, F_OK) != 0 && errno == ENOENT);
3653 [ - + ]: 3105 : if (durable_rename(tmppath, path, LOG) != 0)
3654 : : {
1772 noah@leadboat.com 3655 :UBC 0 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
3656 : : /* durable_rename already emitted log message */
6078 heikki.linnakangas@i 3657 : 0 : return false;
3658 : : }
3659 : :
1772 noah@leadboat.com 3660 :CBC 3105 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
3661 : :
9056 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3662 : 3105 : return true;
3663 : : }
3664 : :
3665 : : /*
3666 : : * Open a pre-existing logfile segment for writing.
3667 : : */
3668 : : int
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 3669 : 201 : XLogFileOpen(XLogSegNo segno, TimeLineID tli)
3670 : : {
3671 : : char path[MAXPGPATH];
3672 : : int fd;
3673 : :
3674 : 201 : XLogFilePath(path, tli, segno, wal_segment_size);
3675 : :
1159 tmunro@postgresql.or 3676 : 201 : fd = BasicOpenFile(path, O_RDWR | PG_BINARY | O_CLOEXEC |
935 nathan@postgresql.or 3677 : 201 : get_sync_bit(wal_sync_method));
9717 vadim4o@yahoo.com 3678 [ - + ]: 201 : if (fd < 0)
8324 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3679 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
3680 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3681 : : errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m", path)));
3682 : :
7958 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3683 :CBC 201 : return fd;
3684 : : }
3685 : :
3686 : : /*
3687 : : * Close the current logfile segment for writing.
3688 : : */
3689 : : static void
7264 bruce@momjian.us 3690 : 7083 : XLogFileClose(void)
3691 : : {
3692 [ - + ]: 7083 : Assert(openLogFile >= 0);
3693 : :
3694 : : /*
3695 : : * WAL segment files will not be re-read in normal operation, so we advise
3696 : : * the OS to release any cached pages. But do not do so if WAL archiving
3697 : : * or streaming is active, because archiver and walsender process could
3698 : : * use the cache to read the WAL segment.
3699 : : */
3700 : : #if defined(USE_POSIX_FADVISE) && defined(POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED)
1123 tmunro@postgresql.or 3701 [ + + + - ]: 7083 : if (!XLogIsNeeded() && (io_direct_flags & IO_DIRECT_WAL) == 0)
6323 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3702 : 134 : (void) posix_fadvise(openLogFile, 0, 0, POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED);
3703 : : #endif
3704 : :
2495 peter@eisentraut.org 3705 [ - + ]: 7083 : if (close(openLogFile) != 0)
3706 : : {
3707 : : char xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
2345 michael@paquier.xyz 3708 :UBC 0 : int save_errno = errno;
3709 : :
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 3710 : 0 : XLogFileName(xlogfname, openLogTLI, openLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
2345 michael@paquier.xyz 3711 : 0 : errno = save_errno;
7264 bruce@momjian.us 3712 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(PANIC,
3713 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3714 : : errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", xlogfname)));
3715 : : }
3716 : :
7264 bruce@momjian.us 3717 :CBC 7083 : openLogFile = -1;
2262 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3718 : 7083 : ReleaseExternalFD();
7264 bruce@momjian.us 3719 : 7083 : }
3720 : :
3721 : : /*
3722 : : * Preallocate log files beyond the specified log endpoint.
3723 : : *
3724 : : * XXX this is currently extremely conservative, since it forces only one
3725 : : * future log segment to exist, and even that only if we are 75% done with
3726 : : * the current one. This is only appropriate for very low-WAL-volume systems.
3727 : : * High-volume systems will be OK once they've built up a sufficient set of
3728 : : * recycled log segments, but the startup transient is likely to include
3729 : : * a lot of segment creations by foreground processes, which is not so good.
3730 : : *
3731 : : * XLogFileInitInternal() can ereport(ERROR). All known causes indicate big
3732 : : * trouble; for example, a full filesystem is one cause. The checkpoint WAL
3733 : : * and/or ControlFile updates already completed. If a RequestCheckpoint()
3734 : : * initiated the present checkpoint and an ERROR ends this function, the
3735 : : * command that called RequestCheckpoint() fails. That's not ideal, but it's
3736 : : * not worth contorting more functions to use caller-specified elevel values.
3737 : : * (With or without RequestCheckpoint(), an ERROR forestalls some inessential
3738 : : * reporting and resource reclamation.)
3739 : : */
3740 : : static void
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 3741 : 2220 : PreallocXlogFiles(XLogRecPtr endptr, TimeLineID tli)
3742 : : {
3743 : : XLogSegNo _logSegNo;
3744 : : int lf;
3745 : : bool added;
3746 : : char path[MAXPGPATH];
3747 : : uint64 offset;
3748 : :
1772 noah@leadboat.com 3749 [ + + ]: 2220 : if (!XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive)
3750 : 14 : return; /* unlocked check says no */
3751 : :
3150 andres@anarazel.de 3752 : 2206 : XLByteToPrevSeg(endptr, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
3753 : 2206 : offset = XLogSegmentOffset(endptr - 1, wal_segment_size);
3754 [ + + ]: 2206 : if (offset >= (uint32) (0.75 * wal_segment_size))
3755 : : {
5063 heikki.linnakangas@i 3756 : 222 : _logSegNo++;
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 3757 : 222 : lf = XLogFileInitInternal(_logSegNo, tli, &added, path);
1772 noah@leadboat.com 3758 [ + + ]: 222 : if (lf >= 0)
3759 : 146 : close(lf);
3760 [ + + ]: 222 : if (added)
6884 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3761 : 76 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_added++;
3762 : : }
3763 : : }
3764 : :
3765 : : /*
3766 : : * Throws an error if the given log segment has already been removed or
3767 : : * recycled. The caller should only pass a segment that it knows to have
3768 : : * existed while the server has been running, as this function always
3769 : : * succeeds if no WAL segments have been removed since startup.
3770 : : * 'tli' is only used in the error message.
3771 : : *
3772 : : * Note: this function guarantees to keep errno unchanged on return.
3773 : : * This supports callers that use this to possibly deliver a better
3774 : : * error message about a missing file, while still being able to throw
3775 : : * a normal file-access error afterwards, if this does return.
3776 : : */
3777 : : void
4870 heikki.linnakangas@i 3778 : 137132 : CheckXLogRemoved(XLogSegNo segno, TimeLineID tli)
3779 : : {
3074 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3780 : 137132 : int save_errno = errno;
3781 : : XLogSegNo lastRemovedSegNo;
3782 : :
4243 andres@anarazel.de 3783 [ + + ]: 137132 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
3784 : 137132 : lastRemovedSegNo = XLogCtl->lastRemovedSegNo;
3785 : 137132 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
3786 : :
4870 heikki.linnakangas@i 3787 [ - + ]: 137132 : if (segno <= lastRemovedSegNo)
3788 : : {
3789 : : char filename[MAXFNAMELEN];
3790 : :
3150 andres@anarazel.de 3791 :UBC 0 : XLogFileName(filename, tli, segno, wal_segment_size);
3074 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3792 : 0 : errno = save_errno;
4870 heikki.linnakangas@i 3793 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3794 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
3795 : : errmsg("requested WAL segment %s has already been removed",
3796 : : filename)));
3797 : : }
3074 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3798 :CBC 137132 : errno = save_errno;
5867 heikki.linnakangas@i 3799 : 137132 : }
3800 : :
3801 : : /*
3802 : : * Return the last WAL segment removed, or 0 if no segment has been removed
3803 : : * since startup.
3804 : : *
3805 : : * NB: the result can be out of date arbitrarily fast, the caller has to deal
3806 : : * with that.
3807 : : */
3808 : : XLogSegNo
4446 rhaas@postgresql.org 3809 : 1284 : XLogGetLastRemovedSegno(void)
3810 : : {
3811 : : XLogSegNo lastRemovedSegNo;
3812 : :
4243 andres@anarazel.de 3813 [ - + ]: 1284 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
3814 : 1284 : lastRemovedSegNo = XLogCtl->lastRemovedSegNo;
3815 : 1284 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
3816 : :
4446 rhaas@postgresql.org 3817 : 1284 : return lastRemovedSegNo;
3818 : : }
3819 : :
3820 : : /*
3821 : : * Return the oldest WAL segment on the given TLI that still exists in
3822 : : * XLOGDIR, or 0 if none.
3823 : : */
3824 : : XLogSegNo
867 3825 : 7 : XLogGetOldestSegno(TimeLineID tli)
3826 : : {
3827 : : DIR *xldir;
3828 : : struct dirent *xlde;
3829 : 7 : XLogSegNo oldest_segno = 0;
3830 : :
3831 : 7 : xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
3832 [ + + ]: 50 : while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
3833 : : {
3834 : : TimeLineID file_tli;
3835 : : XLogSegNo file_segno;
3836 : :
3837 : : /* Ignore files that are not XLOG segments. */
3838 [ + + ]: 43 : if (!IsXLogFileName(xlde->d_name))
3839 : 29 : continue;
3840 : :
3841 : : /* Parse filename to get TLI and segno. */
3842 : 14 : XLogFromFileName(xlde->d_name, &file_tli, &file_segno,
3843 : : wal_segment_size);
3844 : :
3845 : : /* Ignore anything that's not from the TLI of interest. */
3846 [ - + ]: 14 : if (tli != file_tli)
867 rhaas@postgresql.org 3847 :UBC 0 : continue;
3848 : :
3849 : : /* If it's the oldest so far, update oldest_segno. */
867 rhaas@postgresql.org 3850 [ + + + + ]:CBC 14 : if (oldest_segno == 0 || file_segno < oldest_segno)
3851 : 9 : oldest_segno = file_segno;
3852 : : }
3853 : :
3854 : 7 : FreeDir(xldir);
3855 : 7 : return oldest_segno;
3856 : : }
3857 : :
3858 : : /*
3859 : : * Update the last removed segno pointer in shared memory, to reflect that the
3860 : : * given XLOG file has been removed.
3861 : : */
3862 : : static void
5867 heikki.linnakangas@i 3863 : 2697 : UpdateLastRemovedPtr(char *filename)
3864 : : {
3865 : : uint32 tli;
3866 : : XLogSegNo segno;
3867 : :
3150 andres@anarazel.de 3868 : 2697 : XLogFromFileName(filename, &tli, &segno, wal_segment_size);
3869 : :
4243 3870 [ - + ]: 2697 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
3871 [ + + ]: 2697 : if (segno > XLogCtl->lastRemovedSegNo)
3872 : 1248 : XLogCtl->lastRemovedSegNo = segno;
3873 : 2697 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
5867 heikki.linnakangas@i 3874 : 2697 : }
3875 : :
3876 : : /*
3877 : : * Remove all temporary log files in pg_wal
3878 : : *
3879 : : * This is called at the beginning of recovery after a previous crash,
3880 : : * at a point where no other processes write fresh WAL data.
3881 : : */
3882 : : static void
2853 michael@paquier.xyz 3883 : 192 : RemoveTempXlogFiles(void)
3884 : : {
3885 : : DIR *xldir;
3886 : : struct dirent *xlde;
3887 : :
3888 [ + + ]: 192 : elog(DEBUG2, "removing all temporary WAL segments");
3889 : :
3890 : 192 : xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
3891 [ + + ]: 1299 : while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
3892 : : {
3893 : : char path[MAXPGPATH];
3894 : :
3895 [ + - ]: 1107 : if (strncmp(xlde->d_name, "xlogtemp.", 9) != 0)
3896 : 1107 : continue;
3897 : :
2853 michael@paquier.xyz 3898 :UBC 0 : snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/%s", xlde->d_name);
3899 : 0 : unlink(path);
3900 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(DEBUG2, "removed temporary WAL segment \"%s\"", path);
3901 : : }
2853 michael@paquier.xyz 3902 :CBC 192 : FreeDir(xldir);
3903 : 192 : }
3904 : :
3905 : : /*
3906 : : * Recycle or remove all log files older or equal to passed segno.
3907 : : *
3908 : : * endptr is current (or recent) end of xlog, and lastredoptr is the
3909 : : * redo pointer of the last checkpoint. These are used to determine
3910 : : * whether we want to recycle rather than delete no-longer-wanted log files.
3911 : : *
3912 : : * insertTLI is the current timeline for XLOG insertion. Any recycled
3913 : : * segments should be reused for this timeline.
3914 : : */
3915 : : static void
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 3916 : 1944 : RemoveOldXlogFiles(XLogSegNo segno, XLogRecPtr lastredoptr, XLogRecPtr endptr,
3917 : : TimeLineID insertTLI)
3918 : : {
3919 : : DIR *xldir;
3920 : : struct dirent *xlde;
3921 : : char lastoff[MAXFNAMELEN];
3922 : : XLogSegNo endlogSegNo;
3923 : : XLogSegNo recycleSegNo;
3924 : :
3925 : : /* Initialize info about where to try to recycle to */
1936 michael@paquier.xyz 3926 : 1944 : XLByteToSeg(endptr, endlogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
3927 : 1944 : recycleSegNo = XLOGfileslop(lastredoptr);
3928 : :
3929 : : /*
3930 : : * Construct a filename of the last segment to be kept. The timeline ID
3931 : : * doesn't matter, we ignore that in the comparison. (During recovery,
3932 : : * InsertTimeLineID isn't set, so we can't use that.)
3933 : : */
3150 andres@anarazel.de 3934 : 1944 : XLogFileName(lastoff, 0, segno, wal_segment_size);
3935 : :
5727 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 3936 [ + + ]: 1944 : elog(DEBUG2, "attempting to remove WAL segments older than log file %s",
3937 : : lastoff);
3938 : :
3074 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3939 : 1944 : xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
3940 : :
7610 3941 [ + + ]: 42902 : while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
3942 : : {
3943 : : /* Ignore files that are not XLOG segments */
4015 heikki.linnakangas@i 3944 [ + + ]: 40958 : if (!IsXLogFileName(xlde->d_name) &&
3945 [ + + ]: 8212 : !IsPartialXLogFileName(xlde->d_name))
4040 3946 : 8210 : continue;
3947 : :
3948 : : /*
3949 : : * We ignore the timeline part of the XLOG segment identifiers in
3950 : : * deciding whether a segment is still needed. This ensures that we
3951 : : * won't prematurely remove a segment from a parent timeline. We could
3952 : : * probably be a little more proactive about removing segments of
3953 : : * non-parent timelines, but that would be a whole lot more
3954 : : * complicated.
3955 : : *
3956 : : * We use the alphanumeric sorting property of the filenames to decide
3957 : : * which ones are earlier than the lastoff segment.
3958 : : */
3959 [ + + ]: 32748 : if (strcmp(xlde->d_name + 8, lastoff + 8) <= 0)
3960 : : {
4827 3961 [ + + ]: 26119 : if (XLogArchiveCheckDone(xlde->d_name))
3962 : : {
3963 : : /* Update the last removed location in shared memory first */
5867 3964 : 2697 : UpdateLastRemovedPtr(xlde->d_name);
3965 : :
1341 michael@paquier.xyz 3966 : 2697 : RemoveXlogFile(xlde, recycleSegNo, &endlogSegNo, insertTLI);
3967 : : }
3968 : : }
3969 : : }
3970 : :
4040 heikki.linnakangas@i 3971 : 1944 : FreeDir(xldir);
3972 : 1944 : }
3973 : :
3974 : : /*
3975 : : * Recycle or remove WAL files that are not part of the given timeline's
3976 : : * history.
3977 : : *
3978 : : * This is called during recovery, whenever we switch to follow a new
3979 : : * timeline, and at the end of recovery when we create a new timeline. We
3980 : : * wouldn't otherwise care about extra WAL files lying in pg_wal, but they
3981 : : * might be leftover pre-allocated or recycled WAL segments on the old timeline
3982 : : * that we haven't used yet, and contain garbage. If we just leave them in
3983 : : * pg_wal, they will eventually be archived, and we can't let that happen.
3984 : : * Files that belong to our timeline history are valid, because we have
3985 : : * successfully replayed them, but from others we can't be sure.
3986 : : *
3987 : : * 'switchpoint' is the current point in WAL where we switch to new timeline,
3988 : : * and 'newTLI' is the new timeline we switch to.
3989 : : */
3990 : : void
3991 : 69 : RemoveNonParentXlogFiles(XLogRecPtr switchpoint, TimeLineID newTLI)
3992 : : {
3993 : : DIR *xldir;
3994 : : struct dirent *xlde;
3995 : : char switchseg[MAXFNAMELEN];
3996 : : XLogSegNo endLogSegNo;
3997 : : XLogSegNo switchLogSegNo;
3998 : : XLogSegNo recycleSegNo;
3999 : :
4000 : : /*
4001 : : * Initialize info about where to begin the work. This will recycle,
4002 : : * somewhat arbitrarily, 10 future segments.
4003 : : */
1936 michael@paquier.xyz 4004 : 69 : XLByteToPrevSeg(switchpoint, switchLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
4005 : 69 : XLByteToSeg(switchpoint, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
4006 : 69 : recycleSegNo = endLogSegNo + 10;
4007 : :
4008 : : /*
4009 : : * Construct a filename of the last segment to be kept.
4010 : : */
4011 : 69 : XLogFileName(switchseg, newTLI, switchLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
4012 : :
4040 heikki.linnakangas@i 4013 [ + + ]: 69 : elog(DEBUG2, "attempting to remove WAL segments newer than log file %s",
4014 : : switchseg);
4015 : :
3074 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4016 : 69 : xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
4017 : :
4040 heikki.linnakangas@i 4018 [ + + ]: 654 : while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
4019 : : {
4020 : : /* Ignore files that are not XLOG segments */
4015 4021 [ + + ]: 585 : if (!IsXLogFileName(xlde->d_name))
4040 4022 : 363 : continue;
4023 : :
4024 : : /*
4025 : : * Remove files that are on a timeline older than the new one we're
4026 : : * switching to, but with a segment number >= the first segment on the
4027 : : * new timeline.
4028 : : */
4029 [ + + ]: 222 : if (strncmp(xlde->d_name, switchseg, 8) < 0 &&
4030 [ + + ]: 145 : strcmp(xlde->d_name + 8, switchseg + 8) > 0)
4031 : : {
4032 : : /*
4033 : : * If the file has already been marked as .ready, however, don't
4034 : : * remove it yet. It should be OK to remove it - files that are
4035 : : * not part of our timeline history are not required for recovery
4036 : : * - but seems safer to let them be archived and removed later.
4037 : : */
4038 [ + - ]: 16 : if (!XLogArchiveIsReady(xlde->d_name))
1341 michael@paquier.xyz 4039 : 16 : RemoveXlogFile(xlde, recycleSegNo, &endLogSegNo, newTLI);
4040 : : }
4041 : : }
4042 : :
4040 heikki.linnakangas@i 4043 : 69 : FreeDir(xldir);
4044 : 69 : }
4045 : :
4046 : : /*
4047 : : * Recycle or remove a log file that's no longer needed.
4048 : : *
4049 : : * segment_de is the dirent structure of the segment to recycle or remove.
4050 : : * recycleSegNo is the segment number to recycle up to. endlogSegNo is
4051 : : * the segment number of the current (or recent) end of WAL.
4052 : : *
4053 : : * endlogSegNo gets incremented if the segment is recycled so as it is not
4054 : : * checked again with future callers of this function.
4055 : : *
4056 : : * insertTLI is the current timeline for XLOG insertion. Any recycled segments
4057 : : * should be used for this timeline.
4058 : : */
4059 : : static void
1341 michael@paquier.xyz 4060 : 2713 : RemoveXlogFile(const struct dirent *segment_de,
4061 : : XLogSegNo recycleSegNo, XLogSegNo *endlogSegNo,
4062 : : TimeLineID insertTLI)
4063 : : {
4064 : : char path[MAXPGPATH];
4065 : : #ifdef WIN32
4066 : : char newpath[MAXPGPATH];
4067 : : #endif
4068 : 2713 : const char *segname = segment_de->d_name;
4069 : :
4040 heikki.linnakangas@i 4070 : 2713 : snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/%s", segname);
4071 : :
4072 : : /*
4073 : : * Before deleting the file, see if it can be recycled as a future log
4074 : : * segment. Only recycle normal files, because we don't want to recycle
4075 : : * symbolic links pointing to a separate archive directory.
4076 : : */
2590 tmunro@postgresql.or 4077 [ + - ]: 2713 : if (wal_recycle &&
1936 michael@paquier.xyz 4078 [ + + ]: 2713 : *endlogSegNo <= recycleSegNo &&
1772 noah@leadboat.com 4079 [ + + + - ]: 3771 : XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive && /* callee rechecks this */
1341 michael@paquier.xyz 4080 [ + + ]: 3442 : get_dirent_type(path, segment_de, false, DEBUG2) == PGFILETYPE_REG &&
1936 4081 : 1721 : InstallXLogFileSegment(endlogSegNo, path,
4082 : : true, recycleSegNo, insertTLI))
4083 : : {
4040 heikki.linnakangas@i 4084 [ + + ]: 1486 : ereport(DEBUG2,
4085 : : (errmsg_internal("recycled write-ahead log file \"%s\"",
4086 : : segname)));
4087 : 1486 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_recycled++;
4088 : : /* Needn't recheck that slot on future iterations */
1936 michael@paquier.xyz 4089 : 1486 : (*endlogSegNo)++;
4090 : : }
4091 : : else
4092 : : {
4093 : : /* No need for any more future segments, or recycling failed ... */
4094 : : int rc;
4095 : :
4040 heikki.linnakangas@i 4096 [ + + ]: 1227 : ereport(DEBUG2,
4097 : : (errmsg_internal("removing write-ahead log file \"%s\"",
4098 : : segname)));
4099 : :
4100 : : #ifdef WIN32
4101 : :
4102 : : /*
4103 : : * On Windows, if another process (e.g another backend) holds the file
4104 : : * open in FILE_SHARE_DELETE mode, unlink will succeed, but the file
4105 : : * will still show up in directory listing until the last handle is
4106 : : * closed. To avoid confusing the lingering deleted file for a live
4107 : : * WAL file that needs to be archived, rename it before deleting it.
4108 : : *
4109 : : * If another process holds the file open without FILE_SHARE_DELETE
4110 : : * flag, rename will fail. We'll try again at the next checkpoint.
4111 : : */
4112 : : snprintf(newpath, MAXPGPATH, "%s.deleted", path);
4113 : : if (rename(path, newpath) != 0)
4114 : : {
4115 : : ereport(LOG,
4116 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4117 : : errmsg("could not rename file \"%s\": %m",
4118 : : path)));
4119 : : return;
4120 : : }
4121 : : rc = durable_unlink(newpath, LOG);
4122 : : #else
3326 teodor@sigaev.ru 4123 : 1227 : rc = durable_unlink(path, LOG);
4124 : : #endif
4040 heikki.linnakangas@i 4125 [ - + ]: 1227 : if (rc != 0)
4126 : : {
4127 : : /* Message already logged by durable_unlink() */
4040 heikki.linnakangas@i 4128 :UBC 0 : return;
4129 : : }
4040 heikki.linnakangas@i 4130 :CBC 1227 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_removed++;
4131 : : }
4132 : :
4133 : 2713 : XLogArchiveCleanup(segname);
4134 : : }
4135 : :
4136 : : /*
4137 : : * Verify whether pg_wal, pg_wal/archive_status, and pg_wal/summaries exist.
4138 : : * If the latter do not exist, recreate them.
4139 : : *
4140 : : * It is not the goal of this function to verify the contents of these
4141 : : * directories, but to help in cases where someone has performed a cluster
4142 : : * copy for PITR purposes but omitted pg_wal from the copy.
4143 : : *
4144 : : * We could also recreate pg_wal if it doesn't exist, but a deliberate
4145 : : * policy decision was made not to. It is fairly common for pg_wal to be
4146 : : * a symlink, and if that was the DBA's intent then automatically making a
4147 : : * plain directory would result in degraded performance with no notice.
4148 : : */
4149 : : static void
6386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4150 : 1081 : ValidateXLOGDirectoryStructure(void)
4151 : : {
4152 : : char path[MAXPGPATH];
4153 : : struct stat stat_buf;
4154 : :
4155 : : /* Check for pg_wal; if it doesn't exist, error out */
4156 [ + - ]: 1081 : if (stat(XLOGDIR, &stat_buf) != 0 ||
4157 [ - + ]: 1081 : !S_ISDIR(stat_buf.st_mode))
6172 bruce@momjian.us 4158 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4159 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4160 : : errmsg("required WAL directory \"%s\" does not exist",
4161 : : XLOGDIR)));
4162 : :
4163 : : /* Check for archive_status */
6386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4164 :CBC 1081 : snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/archive_status");
4165 [ + + ]: 1081 : if (stat(path, &stat_buf) == 0)
4166 : : {
4167 : : /* Check for weird cases where it exists but isn't a directory */
4168 [ - + ]: 1080 : if (!S_ISDIR(stat_buf.st_mode))
6172 bruce@momjian.us 4169 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4170 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4171 : : errmsg("required WAL directory \"%s\" does not exist",
4172 : : path)));
4173 : : }
4174 : : else
4175 : : {
6386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4176 [ + - ]:CBC 1 : ereport(LOG,
4177 : : (errmsg("creating missing WAL directory \"%s\"", path)));
2950 sfrost@snowman.net 4178 [ - + ]: 1 : if (MakePGDirectory(path) < 0)
6172 bruce@momjian.us 4179 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4180 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4181 : : errmsg("could not create missing directory \"%s\": %m",
4182 : : path)));
4183 : : }
4184 : :
4185 : : /* Check for summaries */
867 rhaas@postgresql.org 4186 :CBC 1081 : snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/summaries");
4187 [ + + ]: 1081 : if (stat(path, &stat_buf) == 0)
4188 : : {
4189 : : /* Check for weird cases where it exists but isn't a directory */
4190 [ - + ]: 1080 : if (!S_ISDIR(stat_buf.st_mode))
867 rhaas@postgresql.org 4191 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4192 : : (errmsg("required WAL directory \"%s\" does not exist",
4193 : : path)));
4194 : : }
4195 : : else
4196 : : {
867 rhaas@postgresql.org 4197 [ + - ]:CBC 1 : ereport(LOG,
4198 : : (errmsg("creating missing WAL directory \"%s\"", path)));
4199 [ - + ]: 1 : if (MakePGDirectory(path) < 0)
867 rhaas@postgresql.org 4200 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4201 : : (errmsg("could not create missing directory \"%s\": %m",
4202 : : path)));
4203 : : }
6386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4204 :CBC 1081 : }
4205 : :
4206 : : /*
4207 : : * Remove previous backup history files. This also retries creation of
4208 : : * .ready files for any backup history files for which XLogArchiveNotify
4209 : : * failed earlier.
4210 : : */
4211 : : static void
7257 4212 : 171 : CleanupBackupHistory(void)
4213 : : {
4214 : : DIR *xldir;
4215 : : struct dirent *xlde;
4216 : : char path[MAXPGPATH + sizeof(XLOGDIR)];
4217 : :
7610 4218 : 171 : xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
4219 : :
4220 [ + + ]: 1744 : while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
4221 : : {
4015 heikki.linnakangas@i 4222 [ + + ]: 1402 : if (IsBackupHistoryFileName(xlde->d_name))
4223 : : {
6448 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4224 [ + + ]: 180 : if (XLogArchiveCheckDone(xlde->d_name))
4225 : : {
3280 peter_e@gmx.net 4226 [ + + ]: 144 : elog(DEBUG2, "removing WAL backup history file \"%s\"",
4227 : : xlde->d_name);
3311 4228 : 144 : snprintf(path, sizeof(path), XLOGDIR "/%s", xlde->d_name);
7629 bruce@momjian.us 4229 : 144 : unlink(path);
4230 : 144 : XLogArchiveCleanup(xlde->d_name);
4231 : : }
4232 : : }
4233 : : }
4234 : :
4235 : 171 : FreeDir(xldir);
4236 : 171 : }
4237 : :
4238 : : /*
4239 : : * I/O routines for pg_control
4240 : : *
4241 : : * *ControlFile is a buffer in shared memory that holds an image of the
4242 : : * contents of pg_control. WriteControlFile() initializes pg_control
4243 : : * given a preloaded buffer, ReadControlFile() loads the buffer from
4244 : : * the pg_control file (during postmaster or standalone-backend startup),
4245 : : * and UpdateControlFile() rewrites pg_control after we modify xlog state.
4246 : : * InitControlFile() fills the buffer with initial values.
4247 : : *
4248 : : * For simplicity, WriteControlFile() initializes the fields of pg_control
4249 : : * that are related to checking backend/database compatibility, and
4250 : : * ReadControlFile() verifies they are correct. We could split out the
4251 : : * I/O and compatibility-check functions, but there seems no need currently.
4252 : : */
4253 : :
4254 : : static void
651 peter@eisentraut.org 4255 : 57 : InitControlFile(uint64 sysidentifier, uint32 data_checksum_version)
4256 : : {
4257 : : char mock_auth_nonce[MOCK_AUTH_NONCE_LEN];
4258 : :
4259 : : /*
4260 : : * Generate a random nonce. This is used for authentication requests that
4261 : : * will fail because the user does not exist. The nonce is used to create
4262 : : * a genuine-looking password challenge for the non-existent user, in lieu
4263 : : * of an actual stored password.
4264 : : */
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 4265 [ - + ]: 57 : if (!pg_strong_random(mock_auth_nonce, MOCK_AUTH_NONCE_LEN))
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 4266 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
4267 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
4268 : : errmsg("could not generate secret authorization token")));
4269 : :
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 4270 :CBC 57 : memset(ControlFile, 0, sizeof(ControlFileData));
4271 : : /* Initialize pg_control status fields */
4272 : 57 : ControlFile->system_identifier = sysidentifier;
4273 : 57 : memcpy(ControlFile->mock_authentication_nonce, mock_auth_nonce, MOCK_AUTH_NONCE_LEN);
4274 : 57 : ControlFile->state = DB_SHUTDOWNED;
4275 : 57 : ControlFile->unloggedLSN = FirstNormalUnloggedLSN;
4276 : :
4277 : : /* Set important parameter values for use when replaying WAL */
2269 peter@eisentraut.org 4278 : 57 : ControlFile->MaxConnections = MaxConnections;
4279 : 57 : ControlFile->max_worker_processes = max_worker_processes;
4280 : 57 : ControlFile->max_wal_senders = max_wal_senders;
4281 : 57 : ControlFile->max_prepared_xacts = max_prepared_xacts;
4282 : 57 : ControlFile->max_locks_per_xact = max_locks_per_xact;
4283 : 57 : ControlFile->wal_level = wal_level;
4284 : 57 : ControlFile->wal_log_hints = wal_log_hints;
4285 : 57 : ControlFile->track_commit_timestamp = track_commit_timestamp;
651 4286 : 57 : ControlFile->data_checksum_version = data_checksum_version;
4287 : :
4288 : : /*
4289 : : * Set the data_checksum_version value into XLogCtl, which is where all
4290 : : * processes get the current value from.
4291 : : */
32 dgustafsson@postgres 4292 :GNC 57 : XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = data_checksum_version;
2269 peter@eisentraut.org 4293 :CBC 57 : }
4294 : :
4295 : : static void
9292 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4296 : 57 : WriteControlFile(void)
4297 : : {
4298 : : int fd;
4299 : : char buffer[PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE]; /* need not be aligned */
4300 : :
4301 : : /*
4302 : : * Initialize version and compatibility-check fields
4303 : : */
9184 4304 : 57 : ControlFile->pg_control_version = PG_CONTROL_VERSION;
4305 : 57 : ControlFile->catalog_version_no = CATALOG_VERSION_NO;
4306 : :
7519 4307 : 57 : ControlFile->maxAlign = MAXIMUM_ALIGNOF;
4308 : 57 : ControlFile->floatFormat = FLOATFORMAT_VALUE;
4309 : :
9292 4310 : 57 : ControlFile->blcksz = BLCKSZ;
4311 : 57 : ControlFile->relseg_size = RELSEG_SIZE;
176 heikki.linnakangas@i 4312 :GNC 57 : ControlFile->slru_pages_per_segment = SLRU_PAGES_PER_SEGMENT;
7337 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4313 :CBC 57 : ControlFile->xlog_blcksz = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
3150 andres@anarazel.de 4314 : 57 : ControlFile->xlog_seg_size = wal_segment_size;
4315 : :
8780 lockhart@fourpalms.o 4316 : 57 : ControlFile->nameDataLen = NAMEDATALEN;
7707 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4317 : 57 : ControlFile->indexMaxKeys = INDEX_MAX_KEYS;
4318 : :
6972 4319 : 57 : ControlFile->toast_max_chunk_size = TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE;
4352 4320 : 57 : ControlFile->loblksize = LOBLKSIZE;
4321 : :
265 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4322 :GNC 57 : ControlFile->float8ByVal = true; /* vestigial */
4323 : :
4324 : : /*
4325 : : * Initialize the default 'char' signedness.
4326 : : *
4327 : : * The signedness of the char type is implementation-defined. For instance
4328 : : * on x86 architecture CPUs, the char data type is typically treated as
4329 : : * signed by default, whereas on aarch architecture CPUs, it is typically
4330 : : * treated as unsigned by default. In v17 or earlier, we accidentally let
4331 : : * C implementation signedness affect persistent data. This led to
4332 : : * inconsistent results when comparing char data across different
4333 : : * platforms.
4334 : : *
4335 : : * This flag can be used as a hint to ensure consistent behavior for
4336 : : * pre-v18 data files that store data sorted by the 'char' type on disk,
4337 : : * especially in cross-platform replication scenarios.
4338 : : *
4339 : : * Newly created database clusters unconditionally set the default char
4340 : : * signedness to true. pg_upgrade changes this flag for clusters that were
4341 : : * initialized on signedness=false platforms. As a result,
4342 : : * signedness=false setting will become rare over time. If we had known
4343 : : * about this problem during the last development cycle that forced initdb
4344 : : * (v8.3), we would have made all clusters signed or all clusters
4345 : : * unsigned. Making pg_upgrade the only source of signedness=false will
4346 : : * cause the population of database clusters to converge toward that
4347 : : * retrospective ideal.
4348 : : */
438 msawada@postgresql.o 4349 :CBC 57 : ControlFile->default_char_signedness = true;
4350 : :
4351 : : /* Contents are protected with a CRC */
4200 heikki.linnakangas@i 4352 : 57 : INIT_CRC32C(ControlFile->crc);
4353 : 57 : COMP_CRC32C(ControlFile->crc,
4354 : : ControlFile,
4355 : : offsetof(ControlFileData, crc));
4356 : 57 : FIN_CRC32C(ControlFile->crc);
4357 : :
4358 : : /*
4359 : : * We write out PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE bytes into pg_control, zero-padding
4360 : : * the excess over sizeof(ControlFileData). This reduces the odds of
4361 : : * premature-EOF errors when reading pg_control. We'll still fail when we
4362 : : * check the contents of the file, but hopefully with a more specific
4363 : : * error than "couldn't read pg_control".
4364 : : */
3212 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4365 : 57 : memset(buffer, 0, PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE);
9292 4366 : 57 : memcpy(buffer, ControlFile, sizeof(ControlFileData));
4367 : :
7610 4368 : 57 : fd = BasicOpenFile(XLOG_CONTROL_FILE,
4369 : : O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL | PG_BINARY);
9292 4370 [ - + ]: 57 : if (fd < 0)
8324 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4371 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
4372 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4373 : : errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m",
4374 : : XLOG_CONTROL_FILE)));
4375 : :
9099 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4376 :CBC 57 : errno = 0;
3335 rhaas@postgresql.org 4377 : 57 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CONTROL_FILE_WRITE);
3212 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4378 [ - + ]: 57 : if (write(fd, buffer, PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE) != PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE)
4379 : : {
4380 : : /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
9099 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4381 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (errno == 0)
4382 : 0 : errno = ENOSPC;
8324 4383 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(PANIC,
4384 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4385 : : errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m",
4386 : : XLOG_CONTROL_FILE)));
4387 : : }
3335 rhaas@postgresql.org 4388 :CBC 57 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
4389 : :
4390 : 57 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CONTROL_FILE_SYNC);
9279 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4391 [ - + ]: 57 : if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0)
8324 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4392 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
4393 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4394 : : errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m",
4395 : : XLOG_CONTROL_FILE)));
3335 rhaas@postgresql.org 4396 :CBC 57 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
4397 : :
2495 peter@eisentraut.org 4398 [ - + ]: 57 : if (close(fd) != 0)
8135 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4399 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
4400 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4401 : : errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m",
4402 : : XLOG_CONTROL_FILE)));
9292 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4403 :CBC 57 : }
4404 : :
4405 : : static void
4406 : 1143 : ReadControlFile(void)
4407 : : {
4408 : : pg_crc32c crc;
4409 : : int fd;
4410 : : char wal_segsz_str[20];
4411 : : int r;
4412 : :
4413 : : /*
4414 : : * Read data...
4415 : : */
7610 4416 : 1143 : fd = BasicOpenFile(XLOG_CONTROL_FILE,
4417 : : O_RDWR | PG_BINARY);
9292 4418 [ - + ]: 1143 : if (fd < 0)
8324 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4419 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
4420 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4421 : : errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
4422 : : XLOG_CONTROL_FILE)));
4423 : :
3335 rhaas@postgresql.org 4424 :CBC 1143 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CONTROL_FILE_READ);
2909 magnus@hagander.net 4425 : 1143 : r = read(fd, ControlFile, sizeof(ControlFileData));
4426 [ - + ]: 1143 : if (r != sizeof(ControlFileData))
4427 : : {
2909 magnus@hagander.net 4428 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (r < 0)
4429 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(PANIC,
4430 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
4431 : : errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": %m",
4432 : : XLOG_CONTROL_FILE)));
4433 : : else
4434 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(PANIC,
4435 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
4436 : : errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": read %d of %zu",
4437 : : XLOG_CONTROL_FILE, r, sizeof(ControlFileData))));
4438 : : }
3335 rhaas@postgresql.org 4439 :CBC 1143 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
4440 : :
9292 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4441 : 1143 : close(fd);
4442 : :
4443 : : /*
4444 : : * Check for expected pg_control format version. If this is wrong, the
4445 : : * CRC check will likely fail because we'll be checking the wrong number
4446 : : * of bytes. Complaining about wrong version will probably be more
4447 : : * enlightening than complaining about wrong CRC.
4448 : : */
4449 : :
6679 peter_e@gmx.net 4450 [ - + - - : 1143 : if (ControlFile->pg_control_version != PG_CONTROL_VERSION && ControlFile->pg_control_version % 65536 == 0 && ControlFile->pg_control_version / 65536 != 0)
- - ]
6679 peter_e@gmx.net 4451 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4452 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4453 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4454 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d (0x%08x),"
4455 : : " but the server was compiled with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d (0x%08x).",
4456 : : ControlFile->pg_control_version, ControlFile->pg_control_version,
4457 : : PG_CONTROL_VERSION, PG_CONTROL_VERSION),
4458 : : errhint("This could be a problem of mismatched byte ordering. It looks like you need to initdb.")));
4459 : :
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4460 [ - + ]:CBC 1143 : if (ControlFile->pg_control_version != PG_CONTROL_VERSION)
8324 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4461 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4462 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4463 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4464 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d,"
4465 : : " but the server was compiled with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d.",
4466 : : ControlFile->pg_control_version, PG_CONTROL_VERSION),
4467 : : errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
4468 : :
4469 : : /* Now check the CRC. */
4200 heikki.linnakangas@i 4470 :CBC 1143 : INIT_CRC32C(crc);
4471 : 1143 : COMP_CRC32C(crc,
4472 : : ControlFile,
4473 : : offsetof(ControlFileData, crc));
4474 : 1143 : FIN_CRC32C(crc);
4475 : :
4476 [ - + ]: 1143 : if (!EQ_CRC32C(crc, ControlFile->crc))
8324 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4477 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4478 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4479 : : errmsg("incorrect checksum in control file")));
4480 : :
4481 : : /*
4482 : : * Do compatibility checking immediately. If the database isn't
4483 : : * compatible with the backend executable, we want to abort before we can
4484 : : * possibly do any damage.
4485 : : */
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4486 [ - + ]:CBC 1143 : if (ControlFile->catalog_version_no != CATALOG_VERSION_NO)
8324 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4487 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4488 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4489 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4490 : : /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
4491 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
4492 : : " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
4493 : : "CATALOG_VERSION_NO", ControlFile->catalog_version_no,
4494 : : "CATALOG_VERSION_NO", CATALOG_VERSION_NO),
4495 : : errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
7519 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4496 [ - + ]:CBC 1143 : if (ControlFile->maxAlign != MAXIMUM_ALIGNOF)
7519 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4497 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4498 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4499 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4500 : : /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
4501 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
4502 : : " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
4503 : : "MAXALIGN", ControlFile->maxAlign,
4504 : : "MAXALIGN", MAXIMUM_ALIGNOF),
4505 : : errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
7519 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4506 [ - + ]:CBC 1143 : if (ControlFile->floatFormat != FLOATFORMAT_VALUE)
7519 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4507 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4508 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4509 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4510 : : errdetail("The database cluster appears to use a different floating-point number format than the server executable."),
4511 : : errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
9292 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4512 [ - + ]:CBC 1143 : if (ControlFile->blcksz != BLCKSZ)
8324 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4513 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4514 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4515 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4516 : : /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
4517 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
4518 : : " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
4519 : : "BLCKSZ", ControlFile->blcksz,
4520 : : "BLCKSZ", BLCKSZ),
4521 : : errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
9292 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4522 [ - + ]:CBC 1143 : if (ControlFile->relseg_size != RELSEG_SIZE)
8324 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4523 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4524 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4525 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4526 : : /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
4527 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
4528 : : " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
4529 : : "RELSEG_SIZE", ControlFile->relseg_size,
4530 : : "RELSEG_SIZE", RELSEG_SIZE),
4531 : : errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
176 heikki.linnakangas@i 4532 [ - + ]:GNC 1143 : if (ControlFile->slru_pages_per_segment != SLRU_PAGES_PER_SEGMENT)
176 heikki.linnakangas@i 4533 [ # # ]:UNC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4534 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4535 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4536 : : /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
4537 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
4538 : : " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
4539 : : "SLRU_PAGES_PER_SEGMENT", ControlFile->slru_pages_per_segment,
4540 : : "SLRU_PAGES_PER_SEGMENT", SLRU_PAGES_PER_SEGMENT),
4541 : : errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
7337 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4542 [ - + ]:CBC 1143 : if (ControlFile->xlog_blcksz != XLOG_BLCKSZ)
7337 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4543 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4544 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4545 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4546 : : /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
4547 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
4548 : : " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
4549 : : "XLOG_BLCKSZ", ControlFile->xlog_blcksz,
4550 : : "XLOG_BLCKSZ", XLOG_BLCKSZ),
4551 : : errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
8780 lockhart@fourpalms.o 4552 [ - + ]:CBC 1143 : if (ControlFile->nameDataLen != NAMEDATALEN)
8324 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4553 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4554 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4555 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4556 : : /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
4557 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
4558 : : " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
4559 : : "NAMEDATALEN", ControlFile->nameDataLen,
4560 : : "NAMEDATALEN", NAMEDATALEN),
4561 : : errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
7707 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4562 [ - + ]:CBC 1143 : if (ControlFile->indexMaxKeys != INDEX_MAX_KEYS)
8324 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4563 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4564 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4565 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4566 : : /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
4567 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
4568 : : " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
4569 : : "INDEX_MAX_KEYS", ControlFile->indexMaxKeys,
4570 : : "INDEX_MAX_KEYS", INDEX_MAX_KEYS),
4571 : : errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
6972 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4572 [ - + ]:CBC 1143 : if (ControlFile->toast_max_chunk_size != TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE)
6972 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4573 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4574 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4575 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4576 : : /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
4577 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
4578 : : " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
4579 : : "TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE", ControlFile->toast_max_chunk_size,
4580 : : "TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE", (int) TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE),
4581 : : errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
4352 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4582 [ - + ]:CBC 1143 : if (ControlFile->loblksize != LOBLKSIZE)
4352 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4583 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
4584 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4585 : : errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4586 : : /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
4587 : : errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
4588 : : " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
4589 : : "LOBLKSIZE", ControlFile->loblksize,
4590 : : "LOBLKSIZE", (int) LOBLKSIZE),
4591 : : errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
4592 : :
265 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4593 [ - + ]:GNC 1143 : Assert(ControlFile->float8ByVal); /* vestigial, not worth an error msg */
4594 : :
3150 andres@anarazel.de 4595 :CBC 1143 : wal_segment_size = ControlFile->xlog_seg_size;
4596 : :
4597 [ + - + - : 1143 : if (!IsValidWalSegSize(wal_segment_size))
+ - - + ]
3150 andres@anarazel.de 4598 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
4599 : : errmsg_plural("invalid WAL segment size in control file (%d byte)",
4600 : : "invalid WAL segment size in control file (%d bytes)",
4601 : : wal_segment_size,
4602 : : wal_segment_size),
4603 : : errdetail("The WAL segment size must be a power of two between 1 MB and 1 GB.")));
4604 : :
3150 andres@anarazel.de 4605 :CBC 1143 : snprintf(wal_segsz_str, sizeof(wal_segsz_str), "%d", wal_segment_size);
4606 : 1143 : SetConfigOption("wal_segment_size", wal_segsz_str, PGC_INTERNAL,
4607 : : PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT);
4608 : :
4609 : : /* check and update variables dependent on wal_segment_size */
4610 [ - + ]: 1143 : if (ConvertToXSegs(min_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size) < 2)
3150 andres@anarazel.de 4611 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
4612 : : /* translator: both %s are GUC names */
4613 : : errmsg("\"%s\" must be at least twice \"%s\"",
4614 : : "min_wal_size", "wal_segment_size")));
4615 : :
3150 andres@anarazel.de 4616 [ - + ]:CBC 1143 : if (ConvertToXSegs(max_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size) < 2)
3150 andres@anarazel.de 4617 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
4618 : : /* translator: both %s are GUC names */
4619 : : errmsg("\"%s\" must be at least twice \"%s\"",
4620 : : "max_wal_size", "wal_segment_size")));
4621 : :
3150 andres@anarazel.de 4622 :CBC 1143 : UsableBytesInSegment =
4623 : 1143 : (wal_segment_size / XLOG_BLCKSZ * UsableBytesInPage) -
4624 : : (SizeOfXLogLongPHD - SizeOfXLogShortPHD);
4625 : :
4626 : 1143 : CalculateCheckpointSegments();
9292 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4627 : 1143 : }
4628 : :
4629 : : /*
4630 : : * Utility wrapper to update the control file. Note that the control
4631 : : * file gets flushed.
4632 : : */
4633 : : static void
4634 : 10336 : UpdateControlFile(void)
4635 : : {
2591 peter@eisentraut.org 4636 : 10336 : update_controlfile(DataDir, ControlFile, true);
9708 vadim4o@yahoo.com 4637 : 10336 : }
4638 : :
4639 : : /*
4640 : : * Returns the unique system identifier from control file.
4641 : : */
4642 : : uint64
5954 heikki.linnakangas@i 4643 : 1581 : GetSystemIdentifier(void)
4644 : : {
4645 [ - + ]: 1581 : Assert(ControlFile != NULL);
4646 : 1581 : return ControlFile->system_identifier;
4647 : : }
4648 : :
4649 : : /*
4650 : : * Returns the random nonce from control file.
4651 : : */
4652 : : char *
3346 4653 : 2 : GetMockAuthenticationNonce(void)
4654 : : {
4655 [ - + ]: 2 : Assert(ControlFile != NULL);
4656 : 2 : return ControlFile->mock_authentication_nonce;
4657 : : }
4658 : :
4659 : : /*
4660 : : * DataChecksumsNeedWrite
4661 : : * Returns whether data checksums must be written or not
4662 : : *
4663 : : * Returns true if data checksums are enabled, or are in the process of being
4664 : : * enabled. During "inprogress-on" and "inprogress-off" states checksums must
4665 : : * be written even though they are not verified (see datachecksum_state.c for
4666 : : * a longer discussion).
4667 : : *
4668 : : * This function is intended for callsites which are about to write a data page
4669 : : * to storage, and need to know whether to re-calculate the checksum for the
4670 : : * page header. Calling this function must be performed as close to the write
4671 : : * operation as possible to keep the critical section short.
4672 : : */
4673 : : bool
32 dgustafsson@postgres 4674 :GNC 856241 : DataChecksumsNeedWrite(void)
4675 : : {
4676 : 946719 : return (LocalDataChecksumState == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_VERSION ||
4677 [ + + + + ]: 911638 : LocalDataChecksumState == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_ON ||
4678 [ + + ]: 55397 : LocalDataChecksumState == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_OFF);
4679 : : }
4680 : :
4681 : :
4682 : : bool
5 4683 : 6 : DataChecksumsOff(void)
4684 : : {
4685 : : bool ret;
4686 : :
4687 : 6 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4688 : 6 : ret = (XLogCtl->data_checksum_version == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_OFF);
4689 : 6 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4690 : :
4691 : 6 : return ret;
4692 : : }
4693 : :
4694 : : bool
4695 : 9 : DataChecksumsOn(void)
4696 : : {
4697 : : bool ret;
4698 : :
4699 : 9 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4700 : 9 : ret = (XLogCtl->data_checksum_version == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_VERSION);
4701 : 9 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4702 : :
4703 : 9 : return ret;
4704 : : }
4705 : :
4706 : : bool
32 4707 : 164 : DataChecksumsInProgressOn(void)
4708 : : {
4709 : : bool ret;
4710 : :
5 4711 : 164 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4712 : 164 : ret = (XLogCtl->data_checksum_version == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_ON);
4713 : 164 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4714 : :
4715 : 164 : return ret;
4716 : : }
4717 : :
4718 : : /*
4719 : : * DataChecksumsNeedVerify
4720 : : * Returns whether data checksums must be verified or not
4721 : : *
4722 : : * Data checksums are only verified if they are fully enabled in the cluster.
4723 : : * During the "inprogress-on" and "inprogress-off" states they are only
4724 : : * updated, not verified (see datachecksum_state.c for a longer discussion).
4725 : : *
4726 : : * This function is intended for callsites which have read data and are about
4727 : : * to perform checksum validation based on the result of this. Calling this
4728 : : * function must be performed as close to the validation call as possible to
4729 : : * keep the critical section short. This is in order to protect against time of
4730 : : * check/time of use situations around data checksum validation.
4731 : : */
4732 : : bool
32 4733 : 2731964 : DataChecksumsNeedVerify(void)
4734 : : {
4735 : 2731964 : return (LocalDataChecksumState == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_VERSION);
4736 : : }
4737 : :
4738 : : /*
4739 : : * SetDataChecksumsOnInProgress
4740 : : * Sets the data checksum state to "inprogress-on" to enable checksums
4741 : : *
4742 : : * To start the process of enabling data checksums in a running cluster the
4743 : : * data_checksum_version state must be changed to "inprogress-on". See
4744 : : * SetDataChecksumsOn below for a description on how this state change works.
4745 : : * This function blocks until all backends in the cluster have acknowledged the
4746 : : * state transition.
4747 : : */
4748 : : void
4749 : 8 : SetDataChecksumsOnInProgress(void)
4750 : : {
4751 : : uint64 barrier;
4752 : :
4753 : : /*
4754 : : * The state transition is performed in a critical section with
4755 : : * checkpoints held off to provide crash safety.
4756 : : */
4757 : 8 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
4758 : 8 : MyProc->delayChkptFlags |= DELAY_CHKPT_START;
4759 : :
4760 : 8 : XLogChecksums(PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_ON);
4761 : :
4762 : 8 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4763 : 8 : XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_ON;
4764 : 8 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4765 : :
4766 : 8 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
4767 : 8 : ControlFile->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_ON;
4768 : 8 : UpdateControlFile();
4769 : 8 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
4770 : :
5 4771 : 8 : barrier = EmitProcSignalBarrier(PROCSIGNAL_BARRIER_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_ON);
4772 : :
4773 : 8 : MyProc->delayChkptFlags &= ~DELAY_CHKPT_START;
4774 [ - + ]: 8 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
4775 : :
32 4776 : 8 : WaitForProcSignalBarrier(barrier);
4777 : 8 : }
4778 : :
4779 : : /*
4780 : : * SetDataChecksumsOn
4781 : : * Set data checksums state to 'on' cluster-wide
4782 : : *
4783 : : * Enabling data checksums is performed using two barriers, the first one to
4784 : : * set the state to "inprogress-on" (done by SetDataChecksumsOnInProgress())
4785 : : * and the second one to set the state to "on" (done here). Below is a short
4786 : : * description of the processing, a more detailed write-up can be found in
4787 : : * datachecksum_state.c.
4788 : : *
4789 : : * To start the process of enabling data checksums in a running cluster the
4790 : : * data_checksum_version state must be changed to "inprogress-on". This state
4791 : : * requires data checksums to be written but not verified. This ensures that
4792 : : * all data pages can be checksummed without the risk of false negatives in
4793 : : * validation during the process. When all existing pages are guaranteed to
4794 : : * have checksums, and all new pages will be initiated with checksums, the
4795 : : * state can be changed to "on". Once the state is "on" checksums will be both
4796 : : * written and verified.
4797 : : *
4798 : : * This function blocks until all backends in the cluster have acknowledged the
4799 : : * state transition.
4800 : : */
4801 : : void
4802 : 6 : SetDataChecksumsOn(void)
4803 : : {
4804 : : uint64 barrier;
4805 : :
4806 : 6 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4807 : :
4808 : : /*
4809 : : * The only allowed state transition to "on" is from "inprogress-on" since
4810 : : * that state ensures that all pages will have data checksums written. No
4811 : : * such state transition exists, if it does happen it's likely due to a
4812 : : * programmer error.
4813 : : */
4814 [ - + ]: 6 : if (XLogCtl->data_checksum_version != PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_ON)
4815 : : {
32 dgustafsson@postgres 4816 :UNC 0 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4817 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(WARNING,
4818 : : "cannot set data checksums to \"on\", current state is not \"inprogress-on\", disabling");
4819 : 0 : SetDataChecksumsOff();
4820 : 0 : return;
4821 : : }
4822 : :
32 dgustafsson@postgres 4823 :GNC 6 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4824 : :
4825 : 6 : INJECTION_POINT("datachecksums-enable-checksums-delay", NULL);
4826 : 6 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
4827 : 6 : MyProc->delayChkptFlags |= DELAY_CHKPT_START;
4828 : :
4829 : 6 : XLogChecksums(PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_VERSION);
4830 : :
4831 : 6 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4832 : 6 : XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_VERSION;
4833 : 6 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4834 : :
4835 : : /*
4836 : : * Update the controlfile before waiting since if we have an immediate
4837 : : * shutdown while waiting we want to come back up with checksums enabled.
4838 : : */
4839 : 6 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
4840 : 6 : ControlFile->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_VERSION;
4841 : 6 : UpdateControlFile();
4842 : 6 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
4843 : :
5 4844 : 6 : barrier = EmitProcSignalBarrier(PROCSIGNAL_BARRIER_CHECKSUM_ON);
4845 : :
4846 : 6 : MyProc->delayChkptFlags &= ~DELAY_CHKPT_START;
4847 [ - + ]: 6 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
4848 : :
4849 : 6 : RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_FORCE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT | CHECKPOINT_FAST);
32 4850 : 6 : WaitForProcSignalBarrier(barrier);
4851 : : }
4852 : :
4853 : : /*
4854 : : * SetDataChecksumsOff
4855 : : * Disables data checksums cluster-wide
4856 : : *
4857 : : * Disabling data checksums must be performed with two sets of barriers, each
4858 : : * carrying a different state. The state is first set to "inprogress-off"
4859 : : * during which checksums are still written but not verified. This ensures that
4860 : : * backends which have yet to observe the state change from "on" won't get
4861 : : * validation errors on concurrently modified pages. Once all backends have
4862 : : * changed to "inprogress-off", the barrier for moving to "off" can be emitted.
4863 : : * This function blocks until all backends in the cluster have acknowledged the
4864 : : * state transition.
4865 : : */
4866 : : void
4867 : 6 : SetDataChecksumsOff(void)
4868 : : {
4869 : : uint64 barrier;
4870 : :
4871 : 6 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4872 : :
4873 : : /* If data checksums are already disabled there is nothing to do */
29 4874 [ - + ]: 6 : if (XLogCtl->data_checksum_version == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_OFF)
4875 : : {
32 dgustafsson@postgres 4876 :UNC 0 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4877 : 0 : return;
4878 : : }
4879 : :
4880 : : /*
4881 : : * If data checksums are currently enabled, or in the process of being
4882 : : * enabled, we first transition to the "inprogress-off" state during which
4883 : : * backends continue to write checksums without verifying them. When all
4884 : : * backends are in "inprogress-off" the next transition to "off" can be
4885 : : * performed, after which all data checksum processing is disabled.
4886 : : */
5 dgustafsson@postgres 4887 [ + + ]:GNC 6 : if (XLogCtl->data_checksum_version == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_VERSION ||
4888 [ + - ]: 2 : XLogCtl->data_checksum_version == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_ON)
4889 : : {
32 4890 : 6 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4891 : :
4892 : 6 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
4893 : 6 : MyProc->delayChkptFlags |= DELAY_CHKPT_START;
4894 : :
4895 : 6 : XLogChecksums(PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_OFF);
4896 : :
4897 : 6 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4898 : 6 : XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_OFF;
4899 : 6 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4900 : :
5 4901 : 6 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
4902 : 6 : ControlFile->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_OFF;
4903 : 6 : UpdateControlFile();
4904 : 6 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
4905 : :
32 4906 : 6 : barrier = EmitProcSignalBarrier(PROCSIGNAL_BARRIER_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_OFF);
4907 : :
4908 : 6 : MyProc->delayChkptFlags &= ~DELAY_CHKPT_START;
4909 [ - + ]: 6 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
4910 : :
4911 : 6 : RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_FORCE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT | CHECKPOINT_FAST);
4912 : 6 : WaitForProcSignalBarrier(barrier);
4913 : :
4914 : : /*
4915 : : * At this point we know that no backends are verifying data checksums
4916 : : * during reading. Next, we can safely move to state "off" to also
4917 : : * stop writing checksums.
4918 : : */
4919 : : }
4920 : : else
4921 : : {
4922 : : /*
4923 : : * Ending up here implies that the checksums state is "inprogress-off"
4924 : : * and we can transition directly to "off" from there.
4925 : : */
32 dgustafsson@postgres 4926 :UNC 0 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4927 : : }
4928 : :
32 dgustafsson@postgres 4929 :GNC 6 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
4930 : : /* Ensure that we don't incur a checkpoint during disabling checksums */
4931 : 6 : MyProc->delayChkptFlags |= DELAY_CHKPT_START;
4932 : :
4933 : 6 : XLogChecksums(PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_OFF);
4934 : :
4935 : 6 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
29 4936 : 6 : XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_OFF;
32 4937 : 6 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4938 : :
4939 : 6 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
4940 : 6 : ControlFile->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_OFF;
4941 : 6 : UpdateControlFile();
4942 : 6 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
4943 : :
5 4944 : 6 : barrier = EmitProcSignalBarrier(PROCSIGNAL_BARRIER_CHECKSUM_OFF);
4945 : :
4946 : 6 : MyProc->delayChkptFlags &= ~DELAY_CHKPT_START;
4947 [ - + ]: 6 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
4948 : :
4949 : 6 : RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_FORCE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT | CHECKPOINT_FAST);
32 4950 : 6 : WaitForProcSignalBarrier(barrier);
4951 : : }
4952 : :
4953 : : /*
4954 : : * InitLocalDataChecksumState
4955 : : *
4956 : : * Set up backend local caches of controldata variables which may change at
4957 : : * any point during runtime and thus require special cased locking. So far
4958 : : * this only applies to data_checksum_version, but it's intended to be general
4959 : : * purpose enough to handle future cases.
4960 : : */
4961 : : void
4962 : 22817 : InitLocalDataChecksumState(void)
4963 : : {
5 4964 [ - + ]: 22817 : Assert(InterruptHoldoffCount > 0);
32 4965 : 22817 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4966 : 22817 : SetLocalDataChecksumState(XLogCtl->data_checksum_version);
4967 : 22817 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
4968 : 22817 : }
4969 : :
4970 : : void
4971 : 26083 : SetLocalDataChecksumState(uint32 data_checksum_version)
4972 : : {
4973 : 26083 : LocalDataChecksumState = data_checksum_version;
4974 : :
4975 : 26083 : data_checksums = data_checksum_version;
4976 : 26083 : }
4977 : :
4978 : : /* guc hook */
4979 : : const char *
4980 : 1871 : show_data_checksums(void)
4981 : : {
4982 : 1871 : return get_checksum_state_string(LocalDataChecksumState);
4983 : : }
4984 : :
4985 : : /*
4986 : : * Return true if the cluster was initialized on a platform where the
4987 : : * default signedness of char is "signed". This function exists for code
4988 : : * that deals with pre-v18 data files that store data sorted by the 'char'
4989 : : * type on disk (e.g., GIN and GiST indexes). See the comments in
4990 : : * WriteControlFile() for details.
4991 : : */
4992 : : bool
438 msawada@postgresql.o 4993 :CBC 89903 : GetDefaultCharSignedness(void)
4994 : : {
4995 : 89903 : return ControlFile->default_char_signedness;
4996 : : }
4997 : :
4998 : : /*
4999 : : * Returns a fake LSN for unlogged relations.
5000 : : *
5001 : : * Each call generates an LSN that is greater than any previous value
5002 : : * returned. The current counter value is saved and restored across clean
5003 : : * shutdowns, but like unlogged relations, does not survive a crash. This can
5004 : : * be used in lieu of real LSN values returned by XLogInsert, if you need an
5005 : : * LSN-like increasing sequence of numbers without writing any WAL.
5006 : : */
5007 : : XLogRecPtr
4831 heikki.linnakangas@i 5008 : 201457 : GetFakeLSNForUnloggedRel(void)
5009 : : {
796 nathan@postgresql.or 5010 : 201457 : return pg_atomic_fetch_add_u64(&XLogCtl->unloggedLSN, 1);
5011 : : }
5012 : :
5013 : : /*
5014 : : * Auto-tune the number of XLOG buffers.
5015 : : *
5016 : : * The preferred setting for wal_buffers is about 3% of shared_buffers, with
5017 : : * a maximum of one XLOG segment (there is little reason to think that more
5018 : : * is helpful, at least so long as we force an fsync when switching log files)
5019 : : * and a minimum of 8 blocks (which was the default value prior to PostgreSQL
5020 : : * 9.1, when auto-tuning was added).
5021 : : *
5022 : : * This should not be called until NBuffers has received its final value.
5023 : : */
5024 : : static int
5507 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5025 : 1239 : XLOGChooseNumBuffers(void)
5026 : : {
5027 : : int xbuffers;
5028 : :
5029 : 1239 : xbuffers = NBuffers / 32;
3150 andres@anarazel.de 5030 [ + + ]: 1239 : if (xbuffers > (wal_segment_size / XLOG_BLCKSZ))
5031 : 24 : xbuffers = (wal_segment_size / XLOG_BLCKSZ);
5507 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5032 [ + + ]: 1239 : if (xbuffers < 8)
5033 : 466 : xbuffers = 8;
5034 : 1239 : return xbuffers;
5035 : : }
5036 : :
5037 : : /*
5038 : : * GUC check_hook for wal_buffers
5039 : : */
5040 : : bool
5041 : 2525 : check_wal_buffers(int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
5042 : : {
5043 : : /*
5044 : : * -1 indicates a request for auto-tune.
5045 : : */
5046 [ + + ]: 2525 : if (*newval == -1)
5047 : : {
5048 : : /*
5049 : : * If we haven't yet changed the boot_val default of -1, just let it
5050 : : * be. We'll fix it when XLOGShmemRequest is called.
5051 : : */
5052 [ + - ]: 1286 : if (XLOGbuffers == -1)
5053 : 1286 : return true;
5054 : :
5055 : : /* Otherwise, substitute the auto-tune value */
5507 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5056 :UBC 0 : *newval = XLOGChooseNumBuffers();
5057 : : }
5058 : :
5059 : : /*
5060 : : * We clamp manually-set values to at least 4 blocks. Prior to PostgreSQL
5061 : : * 9.1, a minimum of 4 was enforced by guc.c, but since that is no longer
5062 : : * the case, we just silently treat such values as a request for the
5063 : : * minimum. (We could throw an error instead, but that doesn't seem very
5064 : : * helpful.)
5065 : : */
5507 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5066 [ - + ]:CBC 1239 : if (*newval < 4)
5507 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5067 :UBC 0 : *newval = 4;
5068 : :
5507 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5069 :CBC 1239 : return true;
5070 : : }
5071 : :
5072 : : /*
5073 : : * GUC check_hook for wal_consistency_checking
5074 : : */
5075 : : bool
1330 5076 : 2274 : check_wal_consistency_checking(char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
5077 : : {
5078 : : char *rawstring;
5079 : : List *elemlist;
5080 : : ListCell *l;
5081 : : bool newwalconsistency[RM_MAX_ID + 1];
5082 : :
5083 : : /* Initialize the array */
5084 [ + - + - : 75042 : MemSet(newwalconsistency, 0, (RM_MAX_ID + 1) * sizeof(bool));
+ - + - +
+ ]
5085 : :
5086 : : /* Need a modifiable copy of string */
5087 : 2274 : rawstring = pstrdup(*newval);
5088 : :
5089 : : /* Parse string into list of identifiers */
5090 [ - + ]: 2274 : if (!SplitIdentifierString(rawstring, ',', &elemlist))
5091 : : {
5092 : : /* syntax error in list */
1330 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5093 :UBC 0 : GUC_check_errdetail("List syntax is invalid.");
5094 : 0 : pfree(rawstring);
5095 : 0 : list_free(elemlist);
5096 : 0 : return false;
5097 : : }
5098 : :
1330 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5099 [ + + + + :CBC 2771 : foreach(l, elemlist)
+ + ]
5100 : : {
5101 : 497 : char *tok = (char *) lfirst(l);
5102 : : int rmid;
5103 : :
5104 : : /* Check for 'all'. */
5105 [ + + ]: 497 : if (pg_strcasecmp(tok, "all") == 0)
5106 : : {
5107 [ + + ]: 127215 : for (rmid = 0; rmid <= RM_MAX_ID; rmid++)
5108 [ + + + + ]: 126720 : if (RmgrIdExists(rmid) && GetRmgr(rmid).rm_mask != NULL)
5109 : 4950 : newwalconsistency[rmid] = true;
5110 : : }
5111 : : else
5112 : : {
5113 : : /* Check if the token matches any known resource manager. */
5114 : 2 : bool found = false;
5115 : :
5116 [ + - ]: 36 : for (rmid = 0; rmid <= RM_MAX_ID; rmid++)
5117 : : {
5118 [ + - + + : 54 : if (RmgrIdExists(rmid) && GetRmgr(rmid).rm_mask != NULL &&
+ + ]
5119 : 18 : pg_strcasecmp(tok, GetRmgr(rmid).rm_name) == 0)
5120 : : {
5121 : 2 : newwalconsistency[rmid] = true;
5122 : 2 : found = true;
5123 : 2 : break;
5124 : : }
5125 : : }
5126 [ - + ]: 2 : if (!found)
5127 : : {
5128 : : /*
5129 : : * During startup, it might be a not-yet-loaded custom
5130 : : * resource manager. Defer checking until
5131 : : * InitializeWalConsistencyChecking().
5132 : : */
1330 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5133 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (!process_shared_preload_libraries_done)
5134 : : {
5135 : 0 : check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred = true;
5136 : : }
5137 : : else
5138 : : {
5139 : 0 : GUC_check_errdetail("Unrecognized key word: \"%s\".", tok);
5140 : 0 : pfree(rawstring);
5141 : 0 : list_free(elemlist);
5142 : 0 : return false;
5143 : : }
5144 : : }
5145 : : }
5146 : : }
5147 : :
1330 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5148 :CBC 2274 : pfree(rawstring);
5149 : 2274 : list_free(elemlist);
5150 : :
5151 : : /* assign new value */
404 dgustafsson@postgres 5152 : 2274 : *extra = guc_malloc(LOG, (RM_MAX_ID + 1) * sizeof(bool));
5153 [ - + ]: 2274 : if (!*extra)
404 dgustafsson@postgres 5154 :UBC 0 : return false;
1330 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5155 :CBC 2274 : memcpy(*extra, newwalconsistency, (RM_MAX_ID + 1) * sizeof(bool));
5156 : 2274 : return true;
5157 : : }
5158 : :
5159 : : /*
5160 : : * GUC assign_hook for wal_consistency_checking
5161 : : */
5162 : : void
5163 : 2273 : assign_wal_consistency_checking(const char *newval, void *extra)
5164 : : {
5165 : : /*
5166 : : * If some checks were deferred, it's possible that the checks will fail
5167 : : * later during InitializeWalConsistencyChecking(). But in that case, the
5168 : : * postmaster will exit anyway, so it's safe to proceed with the
5169 : : * assignment.
5170 : : *
5171 : : * Any built-in resource managers specified are assigned immediately,
5172 : : * which affects WAL created before shared_preload_libraries are
5173 : : * processed. Any custom resource managers specified won't be assigned
5174 : : * until after shared_preload_libraries are processed, but that's OK
5175 : : * because WAL for a custom resource manager can't be written before the
5176 : : * module is loaded anyway.
5177 : : */
5178 : 2273 : wal_consistency_checking = extra;
5179 : 2273 : }
5180 : :
5181 : : /*
5182 : : * InitializeWalConsistencyChecking: run after loading custom resource managers
5183 : : *
5184 : : * If any unknown resource managers were specified in the
5185 : : * wal_consistency_checking GUC, processing was deferred. Now that
5186 : : * shared_preload_libraries have been loaded, process wal_consistency_checking
5187 : : * again.
5188 : : */
5189 : : void
5190 : 1068 : InitializeWalConsistencyChecking(void)
5191 : : {
5192 [ - + ]: 1068 : Assert(process_shared_preload_libraries_done);
5193 : :
5194 [ - + ]: 1068 : if (check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred)
5195 : : {
5196 : : struct config_generic *guc;
5197 : :
1330 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5198 :UBC 0 : guc = find_option("wal_consistency_checking", false, false, ERROR);
5199 : :
5200 : 0 : check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred = false;
5201 : :
5202 : 0 : set_config_option_ext("wal_consistency_checking",
5203 : : wal_consistency_checking_string,
5204 : : guc->scontext, guc->source, guc->srole,
5205 : : GUC_ACTION_SET, true, ERROR, false);
5206 : :
5207 : : /* checking should not be deferred again */
5208 [ # # ]: 0 : Assert(!check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred);
5209 : : }
1330 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5210 :CBC 1068 : }
5211 : :
5212 : : /*
5213 : : * GUC show_hook for archive_command
5214 : : */
5215 : : const char *
5216 : 1869 : show_archive_command(void)
5217 : : {
5218 [ + + - + : 1869 : if (XLogArchivingActive())
+ + ]
5219 : 55 : return XLogArchiveCommand;
5220 : : else
5221 : 1814 : return "(disabled)";
5222 : : }
5223 : :
5224 : : /*
5225 : : * GUC show_hook for in_hot_standby
5226 : : */
5227 : : const char *
5228 : 17151 : show_in_hot_standby(void)
5229 : : {
5230 : : /*
5231 : : * We display the actual state based on shared memory, so that this GUC
5232 : : * reports up-to-date state if examined intra-query. The underlying
5233 : : * variable (in_hot_standby_guc) changes only when we transmit a new value
5234 : : * to the client.
5235 : : */
5236 [ + + ]: 17151 : return RecoveryInProgress() ? "on" : "off";
5237 : : }
5238 : :
5239 : : /*
5240 : : * GUC show_hook for effective_wal_level
5241 : : */
5242 : : const char *
133 msawada@postgresql.o 5243 :GNC 1904 : show_effective_wal_level(void)
5244 : : {
5245 [ + + ]: 1904 : if (wal_level == WAL_LEVEL_MINIMAL)
5246 : 304 : return "minimal";
5247 : :
5248 : : /*
5249 : : * During recovery, effective_wal_level reflects the primary's
5250 : : * configuration rather than the local wal_level value.
5251 : : */
5252 [ + + ]: 1600 : if (RecoveryInProgress())
5253 [ + + ]: 29 : return IsXLogLogicalInfoEnabled() ? "logical" : "replica";
5254 : :
5255 [ + + + + ]: 1571 : return XLogLogicalInfoActive() ? "logical" : "replica";
5256 : : }
5257 : :
5258 : : /*
5259 : : * Read the control file, set respective GUCs.
5260 : : *
5261 : : * This is to be called during startup, including a crash recovery cycle,
5262 : : * unless in bootstrap mode, where no control file yet exists. As there's no
5263 : : * usable shared memory yet (its sizing can depend on the contents of the
5264 : : * control file!), first store the contents in local memory. XLOGShmemInit()
5265 : : * will then copy it to shared memory later.
5266 : : *
5267 : : * reset just controls whether previous contents are to be expected (in the
5268 : : * reset case, there's a dangling pointer into old shared memory), or not.
5269 : : */
5270 : : void
3152 andres@anarazel.de 5271 :CBC 1086 : LocalProcessControlFile(bool reset)
5272 : : {
5273 [ + + - + ]: 1086 : Assert(reset || ControlFile == NULL);
29 heikki.linnakangas@i 5274 :GNC 1086 : LocalControlFile = palloc_object(ControlFileData);
5275 : 1086 : ControlFile = LocalControlFile;
3156 andres@anarazel.de 5276 :CBC 1086 : ReadControlFile();
32 dgustafsson@postgres 5277 :GNC 1086 : SetLocalDataChecksumState(ControlFile->data_checksum_version);
3156 andres@anarazel.de 5278 :CBC 1086 : }
5279 : :
5280 : : /*
5281 : : * Get the wal_level from the control file. For a standby, this value should be
5282 : : * considered as its active wal_level, because it may be different from what
5283 : : * was originally configured on standby.
5284 : : */
5285 : : WalLevel
1123 andres@anarazel.de 5286 :LBC (69) : GetActiveWalLevelOnStandby(void)
5287 : : {
5288 : (69) : return ControlFile->wal_level;
5289 : : }
5290 : :
5291 : : /*
5292 : : * Register shared memory for XLOG.
5293 : : */
5294 : : static void
29 heikki.linnakangas@i 5295 :GNC 1244 : XLOGShmemRequest(void *arg)
5296 : : {
5297 : : Size size;
5298 : :
5299 : : /*
5300 : : * If the value of wal_buffers is -1, use the preferred auto-tune value.
5301 : : * This isn't an amazingly clean place to do this, but we must wait till
5302 : : * NBuffers has received its final value, and must do it before using the
5303 : : * value of XLOGbuffers to do anything important.
5304 : : *
5305 : : * We prefer to report this value's source as PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT.
5306 : : * However, if the DBA explicitly set wal_buffers = -1 in the config file,
5307 : : * then PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT will fail to override that and we must force
5308 : : * the matter with PGC_S_OVERRIDE.
5309 : : */
5507 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5310 [ + + ]:CBC 1244 : if (XLOGbuffers == -1)
5311 : : {
5312 : : char buf[32];
5313 : :
5314 : 1239 : snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", XLOGChooseNumBuffers());
1427 5315 : 1239 : SetConfigOption("wal_buffers", buf, PGC_POSTMASTER,
5316 : : PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT);
5317 [ - + ]: 1239 : if (XLOGbuffers == -1) /* failed to apply it? */
1427 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5318 :UBC 0 : SetConfigOption("wal_buffers", buf, PGC_POSTMASTER,
5319 : : PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
5320 : : }
5582 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5321 [ - + ]:CBC 1244 : Assert(XLOGbuffers > 0);
5322 : :
5323 : : /* XLogCtl */
7563 5324 : 1244 : size = sizeof(XLogCtlData);
5325 : :
5326 : : /* WAL insertion locks, plus alignment */
4234 heikki.linnakangas@i 5327 : 1244 : size = add_size(size, mul_size(sizeof(WALInsertLockPadded), NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS + 1));
5328 : : /* xlblocks array */
868 jdavis@postgresql.or 5329 : 1244 : size = add_size(size, mul_size(sizeof(pg_atomic_uint64), XLOGbuffers));
5330 : : /* extra alignment padding for XLOG I/O buffers */
1123 tmunro@postgresql.or 5331 : 1244 : size = add_size(size, Max(XLOG_BLCKSZ, PG_IO_ALIGN_SIZE));
5332 : : /* and the buffers themselves */
7337 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5333 : 1244 : size = add_size(size, mul_size(XLOG_BLCKSZ, XLOGbuffers));
5334 : :
29 heikki.linnakangas@i 5335 :GNC 1244 : ShmemRequestStruct(.name = "XLOG Ctl",
5336 : : .size = size,
5337 : : .ptr = (void **) &XLogCtl,
5338 : : );
5339 : 1244 : ShmemRequestStruct(.name = "Control File",
5340 : : .size = sizeof(ControlFileData),
5341 : : .ptr = (void **) &ControlFile,
5342 : : );
9708 vadim4o@yahoo.com 5343 :GIC 1244 : }
5344 : :
5345 : : /*
5346 : : * XLOGShmemInit - initialize the XLogCtl shared memory area.
5347 : : */
5348 : : static void
29 heikki.linnakangas@i 5349 :GNC 1241 : XLOGShmemInit(void *arg)
5350 : : {
5351 : : char *allocptr;
5352 : : int i;
5353 : :
5354 : : #ifdef WAL_DEBUG
5355 : :
5356 : : /*
5357 : : * Create a memory context for WAL debugging that's exempt from the normal
5358 : : * "no pallocs in critical section" rule. Yes, that can lead to a PANIC if
5359 : : * an allocation fails, but wal_debug is not for production use anyway.
5360 : : */
5361 : : if (walDebugCxt == NULL)
5362 : : {
5363 : : walDebugCxt = AllocSetContextCreate(TopMemoryContext,
5364 : : "WAL Debug",
5365 : : ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
5366 : : MemoryContextAllowInCriticalSection(walDebugCxt, true);
5367 : : }
5368 : : #endif
5369 : :
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5370 :CBC 1241 : memset(XLogCtl, 0, sizeof(XLogCtlData));
5371 : :
5372 : : /*
5373 : : * Already have read control file locally, unless in bootstrap mode. Move
5374 : : * contents into shared memory.
5375 : : */
29 heikki.linnakangas@i 5376 [ + + ]:GNC 1241 : if (LocalControlFile)
5377 : : {
5378 : 1070 : memcpy(ControlFile, LocalControlFile, sizeof(ControlFileData));
5379 : 1070 : pfree(LocalControlFile);
5380 : 1070 : LocalControlFile = NULL;
5381 : : }
5382 : :
5383 : : /*
5384 : : * Since XLogCtlData contains XLogRecPtr fields, its sizeof should be a
5385 : : * multiple of the alignment for same, so no extra alignment padding is
5386 : : * needed here.
5387 : : */
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 5388 :CBC 1241 : allocptr = ((char *) XLogCtl) + sizeof(XLogCtlData);
868 jdavis@postgresql.or 5389 : 1241 : XLogCtl->xlblocks = (pg_atomic_uint64 *) allocptr;
5390 : 1241 : allocptr += sizeof(pg_atomic_uint64) * XLOGbuffers;
5391 : :
5392 [ + + ]: 363624 : for (i = 0; i < XLOGbuffers; i++)
5393 : : {
5394 : 362383 : pg_atomic_init_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[i], InvalidXLogRecPtr);
5395 : : }
5396 : :
5397 : : /* WAL insertion locks. Ensure they're aligned to the full padded size */
4428 heikki.linnakangas@i 5398 : 1241 : allocptr += sizeof(WALInsertLockPadded) -
3240 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5399 : 1241 : ((uintptr_t) allocptr) % sizeof(WALInsertLockPadded);
4428 heikki.linnakangas@i 5400 : 1241 : WALInsertLocks = XLogCtl->Insert.WALInsertLocks =
5401 : : (WALInsertLockPadded *) allocptr;
4234 5402 : 1241 : allocptr += sizeof(WALInsertLockPadded) * NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS;
5403 : :
5404 [ + + ]: 11169 : for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS; i++)
5405 : : {
3794 rhaas@postgresql.org 5406 : 9928 : LWLockInitialize(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock, LWTRANCHE_WAL_INSERT);
1015 michael@paquier.xyz 5407 : 9928 : pg_atomic_init_u64(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.insertingAt, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
3421 andres@anarazel.de 5408 : 9928 : WALInsertLocks[i].l.lastImportantAt = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
5409 : : }
5410 : :
5411 : : /*
5412 : : * Align the start of the page buffers to a full xlog block size boundary.
5413 : : * This simplifies some calculations in XLOG insertion. It is also
5414 : : * required for O_DIRECT.
5415 : : */
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 5416 : 1241 : allocptr = (char *) TYPEALIGN(XLOG_BLCKSZ, allocptr);
7563 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5417 : 1241 : XLogCtl->pages = allocptr;
7337 5418 : 1241 : memset(XLogCtl->pages, 0, (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ * XLOGbuffers);
5419 : :
5420 : : /*
5421 : : * Do basic initialization of XLogCtl shared data. (StartupXLOG will fill
5422 : : * in additional info.)
5423 : : */
9184 5424 : 1241 : XLogCtl->XLogCacheBlck = XLOGbuffers - 1;
2202 michael@paquier.xyz 5425 : 1241 : XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState = RECOVERY_STATE_CRASH;
1772 noah@leadboat.com 5426 : 1241 : XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive = false;
5110 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5427 : 1241 : XLogCtl->WalWriterSleeping = false;
5428 : :
5429 : : /* Use the checksum info from control file */
32 dgustafsson@postgres 5430 :GNC 1241 : XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = ControlFile->data_checksum_version;
5431 : 1241 : SetLocalDataChecksumState(XLogCtl->data_checksum_version);
5432 : :
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 5433 :CBC 1241 : SpinLockInit(&XLogCtl->Insert.insertpos_lck);
8984 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5434 : 1241 : SpinLockInit(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
758 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 5435 : 1241 : pg_atomic_init_u64(&XLogCtl->logInsertResult, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
760 5436 : 1241 : pg_atomic_init_u64(&XLogCtl->logWriteResult, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
5437 : 1241 : pg_atomic_init_u64(&XLogCtl->logFlushResult, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
796 nathan@postgresql.or 5438 : 1241 : pg_atomic_init_u64(&XLogCtl->unloggedLSN, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
9708 vadim4o@yahoo.com 5439 :GIC 1241 : }
5440 : :
5441 : : /*
5442 : : * XLOGShmemAttach - re-establish WALInsertLocks pointer after attaching.
5443 : : */
5444 : : static void
29 heikki.linnakangas@i 5445 :UNC 0 : XLOGShmemAttach(void *arg)
5446 : : {
5447 : 0 : WALInsertLocks = XLogCtl->Insert.WALInsertLocks;
5448 : 0 : }
5449 : :
5450 : : /*
5451 : : * This func must be called ONCE on system install. It creates pg_control
5452 : : * and the initial XLOG segment.
5453 : : */
5454 : : void
651 peter@eisentraut.org 5455 :CBC 57 : BootStrapXLOG(uint32 data_checksum_version)
5456 : : {
5457 : : CheckPoint checkPoint;
5458 : : PGAlignedXLogBlock buffer;
5459 : : XLogPageHeader page;
5460 : : XLogLongPageHeader longpage;
5461 : : XLogRecord *record;
5462 : : char *recptr;
5463 : : uint64 sysidentifier;
5464 : : struct timeval tv;
5465 : : pg_crc32c crc;
5466 : :
5467 : : /* allow ordinary WAL segment creation, like StartupXLOG() would */
1357 michael@paquier.xyz 5468 : 57 : SetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive();
5469 : :
5470 : : /*
5471 : : * Select a hopefully-unique system identifier code for this installation.
5472 : : * We use the result of gettimeofday(), including the fractional seconds
5473 : : * field, as being about as unique as we can easily get. (Think not to
5474 : : * use random(), since it hasn't been seeded and there's no portable way
5475 : : * to seed it other than the system clock value...) The upper half of the
5476 : : * uint64 value is just the tv_sec part, while the lower half contains the
5477 : : * tv_usec part (which must fit in 20 bits), plus 12 bits from our current
5478 : : * PID for a little extra uniqueness. A person knowing this encoding can
5479 : : * determine the initialization time of the installation, which could
5480 : : * perhaps be useful sometimes.
5481 : : */
8119 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5482 : 57 : gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
5483 : 57 : sysidentifier = ((uint64) tv.tv_sec) << 32;
4392 5484 : 57 : sysidentifier |= ((uint64) tv.tv_usec) << 12;
5485 : 57 : sysidentifier |= getpid() & 0xFFF;
5486 : :
148 peter@eisentraut.org 5487 :GNC 57 : memset(&buffer, 0, sizeof buffer);
5488 : 57 : page = (XLogPageHeader) &buffer;
5489 : :
5490 : : /*
5491 : : * Set up information for the initial checkpoint record
5492 : : *
5493 : : * The initial checkpoint record is written to the beginning of the WAL
5494 : : * segment with logid=0 logseg=1. The very first WAL segment, 0/0, is not
5495 : : * used, so that we can use 0/0 to mean "before any valid WAL segment".
5496 : : */
3150 andres@anarazel.de 5497 :CBC 57 : checkPoint.redo = wal_segment_size + SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 5498 : 57 : checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID = BootstrapTimeLineID;
5499 : 57 : checkPoint.PrevTimeLineID = BootstrapTimeLineID;
5214 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 5500 : 57 : checkPoint.fullPageWrites = fullPageWrites;
133 msawada@postgresql.o 5501 :GNC 57 : checkPoint.logicalDecodingEnabled = (wal_level == WAL_LEVEL_LOGICAL);
652 rhaas@postgresql.org 5502 :CBC 57 : checkPoint.wal_level = wal_level;
5503 : : checkPoint.nextXid =
2595 tmunro@postgresql.or 5504 : 57 : FullTransactionIdFromEpochAndXid(0, FirstNormalTransactionId);
1755 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5505 : 57 : checkPoint.nextOid = FirstGenbkiObjectId;
7677 5506 : 57 : checkPoint.nextMulti = FirstMultiXactId;
147 heikki.linnakangas@i 5507 :GNC 57 : checkPoint.nextMultiOffset = 1;
6091 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5508 :CBC 57 : checkPoint.oldestXid = FirstNormalTransactionId;
1475 5509 : 57 : checkPoint.oldestXidDB = Template1DbOid;
4850 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 5510 : 57 : checkPoint.oldestMulti = FirstMultiXactId;
1475 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5511 : 57 : checkPoint.oldestMultiDB = Template1DbOid;
3781 mail@joeconway.com 5512 : 57 : checkPoint.oldestCommitTsXid = InvalidTransactionId;
5513 : 57 : checkPoint.newestCommitTsXid = InvalidTransactionId;
6652 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5514 : 57 : checkPoint.time = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
5981 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 5515 : 57 : checkPoint.oldestActiveXid = InvalidTransactionId;
32 dgustafsson@postgres 5516 :GNC 57 : checkPoint.dataChecksumState = data_checksum_version;
5517 : :
879 heikki.linnakangas@i 5518 :CBC 57 : TransamVariables->nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
5519 : 57 : TransamVariables->nextOid = checkPoint.nextOid;
5520 : 57 : TransamVariables->oidCount = 0;
7636 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5521 : 57 : MultiXactSetNextMXact(checkPoint.nextMulti, checkPoint.nextMultiOffset);
3330 rhaas@postgresql.org 5522 : 57 : AdvanceOldestClogXid(checkPoint.oldestXid);
5921 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5523 : 57 : SetTransactionIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestXid, checkPoint.oldestXidDB);
147 heikki.linnakangas@i 5524 :GNC 57 : SetMultiXactIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestMulti, checkPoint.oldestMultiDB);
4171 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 5525 :CBC 57 : SetCommitTsLimit(InvalidTransactionId, InvalidTransactionId);
5526 : :
5527 : : /* Set up the XLOG page header */
9708 vadim4o@yahoo.com 5528 : 57 : page->xlp_magic = XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC;
7958 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5529 : 57 : page->xlp_info = XLP_LONG_HEADER;
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 5530 : 57 : page->xlp_tli = BootstrapTimeLineID;
3150 andres@anarazel.de 5531 : 57 : page->xlp_pageaddr = wal_segment_size;
7958 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5532 : 57 : longpage = (XLogLongPageHeader) page;
5533 : 57 : longpage->xlp_sysid = sysidentifier;
3150 andres@anarazel.de 5534 : 57 : longpage->xlp_seg_size = wal_segment_size;
7335 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5535 : 57 : longpage->xlp_xlog_blcksz = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
5536 : :
5537 : : /* Insert the initial checkpoint record */
4184 heikki.linnakangas@i 5538 : 57 : recptr = ((char *) page + SizeOfXLogLongPHD);
5539 : 57 : record = (XLogRecord *) recptr;
96 alvherre@kurilemu.de 5540 :GNC 57 : record->xl_prev = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
9708 vadim4o@yahoo.com 5541 :CBC 57 : record->xl_xid = InvalidTransactionId;
4184 heikki.linnakangas@i 5542 : 57 : record->xl_tot_len = SizeOfXLogRecord + SizeOfXLogRecordDataHeaderShort + sizeof(checkPoint);
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5543 : 57 : record->xl_info = XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN;
9708 vadim4o@yahoo.com 5544 : 57 : record->xl_rmid = RM_XLOG_ID;
4184 heikki.linnakangas@i 5545 : 57 : recptr += SizeOfXLogRecord;
5546 : : /* fill the XLogRecordDataHeaderShort struct */
3325 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5547 : 57 : *(recptr++) = (char) XLR_BLOCK_ID_DATA_SHORT;
4184 heikki.linnakangas@i 5548 : 57 : *(recptr++) = sizeof(checkPoint);
5549 : 57 : memcpy(recptr, &checkPoint, sizeof(checkPoint));
5550 : 57 : recptr += sizeof(checkPoint);
5551 [ - + ]: 57 : Assert(recptr - (char *) record == record->xl_tot_len);
5552 : :
4200 5553 : 57 : INIT_CRC32C(crc);
4184 5554 : 57 : COMP_CRC32C(crc, ((char *) record) + SizeOfXLogRecord, record->xl_tot_len - SizeOfXLogRecord);
4200 5555 : 57 : COMP_CRC32C(crc, (char *) record, offsetof(XLogRecord, xl_crc));
5556 : 57 : FIN_CRC32C(crc);
9259 vadim4o@yahoo.com 5557 : 57 : record->xl_crc = crc;
5558 : :
5559 : : /* Create first XLOG segment file */
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 5560 : 57 : openLogTLI = BootstrapTimeLineID;
5561 : 57 : openLogFile = XLogFileInit(1, BootstrapTimeLineID);
5562 : :
5563 : : /*
5564 : : * We needn't bother with Reserve/ReleaseExternalFD here, since we'll
5565 : : * close the file again in a moment.
5566 : : */
5567 : :
5568 : : /* Write the first page with the initial record */
9099 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5569 : 57 : errno = 0;
3335 rhaas@postgresql.org 5570 : 57 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_BOOTSTRAP_WRITE);
148 peter@eisentraut.org 5571 [ - + ]:GNC 57 : if (write(openLogFile, &buffer, XLOG_BLCKSZ) != XLOG_BLCKSZ)
5572 : : {
5573 : : /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
9099 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5574 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (errno == 0)
5575 : 0 : errno = ENOSPC;
8324 5576 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(PANIC,
5577 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
5578 : : errmsg("could not write bootstrap write-ahead log file: %m")));
5579 : : }
3335 rhaas@postgresql.org 5580 :CBC 57 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
5581 : :
5582 : 57 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_BOOTSTRAP_SYNC);
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5583 [ - + ]: 57 : if (pg_fsync(openLogFile) != 0)
8324 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5584 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
5585 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
5586 : : errmsg("could not fsync bootstrap write-ahead log file: %m")));
3335 rhaas@postgresql.org 5587 :CBC 57 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
5588 : :
2495 peter@eisentraut.org 5589 [ - + ]: 57 : if (close(openLogFile) != 0)
8135 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5590 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
5591 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
5592 : : errmsg("could not close bootstrap write-ahead log file: %m")));
5593 : :
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5594 :CBC 57 : openLogFile = -1;
5595 : :
5596 : : /* Now create pg_control */
651 peter@eisentraut.org 5597 : 57 : InitControlFile(sysidentifier, data_checksum_version);
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5598 : 57 : ControlFile->time = checkPoint.time;
9708 vadim4o@yahoo.com 5599 : 57 : ControlFile->checkPoint = checkPoint.redo;
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5600 : 57 : ControlFile->checkPointCopy = checkPoint;
5601 : :
5602 : : /* some additional ControlFile fields are set in WriteControlFile() */
9292 5603 : 57 : WriteControlFile();
5604 : :
5605 : : /* Bootstrap the commit log, too */
9019 5606 : 57 : BootStrapCLOG();
4171 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 5607 : 57 : BootStrapCommitTs();
7978 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5608 : 57 : BootStrapSUBTRANS();
7677 5609 : 57 : BootStrapMultiXact();
5610 : :
5611 : : /*
5612 : : * Force control file to be read - in contrast to normal processing we'd
5613 : : * otherwise never run the checks and GUC related initializations therein.
5614 : : */
3156 andres@anarazel.de 5615 : 57 : ReadControlFile();
9708 vadim4o@yahoo.com 5616 : 57 : }
5617 : :
5618 : : static char *
276 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5619 :GNC 957 : str_time(pg_time_t tnow, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
5620 : : {
5621 : 957 : pg_strftime(buf, bufsize,
5622 : : "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S %Z",
6849 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5623 :CBC 957 : pg_localtime(&tnow, log_timezone));
5624 : :
9296 peter_e@gmx.net 5625 : 957 : return buf;
5626 : : }
5627 : :
5628 : : /*
5629 : : * Initialize the first WAL segment on new timeline.
5630 : : */
5631 : : static void
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 5632 : 56 : XLogInitNewTimeline(TimeLineID endTLI, XLogRecPtr endOfLog, TimeLineID newTLI)
5633 : : {
5634 : : char xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
5635 : : XLogSegNo endLogSegNo;
5636 : : XLogSegNo startLogSegNo;
5637 : :
5638 : : /* we always switch to a new timeline after archive recovery */
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 5639 [ - + ]: 56 : Assert(endTLI != newTLI);
5640 : :
5641 : : /*
5642 : : * Update min recovery point one last time.
5643 : : */
6158 heikki.linnakangas@i 5644 : 56 : UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(InvalidXLogRecPtr, true);
5645 : :
5646 : : /*
5647 : : * Calculate the last segment on the old timeline, and the first segment
5648 : : * on the new timeline. If the switch happens in the middle of a segment,
5649 : : * they are the same, but if the switch happens exactly at a segment
5650 : : * boundary, startLogSegNo will be endLogSegNo + 1.
5651 : : */
3150 andres@anarazel.de 5652 : 56 : XLByteToPrevSeg(endOfLog, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
5653 : 56 : XLByteToSeg(endOfLog, startLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
5654 : :
5655 : : /*
5656 : : * Initialize the starting WAL segment for the new timeline. If the switch
5657 : : * happens in the middle of a segment, copy data from the last WAL segment
5658 : : * of the old timeline up to the switch point, to the starting WAL segment
5659 : : * on the new timeline.
5660 : : */
4156 heikki.linnakangas@i 5661 [ + + ]: 56 : if (endLogSegNo == startLogSegNo)
5662 : : {
5663 : : /*
5664 : : * Make a copy of the file on the new timeline.
5665 : : *
5666 : : * Writing WAL isn't allowed yet, so there are no locking
5667 : : * considerations. But we should be just as tense as XLogFileInit to
5668 : : * avoid emplacing a bogus file.
5669 : : */
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 5670 : 45 : XLogFileCopy(newTLI, endLogSegNo, endTLI, endLogSegNo,
3150 andres@anarazel.de 5671 : 45 : XLogSegmentOffset(endOfLog, wal_segment_size));
5672 : : }
5673 : : else
5674 : : {
5675 : : /*
5676 : : * The switch happened at a segment boundary, so just create the next
5677 : : * segment on the new timeline.
5678 : : */
5679 : : int fd;
5680 : :
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 5681 : 11 : fd = XLogFileInit(startLogSegNo, newTLI);
5682 : :
2495 peter@eisentraut.org 5683 [ - + ]: 11 : if (close(fd) != 0)
5684 : : {
2345 michael@paquier.xyz 5685 :UBC 0 : int save_errno = errno;
5686 : :
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 5687 : 0 : XLogFileName(xlogfname, newTLI, startLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
2345 michael@paquier.xyz 5688 : 0 : errno = save_errno;
4153 heikki.linnakangas@i 5689 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
5690 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
5691 : : errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", xlogfname)));
5692 : : }
5693 : : }
5694 : :
5695 : : /*
5696 : : * Let's just make real sure there are not .ready or .done flags posted
5697 : : * for the new segment.
5698 : : */
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 5699 :CBC 56 : XLogFileName(xlogfname, newTLI, startLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
4212 fujii@postgresql.org 5700 : 56 : XLogArchiveCleanup(xlogfname);
7960 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5701 : 56 : }
5702 : :
5703 : : /*
5704 : : * Perform cleanup actions at the conclusion of archive recovery.
5705 : : */
5706 : : static void
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 5707 : 56 : CleanupAfterArchiveRecovery(TimeLineID EndOfLogTLI, XLogRecPtr EndOfLog,
5708 : : TimeLineID newTLI)
5709 : : {
5710 : : /*
5711 : : * Execute the recovery_end_command, if any.
5712 : : */
1665 5713 [ + - + + ]: 56 : if (recoveryEndCommand && strcmp(recoveryEndCommand, "") != 0)
1184 michael@paquier.xyz 5714 : 2 : ExecuteRecoveryCommand(recoveryEndCommand,
5715 : : "recovery_end_command",
5716 : : true,
5717 : : WAIT_EVENT_RECOVERY_END_COMMAND);
5718 : :
5719 : : /*
5720 : : * We switched to a new timeline. Clean up segments on the old timeline.
5721 : : *
5722 : : * If there are any higher-numbered segments on the old timeline, remove
5723 : : * them. They might contain valid WAL, but they might also be
5724 : : * pre-allocated files containing garbage. In any case, they are not part
5725 : : * of the new timeline's history so we don't need them.
5726 : : */
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 5727 : 56 : RemoveNonParentXlogFiles(EndOfLog, newTLI);
5728 : :
5729 : : /*
5730 : : * If the switch happened in the middle of a segment, what to do with the
5731 : : * last, partial segment on the old timeline? If we don't archive it, and
5732 : : * the server that created the WAL never archives it either (e.g. because
5733 : : * it was hit by a meteor), it will never make it to the archive. That's
5734 : : * OK from our point of view, because the new segment that we created with
5735 : : * the new TLI contains all the WAL from the old timeline up to the switch
5736 : : * point. But if you later try to do PITR to the "missing" WAL on the old
5737 : : * timeline, recovery won't find it in the archive. It's physically
5738 : : * present in the new file with new TLI, but recovery won't look there
5739 : : * when it's recovering to the older timeline. On the other hand, if we
5740 : : * archive the partial segment, and the original server on that timeline
5741 : : * is still running and archives the completed version of the same segment
5742 : : * later, it will fail. (We used to do that in 9.4 and below, and it
5743 : : * caused such problems).
5744 : : *
5745 : : * As a compromise, we rename the last segment with the .partial suffix,
5746 : : * and archive it. Archive recovery will never try to read .partial
5747 : : * segments, so they will normally go unused. But in the odd PITR case,
5748 : : * the administrator can copy them manually to the pg_wal directory
5749 : : * (removing the suffix). They can be useful in debugging, too.
5750 : : *
5751 : : * If a .done or .ready file already exists for the old timeline, however,
5752 : : * we had already determined that the segment is complete, so we can let
5753 : : * it be archived normally. (In particular, if it was restored from the
5754 : : * archive to begin with, it's expected to have a .done file).
5755 : : */
1665 5756 [ + + + + ]: 101 : if (XLogSegmentOffset(EndOfLog, wal_segment_size) != 0 &&
5757 [ + + - + ]: 45 : XLogArchivingActive())
5758 : : {
5759 : : char origfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
5760 : : XLogSegNo endLogSegNo;
5761 : :
5762 : 9 : XLByteToPrevSeg(EndOfLog, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
5763 : 9 : XLogFileName(origfname, EndOfLogTLI, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
5764 : :
5765 [ + + ]: 9 : if (!XLogArchiveIsReadyOrDone(origfname))
5766 : : {
5767 : : char origpath[MAXPGPATH];
5768 : : char partialfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
5769 : : char partialpath[MAXPGPATH];
5770 : :
5771 : : /*
5772 : : * If we're summarizing WAL, we can't rename the partial file
5773 : : * until the summarizer finishes with it, else it will fail.
5774 : : */
648 5775 [ + + ]: 5 : if (summarize_wal)
5776 : 1 : WaitForWalSummarization(EndOfLog);
5777 : :
1665 5778 : 5 : XLogFilePath(origpath, EndOfLogTLI, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
5779 : 5 : snprintf(partialfname, MAXFNAMELEN, "%s.partial", origfname);
5780 : 5 : snprintf(partialpath, MAXPGPATH, "%s.partial", origpath);
5781 : :
5782 : : /*
5783 : : * Make sure there's no .done or .ready file for the .partial
5784 : : * file.
5785 : : */
5786 : 5 : XLogArchiveCleanup(partialfname);
5787 : :
5788 : 5 : durable_rename(origpath, partialpath, ERROR);
5789 : 5 : XLogArchiveNotify(partialfname);
5790 : : }
5791 : : }
5792 : 56 : }
5793 : :
5794 : : /*
5795 : : * Check to see if required parameters are set high enough on this server
5796 : : * for various aspects of recovery operation.
5797 : : *
5798 : : * Note that all the parameters which this function tests need to be
5799 : : * listed in Administrator's Overview section in high-availability.sgml.
5800 : : * If you change them, don't forget to update the list.
5801 : : */
5802 : : static void
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 5803 : 269 : CheckRequiredParameterValues(void)
5804 : : {
5805 : : /*
5806 : : * For archive recovery, the WAL must be generated with at least 'replica'
5807 : : * wal_level.
5808 : : */
5809 [ + + + + ]: 269 : if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested && ControlFile->wal_level == WAL_LEVEL_MINIMAL)
5810 : : {
5811 [ + - ]: 2 : ereport(FATAL,
5812 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
5813 : : errmsg("WAL was generated with \"wal_level=minimal\", cannot continue recovering"),
5814 : : errdetail("This happens if you temporarily set \"wal_level=minimal\" on the server."),
5815 : : errhint("Use a backup taken after setting \"wal_level\" to higher than \"minimal\".")));
5816 : : }
5817 : :
5818 : : /*
5819 : : * For Hot Standby, the WAL must be generated with 'replica' mode, and we
5820 : : * must have at least as many backend slots as the primary.
5821 : : */
4444 5822 [ + + + + ]: 267 : if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested && EnableHotStandby)
5823 : : {
5824 : : /* We ignore autovacuum_worker_slots when we make this test. */
5851 5825 : 143 : RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_connections",
5826 : : MaxConnections,
5850 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5827 : 143 : ControlFile->MaxConnections);
4688 rhaas@postgresql.org 5828 : 143 : RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_worker_processes",
5829 : : max_worker_processes,
5830 : 143 : ControlFile->max_worker_processes);
2639 michael@paquier.xyz 5831 : 143 : RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_wal_senders",
5832 : : max_wal_senders,
5833 : 143 : ControlFile->max_wal_senders);
4990 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5834 : 143 : RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_prepared_transactions",
5835 : : max_prepared_xacts,
5850 5836 : 143 : ControlFile->max_prepared_xacts);
4990 5837 : 143 : RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_locks_per_transaction",
5838 : : max_locks_per_xact,
5850 5839 : 143 : ControlFile->max_locks_per_xact);
5840 : : }
5981 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 5841 : 267 : }
5842 : :
5843 : : /*
5844 : : * This must be called ONCE during postmaster or standalone-backend startup
5845 : : */
5846 : : void
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5847 : 1081 : StartupXLOG(void)
5848 : : {
5849 : : XLogCtlInsert *Insert;
5850 : : CheckPoint checkPoint;
5851 : : bool wasShutdown;
5852 : : bool didCrash;
5853 : : bool haveTblspcMap;
5854 : : bool haveBackupLabel;
5855 : : XLogRecPtr EndOfLog;
5856 : : TimeLineID EndOfLogTLI;
5857 : : TimeLineID newTLI;
5858 : : bool performedWalRecovery;
5859 : : EndOfWalRecoveryInfo *endOfRecoveryInfo;
5860 : : XLogRecPtr abortedRecPtr;
5861 : : XLogRecPtr missingContrecPtr;
5862 : : TransactionId oldestActiveXID;
2106 fujii@postgresql.org 5863 : 1081 : bool promoted = false;
5864 : : char timebuf[128];
5865 : :
5866 : : /*
5867 : : * We should have an aux process resource owner to use, and we should not
5868 : : * be in a transaction that's installed some other resowner.
5869 : : */
2848 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5870 [ - + ]: 1081 : Assert(AuxProcessResourceOwner != NULL);
5871 [ + - - + ]: 1081 : Assert(CurrentResourceOwner == NULL ||
5872 : : CurrentResourceOwner == AuxProcessResourceOwner);
5873 : 1081 : CurrentResourceOwner = AuxProcessResourceOwner;
5874 : :
5875 : : /*
5876 : : * Check that contents look valid.
5877 : : */
2370 peter@eisentraut.org 5878 [ - + ]: 1081 : if (!XRecOffIsValid(ControlFile->checkPoint))
8324 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5879 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
5880 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
5881 : : errmsg("control file contains invalid checkpoint location")));
5882 : :
2370 peter@eisentraut.org 5883 [ + + - - :CBC 1081 : switch (ControlFile->state)
+ + - ]
5884 : : {
5885 : 855 : case DB_SHUTDOWNED:
5886 : :
5887 : : /*
5888 : : * This is the expected case, so don't be chatty in standalone
5889 : : * mode
5890 : : */
5891 [ + + + + ]: 855 : ereport(IsPostmasterEnvironment ? LOG : NOTICE,
5892 : : (errmsg("database system was shut down at %s",
5893 : : str_time(ControlFile->time,
5894 : : timebuf, sizeof(timebuf)))));
5895 : 855 : break;
5896 : :
5897 : 34 : case DB_SHUTDOWNED_IN_RECOVERY:
5898 [ + - ]: 34 : ereport(LOG,
5899 : : (errmsg("database system was shut down in recovery at %s",
5900 : : str_time(ControlFile->time,
5901 : : timebuf, sizeof(timebuf)))));
5902 : 34 : break;
5903 : :
2370 peter@eisentraut.org 5904 :UBC 0 : case DB_SHUTDOWNING:
5905 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(LOG,
5906 : : (errmsg("database system shutdown was interrupted; last known up at %s",
5907 : : str_time(ControlFile->time,
5908 : : timebuf, sizeof(timebuf)))));
5909 : 0 : break;
5910 : :
5911 : 0 : case DB_IN_CRASH_RECOVERY:
5912 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(LOG,
5913 : : (errmsg("database system was interrupted while in recovery at %s",
5914 : : str_time(ControlFile->time,
5915 : : timebuf, sizeof(timebuf))),
5916 : : errhint("This probably means that some data is corrupted and"
5917 : : " you will have to use the last backup for recovery.")));
5918 : 0 : break;
5919 : :
2370 peter@eisentraut.org 5920 :CBC 8 : case DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY:
5921 [ + - ]: 8 : ereport(LOG,
5922 : : (errmsg("database system was interrupted while in recovery at log time %s",
5923 : : str_time(ControlFile->checkPointCopy.time,
5924 : : timebuf, sizeof(timebuf))),
5925 : : errhint("If this has occurred more than once some data might be corrupted"
5926 : : " and you might need to choose an earlier recovery target.")));
5927 : 8 : break;
5928 : :
5929 : 184 : case DB_IN_PRODUCTION:
5930 [ + - ]: 184 : ereport(LOG,
5931 : : (errmsg("database system was interrupted; last known up at %s",
5932 : : str_time(ControlFile->time,
5933 : : timebuf, sizeof(timebuf)))));
5934 : 184 : break;
5935 : :
2370 peter@eisentraut.org 5936 :UBC 0 : default:
5937 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(FATAL,
5938 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
5939 : : errmsg("control file contains invalid database cluster state")));
5940 : : }
5941 : :
5942 : : /* This is just to allow attaching to startup process with a debugger */
5943 : : #ifdef XLOG_REPLAY_DELAY
5944 : : if (ControlFile->state != DB_SHUTDOWNED)
5945 : : pg_usleep(60000000L);
5946 : : #endif
5947 : :
5948 : : /*
5949 : : * Verify that pg_wal, pg_wal/archive_status, and pg_wal/summaries exist.
5950 : : * In cases where someone has performed a copy for PITR, these directories
5951 : : * may have been excluded and need to be re-created.
5952 : : */
6386 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5953 :CBC 1081 : ValidateXLOGDirectoryStructure();
5954 : :
5955 : : /* Set up timeout handler needed to report startup progress. */
1653 rhaas@postgresql.org 5956 [ + + ]: 1081 : if (!IsBootstrapProcessingMode())
5957 : 1024 : RegisterTimeout(STARTUP_PROGRESS_TIMEOUT,
5958 : : startup_progress_timeout_handler);
5959 : :
5960 : : /*----------
5961 : : * If we previously crashed, perform a couple of actions:
5962 : : *
5963 : : * - The pg_wal directory may still include some temporary WAL segments
5964 : : * used when creating a new segment, so perform some clean up to not
5965 : : * bloat this path. This is done first as there is no point to sync
5966 : : * this temporary data.
5967 : : *
5968 : : * - There might be data which we had written, intending to fsync it, but
5969 : : * which we had not actually fsync'd yet. Therefore, a power failure in
5970 : : * the near future might cause earlier unflushed writes to be lost, even
5971 : : * though more recent data written to disk from here on would be
5972 : : * persisted. To avoid that, fsync the entire data directory.
5973 : : */
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 5974 [ + + ]: 1081 : if (ControlFile->state != DB_SHUTDOWNED &&
5975 [ + + ]: 226 : ControlFile->state != DB_SHUTDOWNED_IN_RECOVERY)
5976 : : {
5977 : 192 : RemoveTempXlogFiles();
5978 : 192 : SyncDataDirectory();
1490 andres@anarazel.de 5979 : 192 : didCrash = true;
5980 : : }
5981 : : else
5982 : 889 : didCrash = false;
5983 : :
5984 : : /*
5985 : : * Prepare for WAL recovery if needed.
5986 : : *
5987 : : * InitWalRecovery analyzes the control file and the backup label file, if
5988 : : * any. It updates the in-memory ControlFile buffer according to the
5989 : : * starting checkpoint, and sets InRecovery and ArchiveRecoveryRequested.
5990 : : * It also applies the tablespace map file, if any.
5991 : : */
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 5992 : 1081 : InitWalRecovery(ControlFile, &wasShutdown,
5993 : : &haveBackupLabel, &haveTblspcMap);
5994 : 1079 : checkPoint = ControlFile->checkPointCopy;
5995 : :
5996 : : /* initialize shared memory variables from the checkpoint record */
879 5997 : 1079 : TransamVariables->nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
5998 : 1079 : TransamVariables->nextOid = checkPoint.nextOid;
5999 : 1079 : TransamVariables->oidCount = 0;
7636 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6000 : 1079 : MultiXactSetNextMXact(checkPoint.nextMulti, checkPoint.nextMultiOffset);
3330 rhaas@postgresql.org 6001 : 1079 : AdvanceOldestClogXid(checkPoint.oldestXid);
5921 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6002 : 1079 : SetTransactionIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestXid, checkPoint.oldestXidDB);
147 heikki.linnakangas@i 6003 :GNC 1079 : SetMultiXactIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestMulti, checkPoint.oldestMultiDB);
3781 mail@joeconway.com 6004 :CBC 1079 : SetCommitTsLimit(checkPoint.oldestCommitTsXid,
6005 : : checkPoint.newestCommitTsXid);
6006 : :
6007 : : /*
6008 : : * Clear out any old relcache cache files. This is *necessary* if we do
6009 : : * any WAL replay, since that would probably result in the cache files
6010 : : * being out of sync with database reality. In theory we could leave them
6011 : : * in place if the database had been cleanly shut down, but it seems
6012 : : * safest to just remove them always and let them be rebuilt during the
6013 : : * first backend startup. These files needs to be removed from all
6014 : : * directories including pg_tblspc, however the symlinks are created only
6015 : : * after reading tablespace_map file in case of archive recovery from
6016 : : * backup, so needs to clear old relcache files here after creating
6017 : : * symlinks.
6018 : : */
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 6019 : 1079 : RelationCacheInitFileRemove();
6020 : :
6021 : : /*
6022 : : * Initialize replication slots, before there's a chance to remove
6023 : : * required resources.
6024 : : */
4345 andres@anarazel.de 6025 : 1079 : StartupReplicationSlots();
6026 : :
6027 : : /*
6028 : : * Startup the logical decoding status with the last status stored in the
6029 : : * checkpoint record.
6030 : : */
133 msawada@postgresql.o 6031 :GNC 1077 : StartupLogicalDecodingStatus(checkPoint.logicalDecodingEnabled);
6032 : :
6033 : : /*
6034 : : * Startup logical state, needs to be setup now so we have proper data
6035 : : * during crash recovery.
6036 : : */
4446 rhaas@postgresql.org 6037 :CBC 1077 : StartupReorderBuffer();
6038 : :
6039 : : /*
6040 : : * Startup CLOG. This must be done after TransamVariables->nextXid has
6041 : : * been initialized and before we accept connections or begin WAL replay.
6042 : : */
1924 6043 : 1077 : StartupCLOG();
6044 : :
6045 : : /*
6046 : : * Startup MultiXact. We need to do this early to be able to replay
6047 : : * truncations.
6048 : : */
4540 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 6049 : 1077 : StartupMultiXact();
6050 : :
6051 : : /*
6052 : : * Ditto for commit timestamps. Activate the facility if the setting is
6053 : : * enabled in the control file, as there should be no tracking of commit
6054 : : * timestamps done when the setting was disabled. This facility can be
6055 : : * started or stopped when replaying a XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE record.
6056 : : */
2778 michael@paquier.xyz 6057 [ + + ]: 1077 : if (ControlFile->track_commit_timestamp)
3798 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 6058 : 14 : StartupCommitTs();
6059 : :
6060 : : /*
6061 : : * Recover knowledge about replay progress of known replication partners.
6062 : : */
4024 andres@anarazel.de 6063 : 1077 : StartupReplicationOrigin();
6064 : :
6065 : : /*
6066 : : * Initialize unlogged LSN. On a clean shutdown, it's restored from the
6067 : : * control file. On recovery, all unlogged relations are blown away, so
6068 : : * the unlogged LSN counter can be reset too.
6069 : : */
4831 heikki.linnakangas@i 6070 [ + + ]: 1077 : if (ControlFile->state == DB_SHUTDOWNED)
796 nathan@postgresql.or 6071 : 846 : pg_atomic_write_membarrier_u64(&XLogCtl->unloggedLSN,
6072 : 846 : ControlFile->unloggedLSN);
6073 : : else
6074 : 231 : pg_atomic_write_membarrier_u64(&XLogCtl->unloggedLSN,
6075 : : FirstNormalUnloggedLSN);
6076 : :
6077 : : /*
6078 : : * Copy any missing timeline history files between 'now' and the recovery
6079 : : * target timeline from archive to pg_wal. While we don't need those files
6080 : : * ourselves - the history file of the recovery target timeline covers all
6081 : : * the previous timelines in the history too - a cascading standby server
6082 : : * might be interested in them. Or, if you archive the WAL from this
6083 : : * server to a different archive than the primary, it'd be good for all
6084 : : * the history files to get archived there after failover, so that you can
6085 : : * use one of the old timelines as a PITR target. Timeline history files
6086 : : * are small, so it's better to copy them unnecessarily than not copy them
6087 : : * and regret later.
6088 : : */
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 6089 : 1077 : restoreTimeLineHistoryFiles(checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID, recoveryTargetTLI);
6090 : :
6091 : : /*
6092 : : * Before running in recovery, scan pg_twophase and fill in its status to
6093 : : * be able to work on entries generated by redo. Doing a scan before
6094 : : * taking any recovery action has the merit to discard any 2PC files that
6095 : : * are newer than the first record to replay, saving from any conflicts at
6096 : : * replay. This avoids as well any subsequent scans when doing recovery
6097 : : * of the on-disk two-phase data.
6098 : : */
3318 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 6099 : 1077 : restoreTwoPhaseData();
6100 : :
6101 : : /*
6102 : : * When starting with crash recovery, reset pgstat data - it might not be
6103 : : * valid. Otherwise restore pgstat data. It's safe to do this here,
6104 : : * because postmaster will not yet have started any other processes.
6105 : : *
6106 : : * NB: Restoring replication slot stats relies on slot state to have
6107 : : * already been restored from disk.
6108 : : *
6109 : : * TODO: With a bit of extra work we could just start with a pgstat file
6110 : : * associated with the checkpoint redo location we're starting from.
6111 : : */
1490 andres@anarazel.de 6112 [ + + ]: 1077 : if (didCrash)
6113 : 190 : pgstat_discard_stats();
6114 : : else
414 michael@paquier.xyz 6115 : 887 : pgstat_restore_stats();
6116 : :
5214 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 6117 : 1077 : lastFullPageWrites = checkPoint.fullPageWrites;
6118 : :
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 6119 : 1077 : RedoRecPtr = XLogCtl->RedoRecPtr = XLogCtl->Insert.RedoRecPtr = checkPoint.redo;
4198 6120 : 1077 : doPageWrites = lastFullPageWrites;
6121 : :
6122 : : /* REDO */
7944 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6123 [ + + ]: 1077 : if (InRecovery)
6124 : : {
6125 : : /* Initialize state for RecoveryInProgress() */
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 6126 [ - + ]: 231 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6127 [ + + ]: 231 : if (InArchiveRecovery)
6128 : 129 : XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState = RECOVERY_STATE_ARCHIVE;
6129 : : else
6130 : 102 : XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState = RECOVERY_STATE_CRASH;
6131 : 231 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6132 : :
6133 : : /*
6134 : : * Update pg_control to show that we are recovering and to show the
6135 : : * selected checkpoint as the place we are starting from. We also mark
6136 : : * pg_control with any minimum recovery stop point obtained from a
6137 : : * backup history file.
6138 : : *
6139 : : * No need to hold ControlFileLock yet, we aren't up far enough.
6140 : : */
6141 : 231 : UpdateControlFile();
6142 : :
6143 : : /*
6144 : : * If there was a backup label file, it's done its job and the info
6145 : : * has now been propagated into pg_control. We must get rid of the
6146 : : * label file so that if we crash during recovery, we'll pick up at
6147 : : * the latest recovery restartpoint instead of going all the way back
6148 : : * to the backup start point. It seems prudent though to just rename
6149 : : * the file out of the way rather than delete it completely.
6150 : : */
6151 [ + + ]: 231 : if (haveBackupLabel)
6152 : : {
6153 : 86 : unlink(BACKUP_LABEL_OLD);
6154 : 86 : durable_rename(BACKUP_LABEL_FILE, BACKUP_LABEL_OLD, FATAL);
6155 : : }
6156 : :
6157 : : /*
6158 : : * If there was a tablespace_map file, it's done its job and the
6159 : : * symlinks have been created. We must get rid of the map file so
6160 : : * that if we crash during recovery, we don't create symlinks again.
6161 : : * It seems prudent though to just rename the file out of the way
6162 : : * rather than delete it completely.
6163 : : */
6164 [ + + ]: 231 : if (haveTblspcMap)
6165 : : {
6166 : 2 : unlink(TABLESPACE_MAP_OLD);
6167 : 2 : durable_rename(TABLESPACE_MAP, TABLESPACE_MAP_OLD, FATAL);
6168 : : }
6169 : :
6170 : : /*
6171 : : * Initialize our local copy of minRecoveryPoint. When doing crash
6172 : : * recovery we want to replay up to the end of WAL. Particularly, in
6173 : : * the case of a promoted standby minRecoveryPoint value in the
6174 : : * control file is only updated after the first checkpoint. However,
6175 : : * if the instance crashes before the first post-recovery checkpoint
6176 : : * is completed then recovery will use a stale location causing the
6177 : : * startup process to think that there are still invalid page
6178 : : * references when checking for data consistency.
6179 : : */
2861 michael@paquier.xyz 6180 [ + + ]: 231 : if (InArchiveRecovery)
6181 : : {
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 6182 : 129 : LocalMinRecoveryPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
6183 : 129 : LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
6184 : : }
6185 : : else
6186 : : {
6187 : 102 : LocalMinRecoveryPoint = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
6188 : 102 : LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = 0;
6189 : : }
6190 : :
6191 : : /* Check that the GUCs used to generate the WAL allow recovery */
5851 6192 : 231 : CheckRequiredParameterValues();
6193 : :
6194 : : /*
6195 : : * We're in recovery, so unlogged relations may be trashed and must be
6196 : : * reset. This should be done BEFORE allowing Hot Standby
6197 : : * connections, so that read-only backends don't try to read whatever
6198 : : * garbage is left over from before.
6199 : : */
5606 rhaas@postgresql.org 6200 : 231 : ResetUnloggedRelations(UNLOGGED_RELATION_CLEANUP);
6201 : :
6202 : : /*
6203 : : * Likewise, delete any saved transaction snapshot files that got left
6204 : : * behind by crashed backends.
6205 : : */
5309 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6206 : 231 : DeleteAllExportedSnapshotFiles();
6207 : :
6208 : : /*
6209 : : * Initialize for Hot Standby, if enabled. We won't let backends in
6210 : : * yet, not until we've reached the min recovery point specified in
6211 : : * control file and we've established a recovery snapshot from a
6212 : : * running-xacts WAL record.
6213 : : */
4820 heikki.linnakangas@i 6214 [ + + + + ]: 231 : if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested && EnableHotStandby)
6215 : : {
6216 : : TransactionId *xids;
6217 : : int nxids;
6218 : :
5926 6219 [ + + ]: 121 : ereport(DEBUG1,
6220 : : (errmsg_internal("initializing for hot standby")));
6221 : :
5981 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 6222 : 121 : InitRecoveryTransactionEnvironment();
6223 : :
6224 [ + + ]: 121 : if (wasShutdown)
6225 : 26 : oldestActiveXID = PrescanPreparedTransactions(&xids, &nxids);
6226 : : else
6227 : 95 : oldestActiveXID = checkPoint.oldestActiveXid;
6228 [ - + ]: 121 : Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(oldestActiveXID));
6229 : :
6230 : : /* Tell procarray about the range of xids it has to deal with */
879 heikki.linnakangas@i 6231 : 121 : ProcArrayInitRecovery(XidFromFullTransactionId(TransamVariables->nextXid));
6232 : :
6233 : : /*
6234 : : * Startup subtrans only. CLOG, MultiXact and commit timestamp
6235 : : * have already been started up and other SLRUs are not maintained
6236 : : * during recovery and need not be started yet.
6237 : : */
5981 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 6238 : 121 : StartupSUBTRANS(oldestActiveXID);
6239 : :
6240 : : /*
6241 : : * If we're beginning at a shutdown checkpoint, we know that
6242 : : * nothing was running on the primary at this point. So fake-up an
6243 : : * empty running-xacts record and use that here and now. Recover
6244 : : * additional standby state for prepared transactions.
6245 : : */
5866 heikki.linnakangas@i 6246 [ + + ]: 121 : if (wasShutdown)
6247 : : {
6248 : : RunningTransactionsData running;
6249 : : TransactionId latestCompletedXid;
6250 : :
6251 : : /* Update pg_subtrans entries for any prepared transactions */
677 6252 : 26 : StandbyRecoverPreparedTransactions();
6253 : :
6254 : : /*
6255 : : * Construct a RunningTransactions snapshot representing a
6256 : : * shut down server, with only prepared transactions still
6257 : : * alive. We're never overflowed at this point because all
6258 : : * subxids are listed with their parent prepared transactions.
6259 : : */
5866 6260 : 26 : running.xcnt = nxids;
4902 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 6261 : 26 : running.subxcnt = 0;
677 heikki.linnakangas@i 6262 : 26 : running.subxid_status = SUBXIDS_IN_SUBTRANS;
2093 andres@anarazel.de 6263 : 26 : running.nextXid = XidFromFullTransactionId(checkPoint.nextXid);
5866 heikki.linnakangas@i 6264 : 26 : running.oldestRunningXid = oldestActiveXID;
2093 andres@anarazel.de 6265 : 26 : latestCompletedXid = XidFromFullTransactionId(checkPoint.nextXid);
5836 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 6266 [ - + ]: 26 : TransactionIdRetreat(latestCompletedXid);
5835 6267 [ - + ]: 26 : Assert(TransactionIdIsNormal(latestCompletedXid));
5836 6268 : 26 : running.latestCompletedXid = latestCompletedXid;
5866 heikki.linnakangas@i 6269 : 26 : running.xids = xids;
6270 : :
6271 : 26 : ProcArrayApplyRecoveryInfo(&running);
6272 : : }
6273 : : }
6274 : :
6275 : : /*
6276 : : * We're all set for replaying the WAL now. Do it.
6277 : : */
1539 6278 : 231 : PerformWalRecovery();
6279 : 164 : performedWalRecovery = true;
6280 : : }
6281 : : else
1535 6282 : 846 : performedWalRecovery = false;
6283 : :
6284 : : /*
6285 : : * Finish WAL recovery.
6286 : : */
1539 6287 : 1010 : endOfRecoveryInfo = FinishWalRecovery();
6288 : 1010 : EndOfLog = endOfRecoveryInfo->endOfLog;
6289 : 1010 : EndOfLogTLI = endOfRecoveryInfo->endOfLogTLI;
6290 : 1010 : abortedRecPtr = endOfRecoveryInfo->abortedRecPtr;
6291 : 1010 : missingContrecPtr = endOfRecoveryInfo->missingContrecPtr;
6292 : :
6293 : : /*
6294 : : * Reset ps status display, so as no information related to recovery shows
6295 : : * up.
6296 : : */
1321 michael@paquier.xyz 6297 : 1010 : set_ps_display("");
6298 : :
6299 : : /*
6300 : : * When recovering from a backup (we are in recovery, and archive recovery
6301 : : * was requested), complain if we did not roll forward far enough to reach
6302 : : * the point where the database is consistent. For regular online
6303 : : * backup-from-primary, that means reaching the end-of-backup WAL record
6304 : : * (at which point we reset backupStartPoint to be Invalid), for
6305 : : * backup-from-replica (which can't inject records into the WAL stream),
6306 : : * that point is when we reach the minRecoveryPoint in pg_control (which
6307 : : * we purposefully copy last when backing up from a replica). For
6308 : : * pg_rewind (which creates a backup_label with a method of "pg_rewind")
6309 : : * or snapshot-style backups (which don't), backupEndRequired will be set
6310 : : * to false.
6311 : : *
6312 : : * Note: it is indeed okay to look at the local variable
6313 : : * LocalMinRecoveryPoint here, even though ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint
6314 : : * might be further ahead --- ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint cannot have
6315 : : * been advanced beyond the WAL we processed.
6316 : : */
5515 heikki.linnakangas@i 6317 [ + + ]: 1010 : if (InRecovery &&
1539 6318 [ + - ]: 164 : (EndOfLog < LocalMinRecoveryPoint ||
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 6319 [ - + ]:GNC 164 : XLogRecPtrIsValid(ControlFile->backupStartPoint)))
6320 : : {
6321 : : /*
6322 : : * Ran off end of WAL before reaching end-of-backup WAL record, or
6323 : : * minRecoveryPoint. That's a bad sign, indicating that you tried to
6324 : : * recover from an online backup but never called pg_backup_stop(), or
6325 : : * you didn't archive all the WAL needed.
6326 : : */
4820 heikki.linnakangas@i 6327 [ # # # # ]:UBC 0 : if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested || ControlFile->backupEndRequired)
6328 : : {
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 6329 [ # # # # ]:UNC 0 : if (XLogRecPtrIsValid(ControlFile->backupStartPoint) || ControlFile->backupEndRequired)
5382 heikki.linnakangas@i 6330 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(FATAL,
6331 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
6332 : : errmsg("WAL ends before end of online backup"),
6333 : : errhint("All WAL generated while online backup was taken must be available at recovery.")));
6334 : : else
5501 6335 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(FATAL,
6336 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
6337 : : errmsg("WAL ends before consistent recovery point")));
6338 : : }
6339 : : }
6340 : :
6341 : : /*
6342 : : * Reset unlogged relations to the contents of their INIT fork. This is
6343 : : * done AFTER recovery is complete so as to include any unlogged relations
6344 : : * created during recovery, but BEFORE recovery is marked as having
6345 : : * completed successfully. Otherwise we'd not retry if any of the post
6346 : : * end-of-recovery steps fail.
6347 : : */
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 6348 [ + + ]:CBC 1010 : if (InRecovery)
6349 : 164 : ResetUnloggedRelations(UNLOGGED_RELATION_INIT);
6350 : :
6351 : : /*
6352 : : * Pre-scan prepared transactions to find out the range of XIDs present.
6353 : : * This information is not quite needed yet, but it is positioned here so
6354 : : * as potential problems are detected before any on-disk change is done.
6355 : : */
2857 michael@paquier.xyz 6356 : 1010 : oldestActiveXID = PrescanPreparedTransactions(NULL, NULL);
6357 : :
6358 : : /*
6359 : : * Allow ordinary WAL segment creation before possibly switching to a new
6360 : : * timeline, which creates a new segment, and after the last ReadRecord().
6361 : : */
1357 6362 : 1010 : SetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive();
6363 : :
6364 : : /*
6365 : : * Consider whether we need to assign a new timeline ID.
6366 : : *
6367 : : * If we did archive recovery, we always assign a new ID. This handles a
6368 : : * couple of issues. If we stopped short of the end of WAL during
6369 : : * recovery, then we are clearly generating a new timeline and must assign
6370 : : * it a unique new ID. Even if we ran to the end, modifying the current
6371 : : * last segment is problematic because it may result in trying to
6372 : : * overwrite an already-archived copy of that segment, and we encourage
6373 : : * DBAs to make their archive_commands reject that. We can dodge the
6374 : : * problem by making the new active segment have a new timeline ID.
6375 : : *
6376 : : * In a normal crash recovery, we can just extend the timeline we were in.
6377 : : */
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 6378 : 1010 : newTLI = endOfRecoveryInfo->lastRecTLI;
4820 6379 [ + + ]: 1010 : if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested)
6380 : : {
1637 rhaas@postgresql.org 6381 : 56 : newTLI = findNewestTimeLine(recoveryTargetTLI) + 1;
7958 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6382 [ + - ]: 56 : ereport(LOG,
6383 : : (errmsg("selected new timeline ID: %u", newTLI)));
6384 : :
6385 : : /*
6386 : : * Make a writable copy of the last WAL segment. (Note that we also
6387 : : * have a copy of the last block of the old WAL in
6388 : : * endOfRecovery->lastPage; we will use that below.)
6389 : : */
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 6390 : 56 : XLogInitNewTimeline(EndOfLogTLI, EndOfLog, newTLI);
6391 : :
6392 : : /*
6393 : : * Remove the signal files out of the way, so that we don't
6394 : : * accidentally re-enter archive recovery mode in a subsequent crash.
6395 : : */
6396 [ + + ]: 56 : if (endOfRecoveryInfo->standby_signal_file_found)
6397 : 53 : durable_unlink(STANDBY_SIGNAL_FILE, FATAL);
6398 : :
6399 [ + + ]: 56 : if (endOfRecoveryInfo->recovery_signal_file_found)
6400 : 4 : durable_unlink(RECOVERY_SIGNAL_FILE, FATAL);
6401 : :
6402 : : /*
6403 : : * Write the timeline history file, and have it archived. After this
6404 : : * point (or rather, as soon as the file is archived), the timeline
6405 : : * will appear as "taken" in the WAL archive and to any standby
6406 : : * servers. If we crash before actually switching to the new
6407 : : * timeline, standby servers will nevertheless think that we switched
6408 : : * to the new timeline, and will try to connect to the new timeline.
6409 : : * To minimize the window for that, try to do as little as possible
6410 : : * between here and writing the end-of-recovery record.
6411 : : */
1637 rhaas@postgresql.org 6412 : 56 : writeTimeLineHistory(newTLI, recoveryTargetTLI,
6413 : : EndOfLog, endOfRecoveryInfo->recoveryStopReason);
6414 : :
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 6415 [ + - ]: 56 : ereport(LOG,
6416 : : (errmsg("archive recovery complete")));
6417 : : }
6418 : :
6419 : : /* Save the selected TimeLineID in shared memory, too */
648 rhaas@postgresql.org 6420 [ - + ]: 1010 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
1637 6421 : 1010 : XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID = newTLI;
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 6422 : 1010 : XLogCtl->PrevTimeLineID = endOfRecoveryInfo->lastRecTLI;
648 rhaas@postgresql.org 6423 : 1010 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6424 : :
6425 : : /*
6426 : : * Actually, if WAL ended in an incomplete record, skip the parts that
6427 : : * made it through and start writing after the portion that persisted.
6428 : : * (It's critical to first write an OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD message, which
6429 : : * we'll do as soon as we're open for writing new WAL.)
6430 : : */
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 6431 [ + + ]:GNC 1010 : if (XLogRecPtrIsValid(missingContrecPtr))
6432 : : {
6433 : : /*
6434 : : * We should only have a missingContrecPtr if we're not switching to a
6435 : : * new timeline. When a timeline switch occurs, WAL is copied from the
6436 : : * old timeline to the new only up to the end of the last complete
6437 : : * record, so there can't be an incomplete WAL record that we need to
6438 : : * disregard.
6439 : : */
1345 rhaas@postgresql.org 6440 [ - + ]:CBC 11 : Assert(newTLI == endOfRecoveryInfo->lastRecTLI);
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 6441 [ - + ]:GNC 11 : Assert(XLogRecPtrIsValid(abortedRecPtr));
1679 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 6442 :CBC 11 : EndOfLog = missingContrecPtr;
6443 : : }
6444 : :
6445 : : /*
6446 : : * Prepare to write WAL starting at EndOfLog location, and init xlog
6447 : : * buffer cache using the block containing the last record from the
6448 : : * previous incarnation.
6449 : : */
9320 vadim4o@yahoo.com 6450 : 1010 : Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 6451 : 1010 : Insert->PrevBytePos = XLogRecPtrToBytePos(endOfRecoveryInfo->lastRec);
4675 6452 : 1010 : Insert->CurrBytePos = XLogRecPtrToBytePos(EndOfLog);
6453 : :
6454 : : /*
6455 : : * Tricky point here: lastPage contains the *last* block that the LastRec
6456 : : * record spans, not the one it starts in. The last block is indeed the
6457 : : * one we want to use.
6458 : : */
6459 [ + + ]: 1010 : if (EndOfLog % XLOG_BLCKSZ != 0)
6460 : : {
6461 : : char *page;
6462 : : int len;
6463 : : int firstIdx;
6464 : :
6465 : 977 : firstIdx = XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(EndOfLog);
1539 6466 : 977 : len = EndOfLog - endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPageBeginPtr;
6467 [ - + ]: 977 : Assert(len < XLOG_BLCKSZ);
6468 : :
6469 : : /* Copy the valid part of the last block, and zero the rest */
4675 6470 : 977 : page = &XLogCtl->pages[firstIdx * XLOG_BLCKSZ];
1539 6471 : 977 : memcpy(page, endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPage, len);
4675 6472 : 977 : memset(page + len, 0, XLOG_BLCKSZ - len);
6473 : :
868 jdavis@postgresql.or 6474 : 977 : pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[firstIdx], endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPageBeginPtr + XLOG_BLCKSZ);
256 akorotkov@postgresql 6475 : 977 : XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo = endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPageBeginPtr + XLOG_BLCKSZ;
6476 : : }
6477 : : else
6478 : : {
6479 : : /*
6480 : : * There is no partial block to copy. Just set InitializedUpTo, and
6481 : : * let the first attempt to insert a log record to initialize the next
6482 : : * buffer.
6483 : : */
6484 : 33 : XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo = EndOfLog;
6485 : : }
6486 : :
6487 : : /*
6488 : : * Update local and shared status. This is OK to do without any locks
6489 : : * because no other process can be reading or writing WAL yet.
6490 : : */
4675 heikki.linnakangas@i 6491 : 1010 : LogwrtResult.Write = LogwrtResult.Flush = EndOfLog;
758 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 6492 : 1010 : pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->logInsertResult, EndOfLog);
760 6493 : 1010 : pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->logWriteResult, EndOfLog);
6494 : 1010 : pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->logFlushResult, EndOfLog);
4675 heikki.linnakangas@i 6495 : 1010 : XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write = EndOfLog;
6496 : 1010 : XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Flush = EndOfLog;
6497 : :
6498 : : /*
6499 : : * Preallocate additional log files, if wanted.
6500 : : */
1637 rhaas@postgresql.org 6501 : 1010 : PreallocXlogFiles(EndOfLog, newTLI);
6502 : :
6503 : : /*
6504 : : * Okay, we're officially UP.
6505 : : */
9320 vadim4o@yahoo.com 6506 : 1010 : InRecovery = false;
6507 : :
6508 : : /* start the archive_timeout timer and LSN running */
4675 heikki.linnakangas@i 6509 : 1010 : XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchTime = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
3421 andres@anarazel.de 6510 : 1010 : XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchLSN = EndOfLog;
6511 : :
6512 : : /* also initialize latestCompletedXid, to nextXid - 1 */
5202 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6513 : 1010 : LWLockAcquire(ProcArrayLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
879 heikki.linnakangas@i 6514 : 1010 : TransamVariables->latestCompletedXid = TransamVariables->nextXid;
6515 : 1010 : FullTransactionIdRetreat(&TransamVariables->latestCompletedXid);
5202 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6516 : 1010 : LWLockRelease(ProcArrayLock);
6517 : :
6518 : : /*
6519 : : * Start up subtrans, if not already done for hot standby. (commit
6520 : : * timestamps are started below, if necessary.)
6521 : : */
5981 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 6522 [ + + ]: 1010 : if (standbyState == STANDBY_DISABLED)
6523 : 954 : StartupSUBTRANS(oldestActiveXID);
6524 : :
6525 : : /*
6526 : : * Perform end of recovery actions for any SLRUs that need it.
6527 : : */
5298 6528 : 1010 : TrimCLOG();
4540 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 6529 : 1010 : TrimMultiXact();
6530 : :
6531 : : /*
6532 : : * Reload shared-memory state for prepared transactions. This needs to
6533 : : * happen before renaming the last partial segment of the old timeline as
6534 : : * it may be possible that we have to recover some transactions from it.
6535 : : */
7627 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6536 : 1010 : RecoverPreparedTransactions();
6537 : :
6538 : : /* Shut down xlogreader */
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 6539 : 1010 : ShutdownWalRecovery();
6540 : :
6541 : : /* Enable WAL writes for this backend only. */
1664 rhaas@postgresql.org 6542 : 1010 : LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed();
6543 : :
6544 : : /* If necessary, write overwrite-contrecord before doing anything else */
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 6545 [ + + ]:GNC 1010 : if (XLogRecPtrIsValid(abortedRecPtr))
6546 : : {
6547 [ - + ]: 11 : Assert(XLogRecPtrIsValid(missingContrecPtr));
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 6548 :CBC 11 : CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(abortedRecPtr, missingContrecPtr, newTLI);
6549 : : }
6550 : :
6551 : : /*
6552 : : * Update full_page_writes in shared memory and write an XLOG_FPW_CHANGE
6553 : : * record before resource manager writes cleanup WAL records or checkpoint
6554 : : * record is written.
6555 : : */
1664 rhaas@postgresql.org 6556 : 1010 : Insert->fullPageWrites = lastFullPageWrites;
6557 : 1010 : UpdateFullPageWrites();
6558 : :
6559 : : /*
6560 : : * Emit checkpoint or end-of-recovery record in XLOG, if required.
6561 : : */
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 6562 [ + + ]: 1010 : if (performedWalRecovery)
1664 rhaas@postgresql.org 6563 : 164 : promoted = PerformRecoveryXLogAction();
6564 : :
6565 : : /*
6566 : : * If any of the critical GUCs have changed, log them before we allow
6567 : : * backends to write WAL.
6568 : : */
5851 heikki.linnakangas@i 6569 : 1010 : XLogReportParameters();
6570 : :
6571 : : /* If this is archive recovery, perform post-recovery cleanup actions. */
1653 rhaas@postgresql.org 6572 [ + + ]: 1010 : if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested)
1637 6573 : 56 : CleanupAfterArchiveRecovery(EndOfLogTLI, EndOfLog, newTLI);
6574 : :
6575 : : /*
6576 : : * Local WAL inserts enabled, so it's time to finish initialization of
6577 : : * commit timestamp.
6578 : : */
4171 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 6579 : 1010 : CompleteCommitTsInitialization();
6580 : :
6581 : : /*
6582 : : * Update logical decoding status in shared memory and write an
6583 : : * XLOG_LOGICAL_DECODING_STATUS_CHANGE, if necessary.
6584 : : */
133 msawada@postgresql.o 6585 :GNC 1010 : UpdateLogicalDecodingStatusEndOfRecovery();
6586 : :
6587 : : /* Clean up EndOfWalRecoveryInfo data to appease Valgrind leak checking */
276 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6588 [ + + ]: 1010 : if (endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPage)
6589 : 988 : pfree(endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPage);
6590 : 1010 : pfree(endOfRecoveryInfo->recoveryStopReason);
6591 : 1010 : pfree(endOfRecoveryInfo);
6592 : :
6593 : : /*
6594 : : * If we reach this point with checksums in the state inprogress-on, it
6595 : : * means that data checksums were in the process of being enabled when the
6596 : : * cluster shut down. Since processing didn't finish, the operation will
6597 : : * have to be restarted from scratch since there is no capability to
6598 : : * continue where it was when the cluster shut down. Thus, revert the
6599 : : * state back to off, and inform the user with a warning message. Being
6600 : : * able to restart processing is a TODO, but it wouldn't be possible to
6601 : : * restart here since we cannot launch a dynamic background worker
6602 : : * directly from here (it has to be from a regular backend).
6603 : : */
32 dgustafsson@postgres 6604 [ - + ]: 1010 : if (XLogCtl->data_checksum_version == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_ON)
6605 : : {
32 dgustafsson@postgres 6606 :UNC 0 : XLogChecksums(PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_OFF);
6607 : :
6608 : 0 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
29 6609 : 0 : XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_OFF;
32 6610 : 0 : SetLocalDataChecksumState(XLogCtl->data_checksum_version);
6611 : 0 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6612 : :
6613 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(WARNING,
6614 : : errmsg("enabling data checksums was interrupted"),
6615 : : errhint("Data checksum processing must be manually restarted for checksums to be enabled"));
6616 : : }
6617 : :
6618 : : /*
6619 : : * If data checksums were being disabled when the cluster was shut down,
6620 : : * we know that we have a state where all backends have stopped validating
6621 : : * checksums and we can move to off instead of prompting the user to
6622 : : * perform any action.
6623 : : */
32 dgustafsson@postgres 6624 [ - + ]:GNC 1010 : if (XLogCtl->data_checksum_version == PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_INPROGRESS_OFF)
6625 : : {
32 dgustafsson@postgres 6626 :UNC 0 : XLogChecksums(PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_OFF);
6627 : :
6628 : 0 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
29 6629 : 0 : XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = PG_DATA_CHECKSUM_OFF;
32 6630 : 0 : SetLocalDataChecksumState(XLogCtl->data_checksum_version);
6631 : 0 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6632 : : }
6633 : :
6634 : : /*
6635 : : * All done with end-of-recovery actions.
6636 : : *
6637 : : * Now allow backends to write WAL and update the control file status in
6638 : : * consequence. SharedRecoveryState, that controls if backends can write
6639 : : * WAL, is updated while holding ControlFileLock to prevent other backends
6640 : : * to look at an inconsistent state of the control file in shared memory.
6641 : : * There is still a small window during which backends can write WAL and
6642 : : * the control file is still referring to a system not in DB_IN_PRODUCTION
6643 : : * state while looking at the on-disk control file.
6644 : : *
6645 : : * Also, we use info_lck to update SharedRecoveryState to ensure that
6646 : : * there are no race conditions concerning visibility of other recent
6647 : : * updates to shared memory.
6648 : : */
3570 peter_e@gmx.net 6649 :CBC 1010 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
6650 : 1010 : ControlFile->state = DB_IN_PRODUCTION;
6651 : :
4243 andres@anarazel.de 6652 [ - + ]: 1010 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
5 dgustafsson@postgres 6653 :GNC 1010 : ControlFile->data_checksum_version = XLogCtl->data_checksum_version;
2202 michael@paquier.xyz 6654 :CBC 1010 : XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState = RECOVERY_STATE_DONE;
4243 andres@anarazel.de 6655 : 1010 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6656 : :
3570 peter_e@gmx.net 6657 : 1010 : UpdateControlFile();
6658 : 1010 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
6659 : :
6660 : : /*
6661 : : * Wake up the checkpointer process as there might be a request to disable
6662 : : * logical decoding by concurrent slot drop.
6663 : : */
133 msawada@postgresql.o 6664 :GNC 1010 : WakeupCheckpointer();
6665 : :
6666 : : /*
6667 : : * Wake up all waiters. They need to report an error that recovery was
6668 : : * ended before reaching the target LSN.
6669 : : */
120 akorotkov@postgresql 6670 : 1010 : WaitLSNWakeup(WAIT_LSN_TYPE_STANDBY_REPLAY, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
6671 : 1010 : WaitLSNWakeup(WAIT_LSN_TYPE_STANDBY_WRITE, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
6672 : 1010 : WaitLSNWakeup(WAIT_LSN_TYPE_STANDBY_FLUSH, InvalidXLogRecPtr);
6673 : :
6674 : : /*
6675 : : * Shutdown the recovery environment. This must occur after
6676 : : * RecoverPreparedTransactions() (see notes in lock_twophase_recover())
6677 : : * and after switching SharedRecoveryState to RECOVERY_STATE_DONE so as
6678 : : * any session building a snapshot will not rely on KnownAssignedXids as
6679 : : * RecoveryInProgress() would return false at this stage. This is
6680 : : * particularly critical for prepared 2PC transactions, that would still
6681 : : * need to be included in snapshots once recovery has ended.
6682 : : */
1674 michael@paquier.xyz 6683 [ + + ]:CBC 1010 : if (standbyState != STANDBY_DISABLED)
6684 : 56 : ShutdownRecoveryTransactionEnvironment();
6685 : :
6686 : : /*
6687 : : * If there were cascading standby servers connected to us, nudge any wal
6688 : : * sender processes to notice that we've been promoted.
6689 : : */
1123 andres@anarazel.de 6690 : 1010 : WalSndWakeup(true, true);
6691 : :
6692 : : /*
6693 : : * If this was a promotion, request an (online) checkpoint now. This isn't
6694 : : * required for consistency, but the last restartpoint might be far back,
6695 : : * and in case of a crash, recovering from it might take a longer than is
6696 : : * appropriate now that we're not in standby mode anymore.
6697 : : */
2106 fujii@postgresql.org 6698 [ + + ]: 1010 : if (promoted)
4732 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 6699 : 49 : RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_FORCE);
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 6700 : 1010 : }
6701 : :
6702 : : /*
6703 : : * Callback from PerformWalRecovery(), called when we switch from crash
6704 : : * recovery to archive recovery mode. Updates the control file accordingly.
6705 : : */
6706 : : void
1539 6707 : 1 : SwitchIntoArchiveRecovery(XLogRecPtr EndRecPtr, TimeLineID replayTLI)
6708 : : {
6709 : : /* initialize minRecoveryPoint to this record */
6710 : 1 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
6711 : 1 : ControlFile->state = DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY;
6712 [ + - ]: 1 : if (ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint < EndRecPtr)
6713 : : {
6714 : 1 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = EndRecPtr;
6715 : 1 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = replayTLI;
6716 : : }
6717 : : /* update local copy */
6718 : 1 : LocalMinRecoveryPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
6719 : 1 : LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
6720 : :
6721 : : /*
6722 : : * The startup process can update its local copy of minRecoveryPoint from
6723 : : * this point.
6724 : : */
6725 : 1 : updateMinRecoveryPoint = true;
6726 : :
6727 : 1 : UpdateControlFile();
6728 : :
6729 : : /*
6730 : : * We update SharedRecoveryState while holding the lock on ControlFileLock
6731 : : * so both states are consistent in shared memory.
6732 : : */
6733 [ - + ]: 1 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6734 : 1 : XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState = RECOVERY_STATE_ARCHIVE;
6735 : 1 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6736 : :
6737 : 1 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
6738 : 1 : }
6739 : :
6740 : : /*
6741 : : * Callback from PerformWalRecovery(), called when we reach the end of backup.
6742 : : * Updates the control file accordingly.
6743 : : */
6744 : : void
6745 : 86 : ReachedEndOfBackup(XLogRecPtr EndRecPtr, TimeLineID tli)
6746 : : {
6747 : : /*
6748 : : * We have reached the end of base backup, as indicated by pg_control. The
6749 : : * data on disk is now consistent (unless minRecoveryPoint is further
6750 : : * ahead, which can happen if we crashed during previous recovery). Reset
6751 : : * backupStartPoint and backupEndPoint, and update minRecoveryPoint to
6752 : : * make sure we don't allow starting up at an earlier point even if
6753 : : * recovery is stopped and restarted soon after this.
6754 : : */
6755 : 86 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
6756 : :
6757 [ + + ]: 86 : if (ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint < EndRecPtr)
6758 : : {
6759 : 80 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = EndRecPtr;
6760 : 80 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = tli;
6761 : : }
6762 : :
6763 : 86 : ControlFile->backupStartPoint = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
6764 : 86 : ControlFile->backupEndPoint = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
6765 : 86 : ControlFile->backupEndRequired = false;
6766 : 86 : UpdateControlFile();
6767 : :
6768 : 86 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
5866 6769 : 86 : }
6770 : :
6771 : : /*
6772 : : * Perform whatever XLOG actions are necessary at end of REDO.
6773 : : *
6774 : : * The goal here is to make sure that we'll be able to recover properly if
6775 : : * we crash again. If we choose to write a checkpoint, we'll write a shutdown
6776 : : * checkpoint rather than an on-line one. This is not particularly critical,
6777 : : * but since we may be assigning a new TLI, using a shutdown checkpoint allows
6778 : : * us to have the rule that TLI only changes in shutdown checkpoints, which
6779 : : * allows some extra error checking in xlog_redo.
6780 : : */
6781 : : static bool
1665 rhaas@postgresql.org 6782 : 164 : PerformRecoveryXLogAction(void)
6783 : : {
6784 : 164 : bool promoted = false;
6785 : :
6786 : : /*
6787 : : * Perform a checkpoint to update all our recovery activity to disk.
6788 : : *
6789 : : * Note that we write a shutdown checkpoint rather than an on-line one.
6790 : : * This is not particularly critical, but since we may be assigning a new
6791 : : * TLI, using a shutdown checkpoint allows us to have the rule that TLI
6792 : : * only changes in shutdown checkpoints, which allows some extra error
6793 : : * checking in xlog_redo.
6794 : : *
6795 : : * In promotion, only create a lightweight end-of-recovery record instead
6796 : : * of a full checkpoint. A checkpoint is requested later, after we're
6797 : : * fully out of recovery mode and already accepting queries.
6798 : : */
6799 [ + + + - : 220 : if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested && IsUnderPostmaster &&
+ + ]
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 6800 : 56 : PromoteIsTriggered())
6801 : : {
1665 rhaas@postgresql.org 6802 : 49 : promoted = true;
6803 : :
6804 : : /*
6805 : : * Insert a special WAL record to mark the end of recovery, since we
6806 : : * aren't doing a checkpoint. That means that the checkpointer process
6807 : : * may likely be in the middle of a time-smoothed restartpoint and
6808 : : * could continue to be for minutes after this. That sounds strange,
6809 : : * but the effect is roughly the same and it would be stranger to try
6810 : : * to come out of the restartpoint and then checkpoint. We request a
6811 : : * checkpoint later anyway, just for safety.
6812 : : */
6813 : 49 : CreateEndOfRecoveryRecord();
6814 : : }
6815 : : else
6816 : : {
6817 : 115 : RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY |
6818 : : CHECKPOINT_FAST |
6819 : : CHECKPOINT_WAIT);
6820 : : }
6821 : :
6822 : 164 : return promoted;
6823 : : }
6824 : :
6825 : : /*
6826 : : * Is the system still in recovery?
6827 : : *
6828 : : * Unlike testing InRecovery, this works in any process that's connected to
6829 : : * shared memory.
6830 : : */
6831 : : bool
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 6832 : 69495405 : RecoveryInProgress(void)
6833 : : {
6834 : : /*
6835 : : * We check shared state each time only until we leave recovery mode. We
6836 : : * can't re-enter recovery, so there's no need to keep checking after the
6837 : : * shared variable has once been seen false.
6838 : : */
6839 [ + + ]: 69495405 : if (!LocalRecoveryInProgress)
6840 : 67649576 : return false;
6841 : : else
6842 : : {
6843 : : /*
6844 : : * use volatile pointer to make sure we make a fresh read of the
6845 : : * shared variable.
6846 : : */
6847 : 1845829 : volatile XLogCtlData *xlogctl = XLogCtl;
6848 : :
2202 michael@paquier.xyz 6849 : 1845829 : LocalRecoveryInProgress = (xlogctl->SharedRecoveryState != RECOVERY_STATE_DONE);
6850 : :
6851 : : /*
6852 : : * Note: We don't need a memory barrier when we're still in recovery.
6853 : : * We might exit recovery immediately after return, so the caller
6854 : : * can't rely on 'true' meaning that we're still in recovery anyway.
6855 : : */
6856 : :
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 6857 : 1845829 : return LocalRecoveryInProgress;
6858 : : }
6859 : : }
6860 : :
6861 : : /*
6862 : : * Returns current recovery state from shared memory.
6863 : : *
6864 : : * This returned state is kept consistent with the contents of the control
6865 : : * file. See details about the possible values of RecoveryState in xlog.h.
6866 : : */
6867 : : RecoveryState
2202 michael@paquier.xyz 6868 : 24023 : GetRecoveryState(void)
6869 : : {
6870 : : RecoveryState retval;
6871 : :
6872 [ - + ]: 24023 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6873 : 24023 : retval = XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState;
6874 : 24023 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6875 : :
6876 : 24023 : return retval;
6877 : : }
6878 : :
6879 : : /*
6880 : : * Is this process allowed to insert new WAL records?
6881 : : *
6882 : : * Ordinarily this is essentially equivalent to !RecoveryInProgress().
6883 : : * But we also have provisions for forcing the result "true" or "false"
6884 : : * within specific processes regardless of the global state.
6885 : : */
6886 : : bool
6157 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6887 : 67700765 : XLogInsertAllowed(void)
6888 : : {
6889 : : /*
6890 : : * If value is "unconditionally true" or "unconditionally false", just
6891 : : * return it. This provides the normal fast path once recovery is known
6892 : : * done.
6893 : : */
6894 [ + + ]: 67700765 : if (LocalXLogInsertAllowed >= 0)
6895 : 67015457 : return (bool) LocalXLogInsertAllowed;
6896 : :
6897 : : /*
6898 : : * Else, must check to see if we're still in recovery.
6899 : : */
6900 [ + + ]: 685308 : if (RecoveryInProgress())
6901 : 675242 : return false;
6902 : :
6903 : : /*
6904 : : * On exit from recovery, reset to "unconditionally true", since there is
6905 : : * no need to keep checking.
6906 : : */
6907 : 10066 : LocalXLogInsertAllowed = 1;
6908 : 10066 : return true;
6909 : : }
6910 : :
6911 : : /*
6912 : : * Make XLogInsertAllowed() return true in the current process only.
6913 : : *
6914 : : * Note: it is allowed to switch LocalXLogInsertAllowed back to -1 later,
6915 : : * and even call LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed() again after that.
6916 : : *
6917 : : * Returns the previous value of LocalXLogInsertAllowed.
6918 : : */
6919 : : static int
6920 : 1040 : LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed(void)
6921 : : {
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 6922 : 1040 : int oldXLogAllowed = LocalXLogInsertAllowed;
6923 : :
6157 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6924 : 1040 : LocalXLogInsertAllowed = 1;
6925 : :
1653 rhaas@postgresql.org 6926 : 1040 : return oldXLogAllowed;
6927 : : }
6928 : :
6929 : : /*
6930 : : * Return the current Redo pointer from shared memory.
6931 : : *
6932 : : * As a side-effect, the local RedoRecPtr copy is updated.
6933 : : */
6934 : : XLogRecPtr
9259 vadim4o@yahoo.com 6935 : 279114 : GetRedoRecPtr(void)
6936 : : {
6937 : : XLogRecPtr ptr;
6938 : :
6939 : : /*
6940 : : * The possibly not up-to-date copy in XLogCtl is enough. Even if we
6941 : : * grabbed a WAL insertion lock to read the authoritative value in
6942 : : * Insert->RedoRecPtr, someone might update it just after we've released
6943 : : * the lock.
6944 : : */
4243 andres@anarazel.de 6945 [ + + ]: 279114 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6946 : 279114 : ptr = XLogCtl->RedoRecPtr;
6947 : 279114 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6948 : :
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 6949 [ + + ]: 279114 : if (RedoRecPtr < ptr)
6950 : 1691 : RedoRecPtr = ptr;
6951 : :
8817 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6952 : 279114 : return RedoRecPtr;
6953 : : }
6954 : :
6955 : : /*
6956 : : * Return information needed to decide whether a modified block needs a
6957 : : * full-page image to be included in the WAL record.
6958 : : *
6959 : : * The returned values are cached copies from backend-private memory, and
6960 : : * possibly out-of-date or, indeed, uninitialized, in which case they will
6961 : : * be InvalidXLogRecPtr and false, respectively. XLogInsertRecord will
6962 : : * re-check them against up-to-date values, while holding the WAL insert lock.
6963 : : */
6964 : : void
4198 heikki.linnakangas@i 6965 : 24879751 : GetFullPageWriteInfo(XLogRecPtr *RedoRecPtr_p, bool *doPageWrites_p)
6966 : : {
6967 : 24879751 : *RedoRecPtr_p = RedoRecPtr;
6968 : 24879751 : *doPageWrites_p = doPageWrites;
6969 : 24879751 : }
6970 : :
6971 : : /*
6972 : : * GetInsertRecPtr -- Returns the current insert position.
6973 : : *
6974 : : * NOTE: The value *actually* returned is the position of the last full
6975 : : * xlog page. It lags behind the real insert position by at most 1 page.
6976 : : * For that, we don't need to scan through WAL insertion locks, and an
6977 : : * approximation is enough for the current usage of this function.
6978 : : */
6979 : : XLogRecPtr
6886 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6980 : 8369 : GetInsertRecPtr(void)
6981 : : {
6982 : : XLogRecPtr recptr;
6983 : :
4243 andres@anarazel.de 6984 [ + + ]: 8369 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6985 : 8369 : recptr = XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write;
6986 : 8369 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
6987 : :
6886 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6988 : 8369 : return recptr;
6989 : : }
6990 : :
6991 : : /*
6992 : : * GetFlushRecPtr -- Returns the current flush position, ie, the last WAL
6993 : : * position known to be fsync'd to disk. This should only be used on a
6994 : : * system that is known not to be in recovery.
6995 : : */
6996 : : XLogRecPtr
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 6997 : 204804 : GetFlushRecPtr(TimeLineID *insertTLI)
6998 : : {
1637 6999 [ - + ]: 204804 : Assert(XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState == RECOVERY_STATE_DONE);
7000 : :
762 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7001 : 204804 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
7002 : :
7003 : : /*
7004 : : * If we're writing and flushing WAL, the time line can't be changing, so
7005 : : * no lock is required.
7006 : : */
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 7007 [ + + ]: 204804 : if (insertTLI)
1637 7008 : 23919 : *insertTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
7009 : :
3766 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7010 : 204804 : return LogwrtResult.Flush;
7011 : : }
7012 : :
7013 : : /*
7014 : : * GetWALInsertionTimeLine -- Returns the current timeline of a system that
7015 : : * is not in recovery.
7016 : : */
7017 : : TimeLineID
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 7018 : 124948 : GetWALInsertionTimeLine(void)
7019 : : {
7020 [ - + ]: 124948 : Assert(XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState == RECOVERY_STATE_DONE);
7021 : :
7022 : : /* Since the value can't be changing, no lock is required. */
1637 7023 : 124948 : return XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
7024 : : }
7025 : :
7026 : : /*
7027 : : * GetWALInsertionTimeLineIfSet -- If the system is not in recovery, returns
7028 : : * the WAL insertion timeline; else, returns 0. Wherever possible, use
7029 : : * GetWALInsertionTimeLine() instead, since it's cheaper. Note that this
7030 : : * function decides recovery has ended as soon as the insert TLI is set, which
7031 : : * happens before we set XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState to RECOVERY_STATE_DONE.
7032 : : */
7033 : : TimeLineID
648 7034 : 1 : GetWALInsertionTimeLineIfSet(void)
7035 : : {
7036 : : TimeLineID insertTLI;
7037 : :
7038 [ - + ]: 1 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
7039 : 1 : insertTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
7040 : 1 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
7041 : :
7042 : 1 : return insertTLI;
7043 : : }
7044 : :
7045 : : /*
7046 : : * GetLastImportantRecPtr -- Returns the LSN of the last important record
7047 : : * inserted. All records not explicitly marked as unimportant are considered
7048 : : * important.
7049 : : *
7050 : : * The LSN is determined by computing the maximum of
7051 : : * WALInsertLocks[i].lastImportantAt.
7052 : : */
7053 : : XLogRecPtr
3421 andres@anarazel.de 7054 : 1800 : GetLastImportantRecPtr(void)
7055 : : {
7056 : 1800 : XLogRecPtr res = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
7057 : : int i;
7058 : :
7059 [ + + ]: 16200 : for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS; i++)
7060 : : {
7061 : : XLogRecPtr last_important;
7062 : :
7063 : : /*
7064 : : * Need to take a lock to prevent torn reads of the LSN, which are
7065 : : * possible on some of the supported platforms. WAL insert locks only
7066 : : * support exclusive mode, so we have to use that.
7067 : : */
7068 : 14400 : LWLockAcquire(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
7069 : 14400 : last_important = WALInsertLocks[i].l.lastImportantAt;
7070 : 14400 : LWLockRelease(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock);
7071 : :
7072 [ + + ]: 14400 : if (res < last_important)
7073 : 3149 : res = last_important;
7074 : : }
7075 : :
7076 : 1800 : return res;
7077 : : }
7078 : :
7079 : : /*
7080 : : * Get the time and LSN of the last xlog segment switch
7081 : : */
7082 : : pg_time_t
3421 andres@anarazel.de 7083 :UBC 0 : GetLastSegSwitchData(XLogRecPtr *lastSwitchLSN)
7084 : : {
7085 : : pg_time_t result;
7086 : :
7087 : : /* Need WALWriteLock, but shared lock is sufficient */
7201 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7088 : 0 : LWLockAcquire(WALWriteLock, LW_SHARED);
4675 heikki.linnakangas@i 7089 : 0 : result = XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchTime;
3421 andres@anarazel.de 7090 : 0 : *lastSwitchLSN = XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchLSN;
7201 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7091 : 0 : LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
7092 : :
7093 : 0 : return result;
7094 : : }
7095 : :
7096 : : /*
7097 : : * This must be called ONCE during postmaster or standalone-backend shutdown
7098 : : */
7099 : : void
8180 peter_e@gmx.net 7100 :CBC 768 : ShutdownXLOG(int code, Datum arg)
7101 : : {
7102 : : /*
7103 : : * We should have an aux process resource owner to use, and we should not
7104 : : * be in a transaction that's installed some other resowner.
7105 : : */
2848 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7106 [ - + ]: 768 : Assert(AuxProcessResourceOwner != NULL);
7107 [ + + - + ]: 768 : Assert(CurrentResourceOwner == NULL ||
7108 : : CurrentResourceOwner == AuxProcessResourceOwner);
7109 : 768 : CurrentResourceOwner = AuxProcessResourceOwner;
7110 : :
7111 : : /* Don't be chatty in standalone mode */
4709 7112 [ + + + + ]: 768 : ereport(IsPostmasterEnvironment ? LOG : NOTICE,
7113 : : (errmsg("shutting down")));
7114 : :
7115 : : /*
7116 : : * Signal walsenders to move to stopping state.
7117 : : */
3256 andres@anarazel.de 7118 : 768 : WalSndInitStopping();
7119 : :
7120 : : /*
7121 : : * Wait for WAL senders to be in stopping state. This prevents commands
7122 : : * from writing new WAL.
7123 : : */
7124 : 768 : WalSndWaitStopping();
7125 : :
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 7126 [ + + ]: 768 : if (RecoveryInProgress())
298 nathan@postgresql.or 7127 :GNC 64 : CreateRestartPoint(CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN | CHECKPOINT_FAST);
7128 : : else
7129 : : {
7130 : : /*
7131 : : * If archiving is enabled, rotate the last XLOG file so that all the
7132 : : * remaining records are archived (postmaster wakes up the archiver
7133 : : * process one more time at the end of shutdown). The checkpoint
7134 : : * record will go to the next XLOG file and won't be archived (yet).
7135 : : */
1552 rhaas@postgresql.org 7136 [ + + - + :CBC 704 : if (XLogArchivingActive())
+ + ]
3421 andres@anarazel.de 7137 : 17 : RequestXLogSwitch(false);
7138 : :
298 nathan@postgresql.or 7139 :GNC 704 : CreateCheckPoint(CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN | CHECKPOINT_FAST);
7140 : : }
9708 vadim4o@yahoo.com 7141 :CBC 768 : }
7142 : :
7143 : : /*
7144 : : * Format checkpoint request flags as a space-separated string for
7145 : : * log messages.
7146 : : */
7147 : : static const char *
75 fujii@postgresql.org 7148 :GNC 3220 : CheckpointFlagsString(int flags)
7149 : : {
7150 : : static char buf[128];
7151 : :
7152 : 25760 : snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s",
7153 [ + + ]: 3220 : (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN) ? " shutdown" : "",
7154 [ + + ]: 3220 : (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY) ? " end-of-recovery" : "",
7155 [ + + ]: 3220 : (flags & CHECKPOINT_FAST) ? " fast" : "",
7156 [ + + ]: 3220 : (flags & CHECKPOINT_FORCE) ? " force" : "",
7157 [ + + ]: 3220 : (flags & CHECKPOINT_WAIT) ? " wait" : "",
7158 [ + + ]: 3220 : (flags & CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_XLOG) ? " wal" : "",
7159 [ - + ]: 3220 : (flags & CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_TIME) ? " time" : "",
7160 [ + + ]: 3220 : (flags & CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_UNLOGGED) ? " flush-unlogged" : "");
7161 : :
7162 : 3220 : return buf;
7163 : : }
7164 : :
7165 : : /*
7166 : : * Log start of a checkpoint.
7167 : : */
7168 : : static void
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 7169 :CBC 1610 : LogCheckpointStart(int flags, bool restartpoint)
7170 : : {
1978 peter@eisentraut.org 7171 [ + + ]: 1610 : if (restartpoint)
7172 [ + - - + : 213 : ereport(LOG,
+ + + + +
+ + + + +
- + + + ]
7173 : : /* translator: the placeholder shows checkpoint options */
7174 : : (errmsg("restartpoint starting:%s",
7175 : : CheckpointFlagsString(flags))));
7176 : : else
7177 [ + - + + : 1397 : ereport(LOG,
- + + + +
+ + + + +
+ + + + ]
7178 : : /* translator: the placeholder shows checkpoint options */
7179 : : (errmsg("checkpoint starting:%s",
7180 : : CheckpointFlagsString(flags))));
6884 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7181 : 1610 : }
7182 : :
7183 : : /*
7184 : : * Log end of a checkpoint.
7185 : : */
7186 : : static void
75 fujii@postgresql.org 7187 :GNC 1944 : LogCheckpointEnd(bool restartpoint, int flags)
7188 : : {
7189 : : long write_msecs,
7190 : : sync_msecs,
7191 : : total_msecs,
7192 : : longest_msecs,
7193 : : average_msecs;
7194 : : uint64 average_sync_time;
7195 : :
6884 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7196 :CBC 1944 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_end_t = GetCurrentTimestamp();
7197 : :
2002 7198 : 1944 : write_msecs = TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(CheckpointStats.ckpt_write_t,
7199 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_t);
7200 : :
7201 : 1944 : sync_msecs = TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_t,
7202 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_end_t);
7203 : :
7204 : : /* Accumulate checkpoint timing summary data, in milliseconds. */
918 michael@paquier.xyz 7205 : 1944 : PendingCheckpointerStats.write_time += write_msecs;
7206 : 1944 : PendingCheckpointerStats.sync_time += sync_msecs;
7207 : :
7208 : : /*
7209 : : * All of the published timing statistics are accounted for. Only
7210 : : * continue if a log message is to be written.
7211 : : */
5143 rhaas@postgresql.org 7212 [ + + ]: 1944 : if (!log_checkpoints)
7213 : 334 : return;
7214 : :
2002 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7215 : 1610 : total_msecs = TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(CheckpointStats.ckpt_start_t,
7216 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_end_t);
7217 : :
7218 : : /*
7219 : : * Timing values returned from CheckpointStats are in microseconds.
7220 : : * Convert to milliseconds for consistent printing.
7221 : : */
7222 : 1610 : longest_msecs = (long) ((CheckpointStats.ckpt_longest_sync + 999) / 1000);
7223 : :
5621 rhaas@postgresql.org 7224 : 1610 : average_sync_time = 0;
5504 bruce@momjian.us 7225 [ - + ]: 1610 : if (CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_rels > 0)
5621 rhaas@postgresql.org 7226 :UBC 0 : average_sync_time = CheckpointStats.ckpt_agg_sync_time /
7227 : 0 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_rels;
2002 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7228 :CBC 1610 : average_msecs = (long) ((average_sync_time + 999) / 1000);
7229 : :
7230 : : /*
7231 : : * ControlFileLock is not required to see ControlFile->checkPoint and
7232 : : * ->checkPointCopy here as we are the only updator of those variables at
7233 : : * this moment.
7234 : : */
1978 peter@eisentraut.org 7235 [ + + ]: 1610 : if (restartpoint)
7236 [ + - ]: 213 : ereport(LOG,
7237 : : (errmsg("restartpoint complete:%s: wrote %d buffers (%.1f%%), "
7238 : : "wrote %d SLRU buffers; %d WAL file(s) added, "
7239 : : "%d removed, %d recycled; write=%ld.%03d s, "
7240 : : "sync=%ld.%03d s, total=%ld.%03d s; sync files=%d, "
7241 : : "longest=%ld.%03d s, average=%ld.%03d s; distance=%d kB, "
7242 : : "estimate=%d kB; lsn=%X/%08X, redo lsn=%X/%08X",
7243 : : CheckpointFlagsString(flags),
7244 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written,
7245 : : (double) CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written * 100 / NBuffers,
7246 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_slru_written,
7247 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_added,
7248 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_removed,
7249 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_recycled,
7250 : : write_msecs / 1000, (int) (write_msecs % 1000),
7251 : : sync_msecs / 1000, (int) (sync_msecs % 1000),
7252 : : total_msecs / 1000, (int) (total_msecs % 1000),
7253 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_rels,
7254 : : longest_msecs / 1000, (int) (longest_msecs % 1000),
7255 : : average_msecs / 1000, (int) (average_msecs % 1000),
7256 : : (int) (PrevCheckPointDistance / 1024.0),
7257 : : (int) (CheckPointDistanceEstimate / 1024.0),
7258 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ControlFile->checkPoint),
7259 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo))));
7260 : : else
7261 [ + - ]: 1397 : ereport(LOG,
7262 : : (errmsg("checkpoint complete:%s: wrote %d buffers (%.1f%%), "
7263 : : "wrote %d SLRU buffers; %d WAL file(s) added, "
7264 : : "%d removed, %d recycled; write=%ld.%03d s, "
7265 : : "sync=%ld.%03d s, total=%ld.%03d s; sync files=%d, "
7266 : : "longest=%ld.%03d s, average=%ld.%03d s; distance=%d kB, "
7267 : : "estimate=%d kB; lsn=%X/%08X, redo lsn=%X/%08X",
7268 : : CheckpointFlagsString(flags),
7269 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written,
7270 : : (double) CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written * 100 / NBuffers,
7271 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_slru_written,
7272 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_added,
7273 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_removed,
7274 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_recycled,
7275 : : write_msecs / 1000, (int) (write_msecs % 1000),
7276 : : sync_msecs / 1000, (int) (sync_msecs % 1000),
7277 : : total_msecs / 1000, (int) (total_msecs % 1000),
7278 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_rels,
7279 : : longest_msecs / 1000, (int) (longest_msecs % 1000),
7280 : : average_msecs / 1000, (int) (average_msecs % 1000),
7281 : : (int) (PrevCheckPointDistance / 1024.0),
7282 : : (int) (CheckPointDistanceEstimate / 1024.0),
7283 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ControlFile->checkPoint),
7284 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo))));
7285 : : }
7286 : :
7287 : : /*
7288 : : * Update the estimate of distance between checkpoints.
7289 : : *
7290 : : * The estimate is used to calculate the number of WAL segments to keep
7291 : : * preallocated, see XLOGfileslop().
7292 : : */
7293 : : static void
4089 heikki.linnakangas@i 7294 : 1944 : UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate(uint64 nbytes)
7295 : : {
7296 : : /*
7297 : : * To estimate the number of segments consumed between checkpoints, keep a
7298 : : * moving average of the amount of WAL generated in previous checkpoint
7299 : : * cycles. However, if the load is bursty, with quiet periods and busy
7300 : : * periods, we want to cater for the peak load. So instead of a plain
7301 : : * moving average, let the average decline slowly if the previous cycle
7302 : : * used less WAL than estimated, but bump it up immediately if it used
7303 : : * more.
7304 : : *
7305 : : * When checkpoints are triggered by max_wal_size, this should converge to
7306 : : * CheckpointSegments * wal_segment_size,
7307 : : *
7308 : : * Note: This doesn't pay any attention to what caused the checkpoint.
7309 : : * Checkpoints triggered manually with CHECKPOINT command, or by e.g.
7310 : : * starting a base backup, are counted the same as those created
7311 : : * automatically. The slow-decline will largely mask them out, if they are
7312 : : * not frequent. If they are frequent, it seems reasonable to count them
7313 : : * in as any others; if you issue a manual checkpoint every 5 minutes and
7314 : : * never let a timed checkpoint happen, it makes sense to base the
7315 : : * preallocation on that 5 minute interval rather than whatever
7316 : : * checkpoint_timeout is set to.
7317 : : */
7318 : 1944 : PrevCheckPointDistance = nbytes;
7319 [ + + ]: 1944 : if (CheckPointDistanceEstimate < nbytes)
7320 : 866 : CheckPointDistanceEstimate = nbytes;
7321 : : else
7322 : 1078 : CheckPointDistanceEstimate =
7323 : 1078 : (0.90 * CheckPointDistanceEstimate + 0.10 * (double) nbytes);
6884 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7324 : 1944 : }
7325 : :
7326 : : /*
7327 : : * Update the ps display for a process running a checkpoint. Note that
7328 : : * this routine should not do any allocations so as it can be called
7329 : : * from a critical section.
7330 : : */
7331 : : static void
1968 michael@paquier.xyz 7332 : 3888 : update_checkpoint_display(int flags, bool restartpoint, bool reset)
7333 : : {
7334 : : /*
7335 : : * The status is reported only for end-of-recovery and shutdown
7336 : : * checkpoints or shutdown restartpoints. Updating the ps display is
7337 : : * useful in those situations as it may not be possible to rely on
7338 : : * pg_stat_activity to see the status of the checkpointer or the startup
7339 : : * process.
7340 : : */
7341 [ + + ]: 3888 : if ((flags & (CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY | CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN)) == 0)
7342 : 2370 : return;
7343 : :
7344 [ + + ]: 1518 : if (reset)
7345 : 759 : set_ps_display("");
7346 : : else
7347 : : {
7348 : : char activitymsg[128];
7349 : :
7350 [ + + ]: 2277 : snprintf(activitymsg, sizeof(activitymsg), "performing %s%s%s",
7351 [ + + ]: 759 : (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY) ? "end-of-recovery " : "",
7352 [ + + ]: 759 : (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN) ? "shutdown " : "",
7353 : : restartpoint ? "restartpoint" : "checkpoint");
7354 : 759 : set_ps_display(activitymsg);
7355 : : }
7356 : : }
7357 : :
7358 : :
7359 : : /*
7360 : : * Perform a checkpoint --- either during shutdown, or on-the-fly
7361 : : *
7362 : : * flags is a bitwise OR of the following:
7363 : : * CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN: checkpoint is for database shutdown.
7364 : : * CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY: checkpoint is for end of WAL recovery.
7365 : : * CHECKPOINT_FAST: finish the checkpoint ASAP, ignoring
7366 : : * checkpoint_completion_target parameter.
7367 : : * CHECKPOINT_FORCE: force a checkpoint even if no XLOG activity has occurred
7368 : : * since the last one (implied by CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN or
7369 : : * CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY).
7370 : : * CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_UNLOGGED: also flush buffers of unlogged tables.
7371 : : *
7372 : : * Note: flags contains other bits, of interest here only for logging purposes.
7373 : : * In particular note that this routine is synchronous and does not pay
7374 : : * attention to CHECKPOINT_WAIT.
7375 : : *
7376 : : * If !shutdown then we are writing an online checkpoint. An XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO
7377 : : * record is inserted into WAL at the logical location of the checkpoint, before
7378 : : * flushing anything to disk, and when the checkpoint is eventually completed,
7379 : : * and it is from this point that WAL replay will begin in the case of a recovery
7380 : : * from this checkpoint. Once everything is written to disk, an
7381 : : * XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE record is written to complete the checkpoint, and
7382 : : * points back to the earlier XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO record. This mechanism allows
7383 : : * other write-ahead log records to be written while the checkpoint is in
7384 : : * progress, but we must be very careful about order of operations. This function
7385 : : * may take many minutes to execute on a busy system.
7386 : : *
7387 : : * On the other hand, when shutdown is true, concurrent insertion into the
7388 : : * write-ahead log is impossible, so there is no need for two separate records.
7389 : : * In this case, we only insert an XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN record, and it's
7390 : : * both the record marking the completion of the checkpoint and the location
7391 : : * from which WAL replay would begin if needed.
7392 : : *
7393 : : * Returns true if a new checkpoint was performed, or false if it was skipped
7394 : : * because the system was idle.
7395 : : */
7396 : : bool
6886 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7397 : 1733 : CreateCheckPoint(int flags)
7398 : : {
7399 : : bool shutdown;
7400 : : CheckPoint checkPoint;
7401 : : XLogRecPtr recptr;
7402 : : XLogSegNo _logSegNo;
9519 bruce@momjian.us 7403 : 1733 : XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
7404 : : uint32 freespace;
7405 : : XLogRecPtr PriorRedoPtr;
7406 : : XLogRecPtr last_important_lsn;
7407 : : VirtualTransactionId *vxids;
7408 : : int nvxids;
1653 rhaas@postgresql.org 7409 : 1733 : int oldXLogAllowed = 0;
7410 : :
7411 : : /*
7412 : : * An end-of-recovery checkpoint is really a shutdown checkpoint, just
7413 : : * issued at a different time.
7414 : : */
6157 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7415 [ + + ]: 1733 : if (flags & (CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN | CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY))
6158 heikki.linnakangas@i 7416 : 734 : shutdown = true;
7417 : : else
7418 : 999 : shutdown = false;
7419 : :
7420 : : /* sanity check */
6157 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7421 [ + + - + ]: 1733 : if (RecoveryInProgress() && (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY) == 0)
6157 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7422 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "can't create a checkpoint during recovery");
7423 : :
7424 : : /*
7425 : : * Prepare to accumulate statistics.
7426 : : *
7427 : : * Note: because it is possible for log_checkpoints to change while a
7428 : : * checkpoint proceeds, we always accumulate stats, even if
7429 : : * log_checkpoints is currently off.
7430 : : */
6884 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7431 [ + - + - :CBC 19063 : MemSet(&CheckpointStats, 0, sizeof(CheckpointStats));
+ - + - +
+ ]
7432 : 1733 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_start_t = GetCurrentTimestamp();
7433 : :
7434 : : /*
7435 : : * Let smgr prepare for checkpoint; this has to happen outside the
7436 : : * critical section and before we determine the REDO pointer. Note that
7437 : : * smgr must not do anything that'd have to be undone if we decide no
7438 : : * checkpoint is needed.
7439 : : */
1511 tmunro@postgresql.or 7440 : 1733 : SyncPreCheckpoint();
7441 : :
7442 : : /* Run these points outside the critical section. */
140 michael@paquier.xyz 7443 :GNC 1733 : INJECTION_POINT("create-checkpoint-initial", NULL);
7444 : 1733 : INJECTION_POINT_LOAD("create-checkpoint-run");
7445 : :
7446 : : /*
7447 : : * Use a critical section to force system panic if we have trouble.
7448 : : */
8984 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7449 :CBC 1733 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
7450 : :
9717 vadim4o@yahoo.com 7451 [ + + ]: 1733 : if (shutdown)
7452 : : {
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 7453 : 734 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
9717 vadim4o@yahoo.com 7454 : 734 : ControlFile->state = DB_SHUTDOWNING;
7455 : 734 : UpdateControlFile();
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 7456 : 734 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
7457 : : }
7458 : :
7459 : : /* Begin filling in the checkpoint WAL record */
8384 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7460 [ + - + - : 22529 : MemSet(&checkPoint, 0, sizeof(checkPoint));
+ - + - +
+ ]
6652 7461 : 1733 : checkPoint.time = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
7462 : :
7463 : : /*
7464 : : * For Hot Standby, derive the oldestActiveXid before we fix the redo
7465 : : * pointer. This allows us to begin accumulating changes to assemble our
7466 : : * starting snapshot of locks and transactions.
7467 : : */
5298 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7468 [ + + + + ]: 1733 : if (!shutdown && XLogStandbyInfoActive())
286 akapila@postgresql.o 7469 :GNC 957 : checkPoint.oldestActiveXid = GetOldestActiveTransactionId(false, true);
7470 : : else
5298 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7471 :CBC 776 : checkPoint.oldestActiveXid = InvalidTransactionId;
7472 : :
7473 : : /*
7474 : : * Get location of last important record before acquiring insert locks (as
7475 : : * GetLastImportantRecPtr() also locks WAL locks).
7476 : : */
3421 andres@anarazel.de 7477 : 1733 : last_important_lsn = GetLastImportantRecPtr();
7478 : :
7479 : : /*
7480 : : * If this isn't a shutdown or forced checkpoint, and if there has been no
7481 : : * WAL activity requiring a checkpoint, skip it. The idea here is to
7482 : : * avoid inserting duplicate checkpoints when the system is idle.
7483 : : */
6158 heikki.linnakangas@i 7484 [ + + ]: 1733 : if ((flags & (CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN | CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY |
7485 : : CHECKPOINT_FORCE)) == 0)
7486 : : {
3421 andres@anarazel.de 7487 [ + + ]: 209 : if (last_important_lsn == ControlFile->checkPoint)
7488 : : {
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7489 [ - + ]: 2 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
3421 andres@anarazel.de 7490 [ - + ]: 2 : ereport(DEBUG1,
7491 : : (errmsg_internal("checkpoint skipped because system is idle")));
582 fujii@postgresql.org 7492 : 2 : return false;
7493 : : }
7494 : : }
7495 : :
7496 : : /*
7497 : : * An end-of-recovery checkpoint is created before anyone is allowed to
7498 : : * write WAL. To allow us to write the checkpoint record, temporarily
7499 : : * enable XLogInsertAllowed.
7500 : : */
6095 heikki.linnakangas@i 7501 [ + + ]: 1731 : if (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY)
1653 rhaas@postgresql.org 7502 : 30 : oldXLogAllowed = LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed();
7503 : :
1637 7504 : 1731 : checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
4831 heikki.linnakangas@i 7505 [ + + ]: 1731 : if (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY)
7506 : 30 : checkPoint.PrevTimeLineID = XLogCtl->PrevTimeLineID;
7507 : : else
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 7508 : 1701 : checkPoint.PrevTimeLineID = checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID;
7509 : :
7510 : : /*
7511 : : * We must block concurrent insertions while examining insert state.
7512 : : */
929 7513 : 1731 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
7514 : :
7515 : 1731 : checkPoint.fullPageWrites = Insert->fullPageWrites;
656 7516 : 1731 : checkPoint.wal_level = wal_level;
7517 : :
7518 : : /*
7519 : : * Get the current data_checksum_version value from xlogctl, valid at the
7520 : : * time of the checkpoint.
7521 : : */
5 dgustafsson@postgres 7522 :GNC 1731 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
32 7523 : 1731 : checkPoint.dataChecksumState = XLogCtl->data_checksum_version;
5 7524 : 1731 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
7525 : :
929 rhaas@postgresql.org 7526 [ + + ]:CBC 1731 : if (shutdown)
7527 : : {
7528 : 734 : XLogRecPtr curInsert = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(Insert->CurrBytePos);
7529 : :
7530 : : /*
7531 : : * Compute new REDO record ptr = location of next XLOG record.
7532 : : *
7533 : : * Since this is a shutdown checkpoint, there can't be any concurrent
7534 : : * WAL insertion.
7535 : : */
7536 [ + - ]: 734 : freespace = INSERT_FREESPACE(curInsert);
7537 [ - + ]: 734 : if (freespace == 0)
7538 : : {
929 rhaas@postgresql.org 7539 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (XLogSegmentOffset(curInsert, wal_segment_size) == 0)
7540 : 0 : curInsert += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
7541 : : else
7542 : 0 : curInsert += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
7543 : : }
929 rhaas@postgresql.org 7544 :CBC 734 : checkPoint.redo = curInsert;
7545 : :
7546 : : /*
7547 : : * Here we update the shared RedoRecPtr for future XLogInsert calls;
7548 : : * this must be done while holding all the insertion locks.
7549 : : *
7550 : : * Note: if we fail to complete the checkpoint, RedoRecPtr will be
7551 : : * left pointing past where it really needs to point. This is okay;
7552 : : * the only consequence is that XLogInsert might back up whole buffers
7553 : : * that it didn't really need to. We can't postpone advancing
7554 : : * RedoRecPtr because XLogInserts that happen while we are dumping
7555 : : * buffers must assume that their buffer changes are not included in
7556 : : * the checkpoint.
7557 : : */
7558 : 734 : RedoRecPtr = XLogCtl->Insert.RedoRecPtr = checkPoint.redo;
7559 : : }
7560 : :
7561 : : /*
7562 : : * Now we can release the WAL insertion locks, allowing other xacts to
7563 : : * proceed while we are flushing disk buffers.
7564 : : */
4428 heikki.linnakangas@i 7565 : 1731 : WALInsertLockRelease();
7566 : :
7567 : : /*
7568 : : * If this is an online checkpoint, we have not yet determined the redo
7569 : : * point. We do so now by inserting the special XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO
7570 : : * record; the LSN at which it starts becomes the new redo pointer. We
7571 : : * don't do this for a shutdown checkpoint, because in that case no WAL
7572 : : * can be written between the redo point and the insertion of the
7573 : : * checkpoint record itself, so the checkpoint record itself serves to
7574 : : * mark the redo point.
7575 : : */
929 rhaas@postgresql.org 7576 [ + + ]: 1731 : if (!shutdown)
7577 : : {
7578 : : xl_checkpoint_redo redo_rec;
7579 : :
35 dgustafsson@postgres 7580 :GNC 997 : WALInsertLockAcquire();
7581 : 997 : redo_rec.wal_level = wal_level;
32 7582 : 997 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
7583 : 997 : redo_rec.data_checksum_version = XLogCtl->data_checksum_version;
7584 : 997 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
35 7585 : 997 : WALInsertLockRelease();
7586 : :
7587 : : /* Include WAL level in record for WAL summarizer's benefit. */
929 rhaas@postgresql.org 7588 :CBC 997 : XLogBeginInsert();
35 dgustafsson@postgres 7589 :GNC 997 : XLogRegisterData(&redo_rec, sizeof(xl_checkpoint_redo));
929 rhaas@postgresql.org 7590 :CBC 997 : (void) XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO);
7591 : :
7592 : : /*
7593 : : * XLogInsertRecord will have updated XLogCtl->Insert.RedoRecPtr in
7594 : : * shared memory and RedoRecPtr in backend-local memory, but we need
7595 : : * to copy that into the record that will be inserted when the
7596 : : * checkpoint is complete.
7597 : : */
7598 : 997 : checkPoint.redo = RedoRecPtr;
7599 : : }
7600 : :
7601 : : /* Update the info_lck-protected copy of RedoRecPtr as well */
4243 andres@anarazel.de 7602 [ - + ]: 1731 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
7603 : 1731 : XLogCtl->RedoRecPtr = checkPoint.redo;
7604 : 1731 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
7605 : :
7606 : : /*
7607 : : * If enabled, log checkpoint start. We postpone this until now so as not
7608 : : * to log anything if we decided to skip the checkpoint.
7609 : : */
6884 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7610 [ + + ]: 1731 : if (log_checkpoints)
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 7611 : 1397 : LogCheckpointStart(flags, false);
7612 : :
140 michael@paquier.xyz 7613 :GNC 1731 : INJECTION_POINT_CACHED("create-checkpoint-run", NULL);
7614 : :
7615 : : /* Update the process title */
1968 michael@paquier.xyz 7616 :CBC 1731 : update_checkpoint_display(flags, false, false);
7617 : :
7618 : : TRACE_POSTGRESQL_CHECKPOINT_START(flags);
7619 : :
7620 : : /*
7621 : : * Get the other info we need for the checkpoint record.
7622 : : *
7623 : : * We don't need to save oldestClogXid in the checkpoint, it only matters
7624 : : * for the short period in which clog is being truncated, and if we crash
7625 : : * during that we'll redo the clog truncation and fix up oldestClogXid
7626 : : * there.
7627 : : */
4414 heikki.linnakangas@i 7628 : 1731 : LWLockAcquire(XidGenLock, LW_SHARED);
879 7629 : 1731 : checkPoint.nextXid = TransamVariables->nextXid;
7630 : 1731 : checkPoint.oldestXid = TransamVariables->oldestXid;
7631 : 1731 : checkPoint.oldestXidDB = TransamVariables->oldestXidDB;
4414 7632 : 1731 : LWLockRelease(XidGenLock);
7633 : :
4171 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7634 : 1731 : LWLockAcquire(CommitTsLock, LW_SHARED);
879 heikki.linnakangas@i 7635 : 1731 : checkPoint.oldestCommitTsXid = TransamVariables->oldestCommitTsXid;
7636 : 1731 : checkPoint.newestCommitTsXid = TransamVariables->newestCommitTsXid;
4171 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7637 : 1731 : LWLockRelease(CommitTsLock);
7638 : :
4414 heikki.linnakangas@i 7639 : 1731 : LWLockAcquire(OidGenLock, LW_SHARED);
879 7640 : 1731 : checkPoint.nextOid = TransamVariables->nextOid;
4414 7641 [ + + ]: 1731 : if (!shutdown)
879 7642 : 997 : checkPoint.nextOid += TransamVariables->oidCount;
4414 7643 : 1731 : LWLockRelease(OidGenLock);
7644 : :
133 msawada@postgresql.o 7645 :GNC 1731 : checkPoint.logicalDecodingEnabled = IsLogicalDecodingEnabled();
7646 : :
4414 heikki.linnakangas@i 7647 :CBC 1731 : MultiXactGetCheckptMulti(shutdown,
7648 : : &checkPoint.nextMulti,
7649 : : &checkPoint.nextMultiOffset,
7650 : : &checkPoint.oldestMulti,
7651 : : &checkPoint.oldestMultiDB);
7652 : :
7653 : : /*
7654 : : * Having constructed the checkpoint record, ensure all shmem disk buffers
7655 : : * and commit-log buffers are flushed to disk.
7656 : : *
7657 : : * This I/O could fail for various reasons. If so, we will fail to
7658 : : * complete the checkpoint, but there is no reason to force a system
7659 : : * panic. Accordingly, exit critical section while doing it.
7660 : : */
7661 [ - + ]: 1731 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
7662 : :
7663 : : /*
7664 : : * In some cases there are groups of actions that must all occur on one
7665 : : * side or the other of a checkpoint record. Before flushing the
7666 : : * checkpoint record we must explicitly wait for any backend currently
7667 : : * performing those groups of actions.
7668 : : *
7669 : : * One example is end of transaction, so we must wait for any transactions
7670 : : * that are currently in commit critical sections. If an xact inserted
7671 : : * its commit record into XLOG just before the REDO point, then a crash
7672 : : * restart from the REDO point would not replay that record, which means
7673 : : * that our flushing had better include the xact's update of pg_xact. So
7674 : : * we wait till he's out of his commit critical section before proceeding.
7675 : : * See notes in RecordTransactionCommit().
7676 : : *
7677 : : * Because we've already released the insertion locks, this test is a bit
7678 : : * fuzzy: it is possible that we will wait for xacts we didn't really need
7679 : : * to wait for. But the delay should be short and it seems better to make
7680 : : * checkpoint take a bit longer than to hold off insertions longer than
7681 : : * necessary. (In fact, the whole reason we have this issue is that xact.c
7682 : : * does commit record XLOG insertion and clog update as two separate steps
7683 : : * protected by different locks, but again that seems best on grounds of
7684 : : * minimizing lock contention.)
7685 : : *
7686 : : * A transaction that has not yet set delayChkptFlags when we look cannot
7687 : : * be at risk, since it has not inserted its commit record yet; and one
7688 : : * that's already cleared it is not at risk either, since it's done fixing
7689 : : * clog and we will correctly flush the update below. So we cannot miss
7690 : : * any xacts we need to wait for.
7691 : : */
1503 rhaas@postgresql.org 7692 : 1731 : vxids = GetVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt(&nvxids, DELAY_CHKPT_START);
4901 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7693 [ + + ]: 1731 : if (nvxids > 0)
7694 : : {
7695 : : do
7696 : : {
7697 : : /*
7698 : : * Keep absorbing fsync requests while we wait. There could even
7699 : : * be a deadlock if we don't, if the process that prevents the
7700 : : * checkpoint is trying to add a request to the queue.
7701 : : */
683 heikki.linnakangas@i 7702 : 26 : AbsorbSyncRequests();
7703 : :
935 tmunro@postgresql.or 7704 : 26 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CHECKPOINT_DELAY_START);
6746 bruce@momjian.us 7705 : 26 : pg_usleep(10000L); /* wait for 10 msec */
935 tmunro@postgresql.or 7706 : 26 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
1503 rhaas@postgresql.org 7707 [ - + ]: 26 : } while (HaveVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt(vxids, nvxids,
7708 : : DELAY_CHKPT_START));
7709 : : }
4901 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7710 : 1731 : pfree(vxids);
7711 : :
6886 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7712 : 1731 : CheckPointGuts(checkPoint.redo, flags);
7713 : :
1503 rhaas@postgresql.org 7714 : 1731 : vxids = GetVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt(&nvxids, DELAY_CHKPT_COMPLETE);
7715 [ - + ]: 1731 : if (nvxids > 0)
7716 : : {
7717 : : do
7718 : : {
683 heikki.linnakangas@i 7719 :UBC 0 : AbsorbSyncRequests();
7720 : :
935 tmunro@postgresql.or 7721 : 0 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CHECKPOINT_DELAY_COMPLETE);
1503 rhaas@postgresql.org 7722 : 0 : pg_usleep(10000L); /* wait for 10 msec */
935 tmunro@postgresql.or 7723 : 0 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
1503 rhaas@postgresql.org 7724 [ # # ]: 0 : } while (HaveVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt(vxids, nvxids,
7725 : : DELAY_CHKPT_COMPLETE));
7726 : : }
1503 rhaas@postgresql.org 7727 :CBC 1731 : pfree(vxids);
7728 : :
7729 : : /*
7730 : : * Take a snapshot of running transactions and write this to WAL. This
7731 : : * allows us to reconstruct the state of running transactions during
7732 : : * archive recovery, if required. Skip, if this info disabled.
7733 : : *
7734 : : * If we are shutting down, or Startup process is completing crash
7735 : : * recovery we don't need to write running xact data.
7736 : : */
5981 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7737 [ + + + + ]: 1731 : if (!shutdown && XLogStandbyInfoActive())
28 alvherre@kurilemu.de 7738 :GNC 955 : LogStandbySnapshot(InvalidOid);
7739 : :
8396 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7740 :CBC 1731 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
7741 : :
7742 : : /*
7743 : : * Now insert the checkpoint record into XLOG.
7744 : : */
4184 heikki.linnakangas@i 7745 : 1731 : XLogBeginInsert();
448 peter@eisentraut.org 7746 : 1731 : XLogRegisterData(&checkPoint, sizeof(checkPoint));
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7747 [ + + ]: 1731 : recptr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID,
7748 : : shutdown ? XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN :
7749 : : XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE);
7750 : :
7751 : 1731 : XLogFlush(recptr);
7752 : :
7753 : : /*
7754 : : * We mustn't write any new WAL after a shutdown checkpoint, or it will be
7755 : : * overwritten at next startup. No-one should even try, this just allows
7756 : : * sanity-checking. In the case of an end-of-recovery checkpoint, we want
7757 : : * to just temporarily disable writing until the system has exited
7758 : : * recovery.
7759 : : */
6157 7760 [ + + ]: 1731 : if (shutdown)
7761 : : {
7762 [ + + ]: 734 : if (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY)
1653 rhaas@postgresql.org 7763 : 30 : LocalXLogInsertAllowed = oldXLogAllowed;
7764 : : else
5912 bruce@momjian.us 7765 : 704 : LocalXLogInsertAllowed = 0; /* never again write WAL */
7766 : : }
7767 : :
7768 : : /*
7769 : : * We now have ProcLastRecPtr = start of actual checkpoint record, recptr
7770 : : * = end of actual checkpoint record.
7771 : : */
4876 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7772 [ + + - + ]: 1731 : if (shutdown && checkPoint.redo != ProcLastRecPtr)
8324 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7773 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
7774 : : (errmsg("concurrent write-ahead log activity while database system is shutting down")));
7775 : :
7776 : : /*
7777 : : * Remember the prior checkpoint's redo ptr for
7778 : : * UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate()
7779 : : */
4089 heikki.linnakangas@i 7780 :CBC 1731 : PriorRedoPtr = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo;
7781 : :
7782 : : /*
7783 : : * Update the control file.
7784 : : */
8984 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7785 : 1731 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
9717 vadim4o@yahoo.com 7786 [ + + ]: 1731 : if (shutdown)
7787 : 734 : ControlFile->state = DB_SHUTDOWNED;
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7788 : 1731 : ControlFile->checkPoint = ProcLastRecPtr;
7789 : 1731 : ControlFile->checkPointCopy = checkPoint;
7790 : : /* crash recovery should always recover to the end of WAL */
4877 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7791 : 1731 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
4900 heikki.linnakangas@i 7792 : 1731 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = 0;
7793 : :
7794 : : /*
7795 : : * Persist unloggedLSN value. It's reset on crash recovery, so this goes
7796 : : * unused on non-shutdown checkpoints, but seems useful to store it always
7797 : : * for debugging purposes.
7798 : : */
796 nathan@postgresql.or 7799 : 1731 : ControlFile->unloggedLSN = pg_atomic_read_membarrier_u64(&XLogCtl->unloggedLSN);
7800 : :
9717 vadim4o@yahoo.com 7801 : 1731 : UpdateControlFile();
8984 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7802 : 1731 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
7803 : :
7804 : : /*
7805 : : * We are now done with critical updates; no need for system panic if we
7806 : : * have trouble while fooling with old log segments.
7807 : : */
8396 7808 [ - + ]: 1731 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
7809 : :
7810 : : /*
7811 : : * WAL summaries end when the next XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO or
7812 : : * XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN record is reached. This is the first point
7813 : : * where (a) we're not inside of a critical section and (b) we can be
7814 : : * certain that the relevant record has been flushed to disk, which must
7815 : : * happen before it can be summarized.
7816 : : *
7817 : : * If this is a shutdown checkpoint, then this happens reasonably
7818 : : * promptly: we've only just inserted and flushed the
7819 : : * XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN record. If this is not a shutdown checkpoint,
7820 : : * then this might not be very prompt at all: the XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO
7821 : : * record was written before we began flushing data to disk, and that
7822 : : * could be many minutes ago at this point. However, we don't XLogFlush()
7823 : : * after inserting that record, so we're not guaranteed that it's on disk
7824 : : * until after the above call that flushes the XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE
7825 : : * record.
7826 : : */
550 heikki.linnakangas@i 7827 : 1731 : WakeupWalSummarizer();
7828 : :
7829 : : /*
7830 : : * Let smgr do post-checkpoint cleanup (eg, deleting old files).
7831 : : */
2588 tmunro@postgresql.or 7832 : 1731 : SyncPostCheckpoint();
7833 : :
7834 : : /*
7835 : : * Update the average distance between checkpoints if the prior checkpoint
7836 : : * exists.
7837 : : */
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 7838 [ + - ]:GNC 1731 : if (XLogRecPtrIsValid(PriorRedoPtr))
4089 heikki.linnakangas@i 7839 :CBC 1731 : UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate(RedoRecPtr - PriorRedoPtr);
7840 : :
325 akorotkov@postgresql 7841 : 1731 : INJECTION_POINT("checkpoint-before-old-wal-removal", NULL);
7842 : :
7843 : : /*
7844 : : * Delete old log files, those no longer needed for last checkpoint to
7845 : : * prevent the disk holding the xlog from growing full.
7846 : : */
2842 michael@paquier.xyz 7847 : 1731 : XLByteToSeg(RedoRecPtr, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
7848 : 1731 : KeepLogSeg(recptr, &_logSegNo);
440 akapila@postgresql.o 7849 [ + + ]: 1731 : if (InvalidateObsoleteReplicationSlots(RS_INVAL_WAL_REMOVED | RS_INVAL_IDLE_TIMEOUT,
7850 : : _logSegNo, InvalidOid,
7851 : : InvalidTransactionId))
7852 : : {
7853 : : /*
7854 : : * Some slots have been invalidated; recalculate the old-segment
7855 : : * horizon, starting again from RedoRecPtr.
7856 : : */
1754 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7857 : 4 : XLByteToSeg(RedoRecPtr, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
7858 : 4 : KeepLogSeg(recptr, &_logSegNo);
7859 : : }
2842 michael@paquier.xyz 7860 : 1731 : _logSegNo--;
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 7861 : 1731 : RemoveOldXlogFiles(_logSegNo, RedoRecPtr, recptr,
7862 : : checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID);
7863 : :
7864 : : /*
7865 : : * Make more log segments if needed. (Do this after recycling old log
7866 : : * segments, since that may supply some of the needed files.)
7867 : : */
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7868 [ + + ]: 1731 : if (!shutdown)
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 7869 : 997 : PreallocXlogFiles(recptr, checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID);
7870 : :
7871 : : /*
7872 : : * Truncate pg_subtrans if possible. We can throw away all data before
7873 : : * the oldest XMIN of any running transaction. No future transaction will
7874 : : * attempt to reference any pg_subtrans entry older than that (see Asserts
7875 : : * in subtrans.c). During recovery, though, we mustn't do this because
7876 : : * StartupSUBTRANS hasn't been called yet.
7877 : : */
6157 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7878 [ + + ]: 1731 : if (!RecoveryInProgress())
2092 andres@anarazel.de 7879 : 1701 : TruncateSUBTRANS(GetOldestTransactionIdConsideredRunning());
7880 : :
7881 : : /* Real work is done; log and update stats. */
75 fujii@postgresql.org 7882 :GNC 1731 : LogCheckpointEnd(false, flags);
7883 : :
7884 : : /* Reset the process title */
1968 michael@paquier.xyz 7885 :CBC 1731 : update_checkpoint_display(flags, false, true);
7886 : :
7887 : : TRACE_POSTGRESQL_CHECKPOINT_DONE(CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written,
7888 : : NBuffers,
7889 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_added,
7890 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_removed,
7891 : : CheckpointStats.ckpt_segs_recycled);
7892 : :
582 fujii@postgresql.org 7893 : 1731 : return true;
7894 : : }
7895 : :
7896 : : /*
7897 : : * Mark the end of recovery in WAL though without running a full checkpoint.
7898 : : * We can expect that a restartpoint is likely to be in progress as we
7899 : : * do this, though we are unwilling to wait for it to complete.
7900 : : *
7901 : : * CreateRestartPoint() allows for the case where recovery may end before
7902 : : * the restartpoint completes so there is no concern of concurrent behaviour.
7903 : : */
7904 : : static void
4844 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7905 : 49 : CreateEndOfRecoveryRecord(void)
7906 : : {
7907 : : xl_end_of_recovery xlrec;
7908 : : XLogRecPtr recptr;
7909 : :
7910 : : /* sanity check */
7911 [ - + ]: 49 : if (!RecoveryInProgress())
4844 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7912 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "can only be used to end recovery");
7913 : :
4155 heikki.linnakangas@i 7914 :CBC 49 : xlrec.end_time = GetCurrentTimestamp();
656 rhaas@postgresql.org 7915 : 49 : xlrec.wal_level = wal_level;
7916 : :
4428 heikki.linnakangas@i 7917 : 49 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
1637 rhaas@postgresql.org 7918 : 49 : xlrec.ThisTimeLineID = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
4831 heikki.linnakangas@i 7919 : 49 : xlrec.PrevTimeLineID = XLogCtl->PrevTimeLineID;
4428 7920 : 49 : WALInsertLockRelease();
7921 : :
4844 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7922 : 49 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
7923 : :
4184 heikki.linnakangas@i 7924 : 49 : XLogBeginInsert();
448 peter@eisentraut.org 7925 : 49 : XLogRegisterData(&xlrec, sizeof(xl_end_of_recovery));
4184 heikki.linnakangas@i 7926 : 49 : recptr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_END_OF_RECOVERY);
7927 : :
4842 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7928 : 49 : XLogFlush(recptr);
7929 : :
7930 : : /*
7931 : : * Update the control file so that crash recovery can follow the timeline
7932 : : * changes to this point.
7933 : : */
7934 : 49 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
7935 : 49 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = recptr;
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 7936 : 49 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = xlrec.ThisTimeLineID;
7937 : :
7938 : : /* start with the latest checksum version (as of the end of recovery) */
32 dgustafsson@postgres 7939 :GNC 49 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
7940 : 49 : ControlFile->data_checksum_version = XLogCtl->data_checksum_version;
7941 : 49 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
7942 : :
4842 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 7943 :CBC 49 : UpdateControlFile();
7944 : 49 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
7945 : :
4844 7946 [ - + ]: 49 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
7947 : 49 : }
7948 : :
7949 : : /*
7950 : : * Write an OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD message.
7951 : : *
7952 : : * When on WAL replay we expect a continuation record at the start of a page
7953 : : * that is not there, recovery ends and WAL writing resumes at that point.
7954 : : * But it's wrong to resume writing new WAL back at the start of the record
7955 : : * that was broken, because downstream consumers of that WAL (physical
7956 : : * replicas) are not prepared to "rewind". So the first action after
7957 : : * finishing replay of all valid WAL must be to write a record of this type
7958 : : * at the point where the contrecord was missing; to support xlogreader
7959 : : * detecting the special case, XLP_FIRST_IS_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD is also added
7960 : : * to the page header where the record occurs. xlogreader has an ad-hoc
7961 : : * mechanism to report metadata about the broken record, which is what we
7962 : : * use here.
7963 : : *
7964 : : * At replay time, XLP_FIRST_IS_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD instructs xlogreader to
7965 : : * skip the record it was reading, and pass back the LSN of the skipped
7966 : : * record, so that its caller can verify (on "replay" of that record) that the
7967 : : * XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD matches what was effectively overwritten.
7968 : : *
7969 : : * 'aborted_lsn' is the beginning position of the record that was incomplete.
7970 : : * It is included in the WAL record. 'pagePtr' and 'newTLI' point to the
7971 : : * beginning of the XLOG page where the record is to be inserted. They must
7972 : : * match the current WAL insert position, they're passed here just so that we
7973 : : * can verify that.
7974 : : */
7975 : : static XLogRecPtr
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 7976 : 11 : CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(XLogRecPtr aborted_lsn, XLogRecPtr pagePtr,
7977 : : TimeLineID newTLI)
7978 : : {
7979 : : xl_overwrite_contrecord xlrec;
7980 : : XLogRecPtr recptr;
7981 : : XLogPageHeader pagehdr;
7982 : : XLogRecPtr startPos;
7983 : :
7984 : : /* sanity checks */
1679 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7985 [ - + ]: 11 : if (!RecoveryInProgress())
1679 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7986 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "can only be used at end of recovery");
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 7987 [ - + ]:CBC 11 : if (pagePtr % XLOG_BLCKSZ != 0)
302 alvherre@kurilemu.de 7988 [ # # ]:UNC 0 : elog(ERROR, "invalid position for missing continuation record %X/%08X",
7989 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(pagePtr));
7990 : :
7991 : : /* The current WAL insert position should be right after the page header */
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 7992 :CBC 11 : startPos = pagePtr;
7993 [ + + ]: 11 : if (XLogSegmentOffset(startPos, wal_segment_size) == 0)
7994 : 1 : startPos += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
7995 : : else
7996 : 10 : startPos += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
7997 : 11 : recptr = GetXLogInsertRecPtr();
7998 [ - + ]: 11 : if (recptr != startPos)
302 alvherre@kurilemu.de 7999 [ # # ]:UNC 0 : elog(ERROR, "invalid WAL insert position %X/%08X for OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD",
8000 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recptr));
8001 : :
1679 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8002 :CBC 11 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
8003 : :
8004 : : /*
8005 : : * Initialize the XLOG page header (by GetXLogBuffer), and set the
8006 : : * XLP_FIRST_IS_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD flag.
8007 : : *
8008 : : * No other backend is allowed to write WAL yet, so acquiring the WAL
8009 : : * insertion lock is just pro forma.
8010 : : */
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 8011 : 11 : WALInsertLockAcquire();
8012 : 11 : pagehdr = (XLogPageHeader) GetXLogBuffer(pagePtr, newTLI);
8013 : 11 : pagehdr->xlp_info |= XLP_FIRST_IS_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD;
8014 : 11 : WALInsertLockRelease();
8015 : :
8016 : : /*
8017 : : * Insert the XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD record as the first record on the
8018 : : * page. We know it becomes the first record, because no other backend is
8019 : : * allowed to write WAL yet.
8020 : : */
1679 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8021 : 11 : XLogBeginInsert();
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 8022 : 11 : xlrec.overwritten_lsn = aborted_lsn;
8023 : 11 : xlrec.overwrite_time = GetCurrentTimestamp();
448 peter@eisentraut.org 8024 : 11 : XLogRegisterData(&xlrec, sizeof(xl_overwrite_contrecord));
1679 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8025 : 11 : recptr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD);
8026 : :
8027 : : /* check that the record was inserted to the right place */
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 8028 [ - + ]: 11 : if (ProcLastRecPtr != startPos)
302 alvherre@kurilemu.de 8029 [ # # ]:UNC 0 : elog(ERROR, "OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD was inserted to unexpected position %X/%08X",
8030 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ProcLastRecPtr));
8031 : :
1679 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8032 :CBC 11 : XLogFlush(recptr);
8033 : :
8034 [ - + ]: 11 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
8035 : :
8036 : 11 : return recptr;
8037 : : }
8038 : :
8039 : : /*
8040 : : * Flush all data in shared memory to disk, and fsync
8041 : : *
8042 : : * This is the common code shared between regular checkpoints and
8043 : : * recovery restartpoints.
8044 : : */
8045 : : static void
6886 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8046 : 1944 : CheckPointGuts(XLogRecPtr checkPointRedo, int flags)
8047 : : {
5931 8048 : 1944 : CheckPointRelationMap();
964 akapila@postgresql.o 8049 : 1944 : CheckPointReplicationSlots(flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN);
4446 rhaas@postgresql.org 8050 : 1944 : CheckPointSnapBuild();
8051 : 1944 : CheckPointLogicalRewriteHeap();
4024 andres@anarazel.de 8052 : 1944 : CheckPointReplicationOrigin();
8053 : :
8054 : : /* Write out all dirty data in SLRUs and the main buffer pool */
8055 : : TRACE_POSTGRESQL_BUFFER_CHECKPOINT_START(flags);
2048 tmunro@postgresql.or 8056 : 1944 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_write_t = GetCurrentTimestamp();
8057 : 1944 : CheckPointCLOG();
8058 : 1944 : CheckPointCommitTs();
8059 : 1944 : CheckPointSUBTRANS();
8060 : 1944 : CheckPointMultiXact();
8061 : 1944 : CheckPointPredicate();
8062 : 1944 : CheckPointBuffers(flags);
8063 : :
8064 : : /* Perform all queued up fsyncs */
8065 : : TRACE_POSTGRESQL_BUFFER_CHECKPOINT_SYNC_START();
8066 : 1944 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_t = GetCurrentTimestamp();
8067 : 1944 : ProcessSyncRequests();
8068 : 1944 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_sync_end_t = GetCurrentTimestamp();
8069 : : TRACE_POSTGRESQL_BUFFER_CHECKPOINT_DONE();
8070 : :
8071 : : /* We deliberately delay 2PC checkpointing as long as possible */
7211 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8072 : 1944 : CheckPointTwoPhase(checkPointRedo);
8073 : 1944 : }
8074 : :
8075 : : /*
8076 : : * Save a checkpoint for recovery restart if appropriate
8077 : : *
8078 : : * This function is called each time a checkpoint record is read from XLOG.
8079 : : * It must determine whether the checkpoint represents a safe restartpoint or
8080 : : * not. If so, the checkpoint record is stashed in shared memory so that
8081 : : * CreateRestartPoint can consult it. (Note that the latter function is
8082 : : * executed by the checkpointer, while this one will be executed by the
8083 : : * startup process.)
8084 : : */
8085 : : static void
1623 rhaas@postgresql.org 8086 : 751 : RecoveryRestartPoint(const CheckPoint *checkPoint, XLogReaderState *record)
8087 : : {
8088 : : /*
8089 : : * Also refrain from creating a restartpoint if we have seen any
8090 : : * references to non-existent pages. Restarting recovery from the
8091 : : * restartpoint would not see the references, so we would lose the
8092 : : * cross-check that the pages belonged to a relation that was dropped
8093 : : * later.
8094 : : */
5268 heikki.linnakangas@i 8095 [ - + ]: 751 : if (XLogHaveInvalidPages())
8096 : : {
876 michael@paquier.xyz 8097 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(DEBUG2,
8098 : : "could not record restart point at %X/%08X because there are unresolved references to invalid pages",
8099 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(checkPoint->redo));
5268 heikki.linnakangas@i 8100 : 0 : return;
8101 : : }
8102 : :
8103 : : /*
8104 : : * Copy the checkpoint record to shared memory, so that checkpointer can
8105 : : * work out the next time it wants to perform a restartpoint.
8106 : : */
4243 andres@anarazel.de 8107 [ - + ]:CBC 751 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
1623 rhaas@postgresql.org 8108 : 751 : XLogCtl->lastCheckPointRecPtr = record->ReadRecPtr;
8109 : 751 : XLogCtl->lastCheckPointEndPtr = record->EndRecPtr;
4243 andres@anarazel.de 8110 : 751 : XLogCtl->lastCheckPoint = *checkPoint;
8111 : 751 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
8112 : : }
8113 : :
8114 : : /*
8115 : : * Establish a restartpoint if possible.
8116 : : *
8117 : : * This is similar to CreateCheckPoint, but is used during WAL recovery
8118 : : * to establish a point from which recovery can roll forward without
8119 : : * replaying the entire recovery log.
8120 : : *
8121 : : * Returns true if a new restartpoint was established. We can only establish
8122 : : * a restartpoint if we have replayed a safe checkpoint record since last
8123 : : * restartpoint.
8124 : : */
8125 : : bool
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 8126 : 657 : CreateRestartPoint(int flags)
8127 : : {
8128 : : XLogRecPtr lastCheckPointRecPtr;
8129 : : XLogRecPtr lastCheckPointEndPtr;
8130 : : CheckPoint lastCheckPoint;
8131 : : XLogRecPtr PriorRedoPtr;
8132 : : XLogRecPtr receivePtr;
8133 : : XLogRecPtr replayPtr;
8134 : : TimeLineID replayTLI;
8135 : : XLogRecPtr endptr;
8136 : : XLogSegNo _logSegNo;
8137 : : TimestampTz xtime;
8138 : :
8139 : : /* Concurrent checkpoint/restartpoint cannot happen */
1457 michael@paquier.xyz 8140 [ + - - + ]: 657 : Assert(!IsUnderPostmaster || MyBackendType == B_CHECKPOINTER);
8141 : :
8142 : : /* Get a local copy of the last safe checkpoint record. */
4243 andres@anarazel.de 8143 [ - + ]: 657 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
8144 : 657 : lastCheckPointRecPtr = XLogCtl->lastCheckPointRecPtr;
3477 rhaas@postgresql.org 8145 : 657 : lastCheckPointEndPtr = XLogCtl->lastCheckPointEndPtr;
4243 andres@anarazel.de 8146 : 657 : lastCheckPoint = XLogCtl->lastCheckPoint;
8147 : 657 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
8148 : :
8149 : : /*
8150 : : * Check that we're still in recovery mode. It's ok if we exit recovery
8151 : : * mode after this check, the restart point is valid anyway.
8152 : : */
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 8153 [ - + ]: 657 : if (!RecoveryInProgress())
8154 : : {
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 8155 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(DEBUG2,
8156 : : (errmsg_internal("skipping restartpoint, recovery has already ended")));
8157 : 0 : return false;
8158 : : }
8159 : :
8160 : : /*
8161 : : * If the last checkpoint record we've replayed is already our last
8162 : : * restartpoint, we can't perform a new restart point. We still update
8163 : : * minRecoveryPoint in that case, so that if this is a shutdown restart
8164 : : * point, we won't start up earlier than before. That's not strictly
8165 : : * necessary, but when hot standby is enabled, it would be rather weird if
8166 : : * the database opened up for read-only connections at a point-in-time
8167 : : * before the last shutdown. Such time travel is still possible in case of
8168 : : * immediate shutdown, though.
8169 : : *
8170 : : * We don't explicitly advance minRecoveryPoint when we do create a
8171 : : * restartpoint. It's assumed that flushing the buffers will do that as a
8172 : : * side-effect.
8173 : : */
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 8174 [ + + ]:GNC 657 : if (!XLogRecPtrIsValid(lastCheckPointRecPtr) ||
4876 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8175 [ + + ]:CBC 326 : lastCheckPoint.redo <= ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo)
8176 : : {
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 8177 [ - + ]: 444 : ereport(DEBUG2,
8178 : : errmsg_internal("skipping restartpoint, already performed at %X/%08X",
8179 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lastCheckPoint.redo)));
8180 : :
8181 : 444 : UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(InvalidXLogRecPtr, true);
5815 rhaas@postgresql.org 8182 [ + + ]: 444 : if (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN)
8183 : : {
8184 : 39 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
8185 : 39 : ControlFile->state = DB_SHUTDOWNED_IN_RECOVERY;
8186 : 39 : UpdateControlFile();
8187 : 39 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
8188 : : }
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 8189 : 444 : return false;
8190 : : }
8191 : :
8192 : : /*
8193 : : * Update the shared RedoRecPtr so that the startup process can calculate
8194 : : * the number of segments replayed since last restartpoint, and request a
8195 : : * restartpoint if it exceeds CheckPointSegments.
8196 : : *
8197 : : * Like in CreateCheckPoint(), hold off insertions to update it, although
8198 : : * during recovery this is just pro forma, because no WAL insertions are
8199 : : * happening.
8200 : : */
4428 8201 : 213 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
4089 8202 : 213 : RedoRecPtr = XLogCtl->Insert.RedoRecPtr = lastCheckPoint.redo;
4428 8203 : 213 : WALInsertLockRelease();
8204 : :
8205 : : /* Also update the info_lck-protected copy */
4243 andres@anarazel.de 8206 [ - + ]: 213 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
8207 : 213 : XLogCtl->RedoRecPtr = lastCheckPoint.redo;
8208 : 213 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
8209 : :
8210 : : /*
8211 : : * Prepare to accumulate statistics.
8212 : : *
8213 : : * Note: because it is possible for log_checkpoints to change while a
8214 : : * checkpoint proceeds, we always accumulate stats, even if
8215 : : * log_checkpoints is currently off.
8216 : : */
5571 rhaas@postgresql.org 8217 [ + - + - : 2343 : MemSet(&CheckpointStats, 0, sizeof(CheckpointStats));
+ - + - +
+ ]
8218 : 213 : CheckpointStats.ckpt_start_t = GetCurrentTimestamp();
8219 : :
8220 [ + - ]: 213 : if (log_checkpoints)
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 8221 : 213 : LogCheckpointStart(flags, true);
8222 : :
8223 : : /* Update the process title */
1968 michael@paquier.xyz 8224 : 213 : update_checkpoint_display(flags, true, false);
8225 : :
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 8226 : 213 : CheckPointGuts(lastCheckPoint.redo, flags);
8227 : :
8228 : : /*
8229 : : * This location needs to be after CheckPointGuts() to ensure that some
8230 : : * work has already happened during this checkpoint.
8231 : : */
360 michael@paquier.xyz 8232 : 213 : INJECTION_POINT("create-restart-point", NULL);
8233 : :
8234 : : /*
8235 : : * Remember the prior checkpoint's redo ptr for
8236 : : * UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate()
8237 : : */
4089 heikki.linnakangas@i 8238 : 213 : PriorRedoPtr = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo;
8239 : :
8240 : : /*
8241 : : * Update pg_control, using current time. Check that it still shows an
8242 : : * older checkpoint, else do nothing; this is a quick hack to make sure
8243 : : * nothing really bad happens if somehow we get here after the
8244 : : * end-of-recovery checkpoint.
8245 : : */
6285 8246 : 213 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
1457 michael@paquier.xyz 8247 [ + - ]: 213 : if (ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo < lastCheckPoint.redo)
8248 : : {
8249 : : /*
8250 : : * Update the checkpoint information. We do this even if the cluster
8251 : : * does not show DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY to match with the set of WAL
8252 : : * segments recycled below.
8253 : : */
6157 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8254 : 213 : ControlFile->checkPoint = lastCheckPointRecPtr;
8255 : 213 : ControlFile->checkPointCopy = lastCheckPoint;
8256 : :
8257 : : /*
8258 : : * Ensure minRecoveryPoint is past the checkpoint record and update it
8259 : : * if the control file still shows DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY. Normally,
8260 : : * this will have happened already while writing out dirty buffers,
8261 : : * but not necessarily - e.g. because no buffers were dirtied. We do
8262 : : * this because a backup performed in recovery uses minRecoveryPoint
8263 : : * to determine which WAL files must be included in the backup, and
8264 : : * the file (or files) containing the checkpoint record must be
8265 : : * included, at a minimum. Note that for an ordinary restart of
8266 : : * recovery there's no value in having the minimum recovery point any
8267 : : * earlier than this anyway, because redo will begin just after the
8268 : : * checkpoint record.
8269 : : */
1457 michael@paquier.xyz 8270 [ + - ]: 213 : if (ControlFile->state == DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY)
8271 : : {
8272 [ + + ]: 213 : if (ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint < lastCheckPointEndPtr)
8273 : : {
8274 : 19 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = lastCheckPointEndPtr;
8275 : 19 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = lastCheckPoint.ThisTimeLineID;
8276 : :
8277 : : /* update local copy */
8278 : 19 : LocalMinRecoveryPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
8279 : 19 : LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
8280 : : }
8281 [ + + ]: 213 : if (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN)
8282 : 25 : ControlFile->state = DB_SHUTDOWNED_IN_RECOVERY;
8283 : : }
8284 : :
8285 : : /* we shall start with the latest checksum version */
32 dgustafsson@postgres 8286 :GNC 213 : ControlFile->data_checksum_version = lastCheckPoint.dataChecksumState;
8287 : :
6157 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8288 :CBC 213 : UpdateControlFile();
8289 : : }
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 8290 : 213 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
8291 : :
8292 : : /*
8293 : : * Update the average distance between checkpoints/restartpoints if the
8294 : : * prior checkpoint exists.
8295 : : */
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 8296 [ + - ]:GNC 213 : if (XLogRecPtrIsValid(PriorRedoPtr))
4089 heikki.linnakangas@i 8297 :CBC 213 : UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate(RedoRecPtr - PriorRedoPtr);
8298 : :
8299 : : /*
8300 : : * Delete old log files, those no longer needed for last restartpoint to
8301 : : * prevent the disk holding the xlog from growing full.
8302 : : */
2842 michael@paquier.xyz 8303 : 213 : XLByteToSeg(RedoRecPtr, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
8304 : :
8305 : : /*
8306 : : * Retreat _logSegNo using the current end of xlog replayed or received,
8307 : : * whichever is later.
8308 : : */
2218 tmunro@postgresql.or 8309 : 213 : receivePtr = GetWalRcvFlushRecPtr(NULL, NULL);
2842 michael@paquier.xyz 8310 : 213 : replayPtr = GetXLogReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
8311 : 213 : endptr = (receivePtr < replayPtr) ? replayPtr : receivePtr;
8312 : 213 : KeepLogSeg(endptr, &_logSegNo);
8313 : :
98 akapila@postgresql.o 8314 : 213 : INJECTION_POINT("restartpoint-before-slot-invalidation", NULL);
8315 : :
440 8316 [ + + ]: 213 : if (InvalidateObsoleteReplicationSlots(RS_INVAL_WAL_REMOVED | RS_INVAL_IDLE_TIMEOUT,
8317 : : _logSegNo, InvalidOid,
8318 : : InvalidTransactionId))
8319 : : {
8320 : : /*
8321 : : * Some slots have been invalidated; recalculate the old-segment
8322 : : * horizon, starting again from RedoRecPtr.
8323 : : */
1754 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8324 : 1 : XLByteToSeg(RedoRecPtr, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
8325 : 1 : KeepLogSeg(endptr, &_logSegNo);
8326 : : }
2842 michael@paquier.xyz 8327 : 213 : _logSegNo--;
8328 : :
8329 : : /*
8330 : : * Try to recycle segments on a useful timeline. If we've been promoted
8331 : : * since the beginning of this restartpoint, use the new timeline chosen
8332 : : * at end of recovery. If we're still in recovery, use the timeline we're
8333 : : * currently replaying.
8334 : : *
8335 : : * There is no guarantee that the WAL segments will be useful on the
8336 : : * current timeline; if recovery proceeds to a new timeline right after
8337 : : * this, the pre-allocated WAL segments on this timeline will not be used,
8338 : : * and will go wasted until recycled on the next restartpoint. We'll live
8339 : : * with that.
8340 : : */
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 8341 [ - + ]: 213 : if (!RecoveryInProgress())
1637 rhaas@postgresql.org 8342 :UBC 0 : replayTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
8343 : :
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 8344 :CBC 213 : RemoveOldXlogFiles(_logSegNo, RedoRecPtr, endptr, replayTLI);
8345 : :
8346 : : /*
8347 : : * Make more log segments if needed. (Do this after recycling old log
8348 : : * segments, since that may supply some of the needed files.)
8349 : : */
8350 : 213 : PreallocXlogFiles(endptr, replayTLI);
8351 : :
8352 : : /*
8353 : : * Truncate pg_subtrans if possible. We can throw away all data before
8354 : : * the oldest XMIN of any running transaction. No future transaction will
8355 : : * attempt to reference any pg_subtrans entry older than that (see Asserts
8356 : : * in subtrans.c). When hot standby is disabled, though, we mustn't do
8357 : : * this because StartupSUBTRANS hasn't been called yet.
8358 : : */
5727 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8359 [ + - ]: 213 : if (EnableHotStandby)
2092 andres@anarazel.de 8360 : 213 : TruncateSUBTRANS(GetOldestTransactionIdConsideredRunning());
8361 : :
8362 : : /* Real work is done; log and update stats. */
75 fujii@postgresql.org 8363 :GNC 213 : LogCheckpointEnd(true, flags);
8364 : :
8365 : : /* Reset the process title */
1968 michael@paquier.xyz 8366 :CBC 213 : update_checkpoint_display(flags, true, true);
8367 : :
5785 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8368 : 213 : xtime = GetLatestXTime();
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 8369 [ + - + - : 213 : ereport((log_checkpoints ? LOG : DEBUG2),
+ + ]
8370 : : errmsg("recovery restart point at %X/%08X",
8371 : : LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lastCheckPoint.redo)),
8372 : : xtime ? errdetail("Last completed transaction was at log time %s.",
8373 : : timestamptz_to_str(xtime)) : 0);
8374 : :
8375 : : /*
8376 : : * Finally, execute archive_cleanup_command, if any.
8377 : : */
2718 peter_e@gmx.net 8378 [ + - - + ]: 213 : if (archiveCleanupCommand && strcmp(archiveCleanupCommand, "") != 0)
1184 michael@paquier.xyz 8379 :UBC 0 : ExecuteRecoveryCommand(archiveCleanupCommand,
8380 : : "archive_cleanup_command",
8381 : : false,
8382 : : WAIT_EVENT_ARCHIVE_CLEANUP_COMMAND);
8383 : :
6285 heikki.linnakangas@i 8384 :CBC 213 : return true;
8385 : : }
8386 : :
8387 : : /*
8388 : : * Report availability of WAL for the given target LSN
8389 : : * (typically a slot's restart_lsn)
8390 : : *
8391 : : * Returns one of the following enum values:
8392 : : *
8393 : : * * WALAVAIL_RESERVED means targetLSN is available and it is in the range of
8394 : : * max_wal_size.
8395 : : *
8396 : : * * WALAVAIL_EXTENDED means it is still available by preserving extra
8397 : : * segments beyond max_wal_size. If max_slot_wal_keep_size is smaller
8398 : : * than max_wal_size, this state is not returned.
8399 : : *
8400 : : * * WALAVAIL_UNRESERVED means it is being lost and the next checkpoint will
8401 : : * remove reserved segments. The walsender using this slot may return to the
8402 : : * above.
8403 : : *
8404 : : * * WALAVAIL_REMOVED means it has been removed. A replication stream on
8405 : : * a slot with this LSN cannot continue. (Any associated walsender
8406 : : * processes should have been terminated already.)
8407 : : *
8408 : : * * WALAVAIL_INVALID_LSN means the slot hasn't been set to reserve WAL.
8409 : : */
8410 : : WALAvailability
2219 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8411 : 637 : GetWALAvailability(XLogRecPtr targetLSN)
8412 : : {
8413 : : XLogRecPtr currpos; /* current write LSN */
8414 : : XLogSegNo currSeg; /* segid of currpos */
8415 : : XLogSegNo targetSeg; /* segid of targetLSN */
8416 : : XLogSegNo oldestSeg; /* actual oldest segid */
8417 : : XLogSegNo oldestSegMaxWalSize; /* oldest segid kept by max_wal_size */
8418 : : XLogSegNo oldestSlotSeg; /* oldest segid kept by slot */
8419 : : uint64 keepSegs;
8420 : :
8421 : : /*
8422 : : * slot does not reserve WAL. Either deactivated, or has never been active
8423 : : */
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 8424 [ + + ]:GNC 637 : if (!XLogRecPtrIsValid(targetLSN))
2219 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8425 :CBC 31 : return WALAVAIL_INVALID_LSN;
8426 : :
8427 : : /*
8428 : : * Calculate the oldest segment currently reserved by all slots,
8429 : : * considering wal_keep_size and max_slot_wal_keep_size. Initialize
8430 : : * oldestSlotSeg to the current segment.
8431 : : */
2122 8432 : 606 : currpos = GetXLogWriteRecPtr();
8433 : 606 : XLByteToSeg(currpos, oldestSlotSeg, wal_segment_size);
2219 8434 : 606 : KeepLogSeg(currpos, &oldestSlotSeg);
8435 : :
8436 : : /*
8437 : : * Find the oldest extant segment file. We get 1 until checkpoint removes
8438 : : * the first WAL segment file since startup, which causes the status being
8439 : : * wrong under certain abnormal conditions but that doesn't actually harm.
8440 : : */
8441 : 606 : oldestSeg = XLogGetLastRemovedSegno() + 1;
8442 : :
8443 : : /* calculate oldest segment by max_wal_size */
8444 : 606 : XLByteToSeg(currpos, currSeg, wal_segment_size);
2141 8445 : 606 : keepSegs = ConvertToXSegs(max_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size) + 1;
8446 : :
2219 8447 [ + + ]: 606 : if (currSeg > keepSegs)
8448 : 8 : oldestSegMaxWalSize = currSeg - keepSegs;
8449 : : else
8450 : 598 : oldestSegMaxWalSize = 1;
8451 : :
8452 : : /* the segment we care about */
2122 8453 : 606 : XLByteToSeg(targetLSN, targetSeg, wal_segment_size);
8454 : :
8455 : : /*
8456 : : * No point in returning reserved or extended status values if the
8457 : : * targetSeg is known to be lost.
8458 : : */
2141 8459 [ + + ]: 606 : if (targetSeg >= oldestSlotSeg)
8460 : : {
8461 : : /* show "reserved" when targetSeg is within max_wal_size */
8462 [ + + ]: 605 : if (targetSeg >= oldestSegMaxWalSize)
2219 8463 : 603 : return WALAVAIL_RESERVED;
8464 : :
8465 : : /* being retained by slots exceeding max_wal_size */
2141 8466 : 2 : return WALAVAIL_EXTENDED;
8467 : : }
8468 : :
8469 : : /* WAL segments are no longer retained but haven't been removed yet */
8470 [ + - ]: 1 : if (targetSeg >= oldestSeg)
8471 : 1 : return WALAVAIL_UNRESERVED;
8472 : :
8473 : : /* Definitely lost */
2219 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8474 :UBC 0 : return WALAVAIL_REMOVED;
8475 : : }
8476 : :
8477 : :
8478 : : /*
8479 : : * Retreat *logSegNo to the last segment that we need to retain because of
8480 : : * either wal_keep_size or replication slots.
8481 : : *
8482 : : * This is calculated by subtracting wal_keep_size from the given xlog
8483 : : * location, recptr and by making sure that that result is below the
8484 : : * requirement of replication slots. For the latter criterion we do consider
8485 : : * the effects of max_slot_wal_keep_size: reserve at most that much space back
8486 : : * from recptr.
8487 : : *
8488 : : * Note about replication slots: if this function calculates a value
8489 : : * that's further ahead than what slots need reserved, then affected
8490 : : * slots need to be invalidated and this function invoked again.
8491 : : * XXX it might be a good idea to rewrite this function so that
8492 : : * invalidation is optionally done here, instead.
8493 : : */
8494 : : static void
5063 heikki.linnakangas@i 8495 :CBC 2555 : KeepLogSeg(XLogRecPtr recptr, XLogSegNo *logSegNo)
8496 : : {
8497 : : XLogSegNo currSegNo;
8498 : : XLogSegNo segno;
8499 : : XLogRecPtr keep;
8500 : :
2219 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8501 : 2555 : XLByteToSeg(recptr, currSegNo, wal_segment_size);
8502 : 2555 : segno = currSegNo;
8503 : :
8504 : : /* Calculate how many segments are kept by slots. */
8505 : 2555 : keep = XLogGetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN();
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 8506 [ + + + + ]:GNC 2555 : if (XLogRecPtrIsValid(keep) && keep < recptr)
8507 : : {
2219 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8508 :CBC 768 : XLByteToSeg(keep, segno, wal_segment_size);
8509 : :
8510 : : /*
8511 : : * Account for max_slot_wal_keep_size to avoid keeping more than
8512 : : * configured. However, don't do that during a binary upgrade: if
8513 : : * slots were to be invalidated because of this, it would not be
8514 : : * possible to preserve logical ones during the upgrade.
8515 : : */
298 akapila@postgresql.o 8516 [ + + + - ]: 768 : if (max_slot_wal_keep_size_mb >= 0 && !IsBinaryUpgrade)
8517 : : {
8518 : : uint64 slot_keep_segs;
8519 : :
2219 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8520 : 23 : slot_keep_segs =
8521 : 23 : ConvertToXSegs(max_slot_wal_keep_size_mb, wal_segment_size);
8522 : :
8523 [ + + ]: 23 : if (currSegNo - segno > slot_keep_segs)
8524 : 6 : segno = currSegNo - slot_keep_segs;
8525 : : }
8526 : : }
8527 : :
8528 : : /*
8529 : : * If WAL summarization is in use, don't remove WAL that has yet to be
8530 : : * summarized.
8531 : : */
679 rhaas@postgresql.org 8532 : 2555 : keep = GetOldestUnsummarizedLSN(NULL, NULL);
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 8533 [ + + ]:GNC 2555 : if (XLogRecPtrIsValid(keep))
8534 : : {
8535 : : XLogSegNo unsummarized_segno;
8536 : :
867 rhaas@postgresql.org 8537 :CBC 7 : XLByteToSeg(keep, unsummarized_segno, wal_segment_size);
8538 [ + + ]: 7 : if (unsummarized_segno < segno)
8539 : 6 : segno = unsummarized_segno;
8540 : : }
8541 : :
8542 : : /* but, keep at least wal_keep_size if that's set */
2115 fujii@postgresql.org 8543 [ + + ]: 2555 : if (wal_keep_size_mb > 0)
8544 : : {
8545 : : uint64 keep_segs;
8546 : :
8547 : 74 : keep_segs = ConvertToXSegs(wal_keep_size_mb, wal_segment_size);
8548 [ + - ]: 74 : if (currSegNo - segno < keep_segs)
8549 : : {
8550 : : /* avoid underflow, don't go below 1 */
8551 [ + + ]: 74 : if (currSegNo <= keep_segs)
8552 : 70 : segno = 1;
8553 : : else
8554 : 4 : segno = currSegNo - keep_segs;
8555 : : }
8556 : : }
8557 : :
8558 : : /* don't delete WAL segments newer than the calculated segment */
2122 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8559 [ + + ]: 2555 : if (segno < *logSegNo)
5063 heikki.linnakangas@i 8560 : 374 : *logSegNo = segno;
5404 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8561 : 2555 : }
8562 : :
8563 : : /*
8564 : : * Write a NEXTOID log record
8565 : : */
8566 : : void
9314 vadim4o@yahoo.com 8567 : 690 : XLogPutNextOid(Oid nextOid)
8568 : : {
4184 heikki.linnakangas@i 8569 : 690 : XLogBeginInsert();
448 peter@eisentraut.org 8570 : 690 : XLogRegisterData(&nextOid, sizeof(Oid));
4184 heikki.linnakangas@i 8571 : 690 : (void) XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_NEXTOID);
8572 : :
8573 : : /*
8574 : : * We need not flush the NEXTOID record immediately, because any of the
8575 : : * just-allocated OIDs could only reach disk as part of a tuple insert or
8576 : : * update that would have its own XLOG record that must follow the NEXTOID
8577 : : * record. Therefore, the standard buffer LSN interlock applied to those
8578 : : * records will ensure no such OID reaches disk before the NEXTOID record
8579 : : * does.
8580 : : *
8581 : : * Note, however, that the above statement only covers state "within" the
8582 : : * database. When we use a generated OID as a file or directory name, we
8583 : : * are in a sense violating the basic WAL rule, because that filesystem
8584 : : * change may reach disk before the NEXTOID WAL record does. The impact
8585 : : * of this is that if a database crash occurs immediately afterward, we
8586 : : * might after restart re-generate the same OID and find that it conflicts
8587 : : * with the leftover file or directory. But since for safety's sake we
8588 : : * always loop until finding a nonconflicting filename, this poses no real
8589 : : * problem in practice. See pgsql-hackers discussion 27-Sep-2006.
8590 : : */
7677 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8591 : 690 : }
8592 : :
8593 : : /*
8594 : : * Write an XLOG SWITCH record.
8595 : : *
8596 : : * Here we just blindly issue an XLogInsert request for the record.
8597 : : * All the magic happens inside XLogInsert.
8598 : : *
8599 : : * The return value is either the end+1 address of the switch record,
8600 : : * or the end+1 address of the prior segment if we did not need to
8601 : : * write a switch record because we are already at segment start.
8602 : : */
8603 : : XLogRecPtr
3421 andres@anarazel.de 8604 : 837 : RequestXLogSwitch(bool mark_unimportant)
8605 : : {
8606 : : XLogRecPtr RecPtr;
8607 : :
8608 : : /* XLOG SWITCH has no data */
4184 heikki.linnakangas@i 8609 : 837 : XLogBeginInsert();
8610 : :
3421 andres@anarazel.de 8611 [ - + ]: 837 : if (mark_unimportant)
3421 andres@anarazel.de 8612 :UBC 0 : XLogSetRecordFlags(XLOG_MARK_UNIMPORTANT);
4184 heikki.linnakangas@i 8613 :CBC 837 : RecPtr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_SWITCH);
8614 : :
7212 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8615 : 837 : return RecPtr;
8616 : : }
8617 : :
8618 : : /*
8619 : : * Write a RESTORE POINT record
8620 : : */
8621 : : XLogRecPtr
5565 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8622 : 3 : XLogRestorePoint(const char *rpName)
8623 : : {
8624 : : XLogRecPtr RecPtr;
8625 : : xl_restore_point xlrec;
8626 : :
8627 : 3 : xlrec.rp_time = GetCurrentTimestamp();
4460 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8628 : 3 : strlcpy(xlrec.rp_name, rpName, MAXFNAMELEN);
8629 : :
4184 heikki.linnakangas@i 8630 : 3 : XLogBeginInsert();
448 peter@eisentraut.org 8631 : 3 : XLogRegisterData(&xlrec, sizeof(xl_restore_point));
8632 : :
4184 heikki.linnakangas@i 8633 : 3 : RecPtr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_RESTORE_POINT);
8634 : :
5549 rhaas@postgresql.org 8635 [ + - ]: 3 : ereport(LOG,
8636 : : errmsg("restore point \"%s\" created at %X/%08X",
8637 : : rpName, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RecPtr)));
8638 : :
5565 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8639 : 3 : return RecPtr;
8640 : : }
8641 : :
8642 : : /*
8643 : : * Write an empty XLOG record to assign a distinct LSN.
8644 : : *
8645 : : * This is used by some index AMs when building indexes on permanent relations
8646 : : * with wal_level=minimal. In that scenario, WAL-logging will start after
8647 : : * commit, but the index AM needs distinct LSNs to detect concurrent page
8648 : : * modifications. When the current WAL insert position hasn't advanced since
8649 : : * the last call, we emit a dummy record to ensure we get a new, distinct LSN.
8650 : : */
8651 : : XLogRecPtr
53 pg@bowt.ie 8652 :GNC 440 : XLogAssignLSN(void)
8653 : : {
8654 : 440 : int dummy = 0;
8655 : :
8656 : : /*
8657 : : * Records other than XLOG_SWITCH must have content. We use an integer 0
8658 : : * to satisfy this restriction.
8659 : : */
8660 : 440 : XLogBeginInsert();
8661 : 440 : XLogSetRecordFlags(XLOG_MARK_UNIMPORTANT);
8662 : 440 : XLogRegisterData(&dummy, sizeof(dummy));
8663 : 440 : return XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_ASSIGN_LSN);
8664 : : }
8665 : :
8666 : : /*
8667 : : * Check if any of the GUC parameters that are critical for hot standby
8668 : : * have changed, and update the value in pg_control file if necessary.
8669 : : */
8670 : : static void
5851 heikki.linnakangas@i 8671 :CBC 1010 : XLogReportParameters(void)
8672 : : {
8673 [ + + ]: 1010 : if (wal_level != ControlFile->wal_level ||
4507 rhaas@postgresql.org 8674 [ + + ]: 737 : wal_log_hints != ControlFile->wal_log_hints ||
5851 heikki.linnakangas@i 8675 [ + + ]: 645 : MaxConnections != ControlFile->MaxConnections ||
4688 rhaas@postgresql.org 8676 [ + + ]: 644 : max_worker_processes != ControlFile->max_worker_processes ||
2639 michael@paquier.xyz 8677 [ + + ]: 641 : max_wal_senders != ControlFile->max_wal_senders ||
5851 heikki.linnakangas@i 8678 [ + + ]: 613 : max_prepared_xacts != ControlFile->max_prepared_xacts ||
4171 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8679 [ + - ]: 510 : max_locks_per_xact != ControlFile->max_locks_per_xact ||
8680 [ + + ]: 510 : track_commit_timestamp != ControlFile->track_commit_timestamp)
8681 : : {
8682 : : /*
8683 : : * The change in number of backend slots doesn't need to be WAL-logged
8684 : : * if archiving is not enabled, as you can't start archive recovery
8685 : : * with wal_level=minimal anyway. We don't really care about the
8686 : : * values in pg_control either if wal_level=minimal, but seems better
8687 : : * to keep them up-to-date to avoid confusion.
8688 : : */
5851 heikki.linnakangas@i 8689 [ + + + + ]: 512 : if (wal_level != ControlFile->wal_level || XLogIsNeeded())
8690 : : {
8691 : : xl_parameter_change xlrec;
8692 : : XLogRecPtr recptr;
8693 : :
8694 : 485 : xlrec.MaxConnections = MaxConnections;
4688 rhaas@postgresql.org 8695 : 485 : xlrec.max_worker_processes = max_worker_processes;
2639 michael@paquier.xyz 8696 : 485 : xlrec.max_wal_senders = max_wal_senders;
5851 heikki.linnakangas@i 8697 : 485 : xlrec.max_prepared_xacts = max_prepared_xacts;
8698 : 485 : xlrec.max_locks_per_xact = max_locks_per_xact;
8699 : 485 : xlrec.wal_level = wal_level;
4507 rhaas@postgresql.org 8700 : 485 : xlrec.wal_log_hints = wal_log_hints;
4171 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8701 : 485 : xlrec.track_commit_timestamp = track_commit_timestamp;
8702 : :
4184 heikki.linnakangas@i 8703 : 485 : XLogBeginInsert();
448 peter@eisentraut.org 8704 : 485 : XLogRegisterData(&xlrec, sizeof(xlrec));
8705 : :
4184 heikki.linnakangas@i 8706 : 485 : recptr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE);
4423 fujii@postgresql.org 8707 : 485 : XLogFlush(recptr);
8708 : : }
8709 : :
2157 tmunro@postgresql.or 8710 : 512 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
8711 : :
5851 heikki.linnakangas@i 8712 : 512 : ControlFile->MaxConnections = MaxConnections;
4688 rhaas@postgresql.org 8713 : 512 : ControlFile->max_worker_processes = max_worker_processes;
2639 michael@paquier.xyz 8714 : 512 : ControlFile->max_wal_senders = max_wal_senders;
5851 heikki.linnakangas@i 8715 : 512 : ControlFile->max_prepared_xacts = max_prepared_xacts;
8716 : 512 : ControlFile->max_locks_per_xact = max_locks_per_xact;
8717 : 512 : ControlFile->wal_level = wal_level;
4507 rhaas@postgresql.org 8718 : 512 : ControlFile->wal_log_hints = wal_log_hints;
4171 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 8719 : 512 : ControlFile->track_commit_timestamp = track_commit_timestamp;
5851 heikki.linnakangas@i 8720 : 512 : UpdateControlFile();
8721 : :
2157 tmunro@postgresql.or 8722 : 512 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
8723 : : }
5949 heikki.linnakangas@i 8724 : 1010 : }
8725 : :
8726 : : /*
8727 : : * Log the new state of checksums
8728 : : */
8729 : : static void
32 dgustafsson@postgres 8730 :GNC 26 : XLogChecksums(uint32 new_type)
8731 : : {
8732 : : xl_checksum_state xlrec;
8733 : : XLogRecPtr recptr;
8734 : :
8735 : 26 : xlrec.new_checksum_state = new_type;
8736 : :
8737 : 26 : XLogBeginInsert();
8738 : 26 : XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, sizeof(xl_checksum_state));
8739 : :
8740 : 26 : recptr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG2_ID, XLOG2_CHECKSUMS);
8741 : 26 : XLogFlush(recptr);
8742 : 26 : }
8743 : :
8744 : : /*
8745 : : * Update full_page_writes in shared memory, and write an
8746 : : * XLOG_FPW_CHANGE record if necessary.
8747 : : *
8748 : : * Note: this function assumes there is no other process running
8749 : : * concurrently that could update it.
8750 : : */
8751 : : void
5214 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8752 :CBC 1742 : UpdateFullPageWrites(void)
8753 : : {
8754 : 1742 : XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
8755 : : bool recoveryInProgress;
8756 : :
8757 : : /*
8758 : : * Do nothing if full_page_writes has not been changed.
8759 : : *
8760 : : * It's safe to check the shared full_page_writes without the lock,
8761 : : * because we assume that there is no concurrently running process which
8762 : : * can update it.
8763 : : */
8764 [ + + ]: 1742 : if (fullPageWrites == Insert->fullPageWrites)
8765 : 1186 : return;
8766 : :
8767 : : /*
8768 : : * Perform this outside critical section so that the WAL insert
8769 : : * initialization done by RecoveryInProgress() doesn't trigger an
8770 : : * assertion failure.
8771 : : */
2776 akapila@postgresql.o 8772 : 556 : recoveryInProgress = RecoveryInProgress();
8773 : :
5173 heikki.linnakangas@i 8774 : 556 : START_CRIT_SECTION();
8775 : :
8776 : : /*
8777 : : * It's always safe to take full page images, even when not strictly
8778 : : * required, but not the other round. So if we're setting full_page_writes
8779 : : * to true, first set it true and then write the WAL record. If we're
8780 : : * setting it to false, first write the WAL record and then set the global
8781 : : * flag.
8782 : : */
8783 [ + + ]: 556 : if (fullPageWrites)
8784 : : {
4428 8785 : 543 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
5173 8786 : 543 : Insert->fullPageWrites = true;
4428 8787 : 543 : WALInsertLockRelease();
8788 : : }
8789 : :
8790 : : /*
8791 : : * Write an XLOG_FPW_CHANGE record. This allows us to keep track of
8792 : : * full_page_writes during archive recovery, if required.
8793 : : */
2776 akapila@postgresql.o 8794 [ + + - + ]: 556 : if (XLogStandbyInfoActive() && !recoveryInProgress)
8795 : : {
4184 heikki.linnakangas@i 8796 :UBC 0 : XLogBeginInsert();
448 peter@eisentraut.org 8797 : 0 : XLogRegisterData(&fullPageWrites, sizeof(bool));
8798 : :
4184 heikki.linnakangas@i 8799 : 0 : XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_FPW_CHANGE);
8800 : : }
8801 : :
5173 heikki.linnakangas@i 8802 [ + + ]:CBC 556 : if (!fullPageWrites)
8803 : : {
4428 8804 : 13 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
5173 8805 : 13 : Insert->fullPageWrites = false;
4428 8806 : 13 : WALInsertLockRelease();
8807 : : }
5173 8808 [ - + ]: 556 : END_CRIT_SECTION();
8809 : : }
8810 : :
8811 : : /*
8812 : : * XLOG resource manager's routines
8813 : : *
8814 : : * Definitions of info values are in include/catalog/pg_control.h, though
8815 : : * not all record types are related to control file updates.
8816 : : *
8817 : : * NOTE: Some XLOG record types that are directly related to WAL recovery
8818 : : * are handled in xlogrecovery_redo().
8819 : : */
8820 : : void
4184 8821 : 112453 : xlog_redo(XLogReaderState *record)
8822 : : {
8823 : 112453 : uint8 info = XLogRecGetInfo(record) & ~XLR_INFO_MASK;
8824 : 112453 : XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr;
8825 : :
8826 : : /*
8827 : : * In XLOG rmgr, backup blocks are only used by XLOG_FPI and
8828 : : * XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT records.
8829 : : */
4180 8830 [ + + + + : 112453 : Assert(info == XLOG_FPI || info == XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT ||
- + ]
8831 : : !XLogRecHasAnyBlockRefs(record));
8832 : :
9179 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8833 [ + + ]: 112453 : if (info == XLOG_NEXTOID)
8834 : : {
8835 : : Oid nextOid;
8836 : :
8837 : : /*
8838 : : * We used to try to take the maximum of TransamVariables->nextOid and
8839 : : * the recorded nextOid, but that fails if the OID counter wraps
8840 : : * around. Since no OID allocation should be happening during replay
8841 : : * anyway, better to just believe the record exactly. We still take
8842 : : * OidGenLock while setting the variable, just in case.
8843 : : */
9314 vadim4o@yahoo.com 8844 : 97 : memcpy(&nextOid, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(Oid));
5202 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8845 : 97 : LWLockAcquire(OidGenLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
879 heikki.linnakangas@i 8846 : 97 : TransamVariables->nextOid = nextOid;
8847 : 97 : TransamVariables->oidCount = 0;
5202 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8848 : 97 : LWLockRelease(OidGenLock);
8849 : : }
9184 8850 [ + + ]: 112356 : else if (info == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN)
8851 : : {
8852 : : CheckPoint checkPoint;
8853 : : TimeLineID replayTLI;
8854 : :
8855 : 44 : memcpy(&checkPoint, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(CheckPoint));
8856 : : /* In a SHUTDOWN checkpoint, believe the counters exactly */
5202 8857 : 44 : LWLockAcquire(XidGenLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
879 heikki.linnakangas@i 8858 : 44 : TransamVariables->nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
5202 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8859 : 44 : LWLockRelease(XidGenLock);
8860 : 44 : LWLockAcquire(OidGenLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
879 heikki.linnakangas@i 8861 : 44 : TransamVariables->nextOid = checkPoint.nextOid;
8862 : 44 : TransamVariables->oidCount = 0;
5202 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8863 : 44 : LWLockRelease(OidGenLock);
7636 8864 : 44 : MultiXactSetNextMXact(checkPoint.nextMulti,
8865 : : checkPoint.nextMultiOffset);
8866 : :
3874 andres@anarazel.de 8867 : 44 : MultiXactAdvanceOldest(checkPoint.oldestMulti,
8868 : : checkPoint.oldestMultiDB);
8869 : :
8870 : : /*
8871 : : * No need to set oldestClogXid here as well; it'll be set when we
8872 : : * redo an xl_clog_truncate if it changed since initialization.
8873 : : */
5921 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8874 : 44 : SetTransactionIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestXid, checkPoint.oldestXidDB);
8875 : :
8876 : : /*
8877 : : * If we see a shutdown checkpoint while waiting for an end-of-backup
8878 : : * record, the backup was canceled and the end-of-backup record will
8879 : : * never arrive.
8880 : : */
4820 heikki.linnakangas@i 8881 [ + + ]: 44 : if (ArchiveRecoveryRequested &&
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 8882 [ - + ]:GNC 43 : XLogRecPtrIsValid(ControlFile->backupStartPoint) &&
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 8883 [ # # ]:UNC 0 : !XLogRecPtrIsValid(ControlFile->backupEndPoint))
5202 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8884 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
8885 : : (errmsg("online backup was canceled, recovery cannot continue")));
8886 : :
8887 : : /*
8888 : : * If we see a shutdown checkpoint, we know that nothing was running
8889 : : * on the primary at this point. So fake-up an empty running-xacts
8890 : : * record and use that here and now. Recover additional standby state
8891 : : * for prepared transactions.
8892 : : */
5981 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8893 [ + + ]:CBC 44 : if (standbyState >= STANDBY_INITIALIZED)
8894 : : {
8895 : : TransactionId *xids;
8896 : : int nxids;
8897 : : TransactionId oldestActiveXID;
8898 : : TransactionId latestCompletedXid;
8899 : : RunningTransactionsData running;
8900 : :
5866 heikki.linnakangas@i 8901 : 41 : oldestActiveXID = PrescanPreparedTransactions(&xids, &nxids);
8902 : :
8903 : : /* Update pg_subtrans entries for any prepared transactions */
677 8904 : 41 : StandbyRecoverPreparedTransactions();
8905 : :
8906 : : /*
8907 : : * Construct a RunningTransactions snapshot representing a shut
8908 : : * down server, with only prepared transactions still alive. We're
8909 : : * never overflowed at this point because all subxids are listed
8910 : : * with their parent prepared transactions.
8911 : : */
5866 8912 : 41 : running.xcnt = nxids;
4902 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8913 : 41 : running.subxcnt = 0;
677 heikki.linnakangas@i 8914 : 41 : running.subxid_status = SUBXIDS_IN_SUBTRANS;
2093 andres@anarazel.de 8915 : 41 : running.nextXid = XidFromFullTransactionId(checkPoint.nextXid);
5866 heikki.linnakangas@i 8916 : 41 : running.oldestRunningXid = oldestActiveXID;
2093 andres@anarazel.de 8917 : 41 : latestCompletedXid = XidFromFullTransactionId(checkPoint.nextXid);
5836 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 8918 [ - + ]: 41 : TransactionIdRetreat(latestCompletedXid);
5835 8919 [ - + ]: 41 : Assert(TransactionIdIsNormal(latestCompletedXid));
5836 8920 : 41 : running.latestCompletedXid = latestCompletedXid;
5866 heikki.linnakangas@i 8921 : 41 : running.xids = xids;
8922 : :
8923 : 41 : ProcArrayApplyRecoveryInfo(&running);
8924 : : }
8925 : :
8926 : : /* ControlFile->checkPointCopy always tracks the latest ckpt XID */
2157 tmunro@postgresql.or 8927 : 44 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
2093 andres@anarazel.de 8928 : 44 : ControlFile->checkPointCopy.nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
32 dgustafsson@postgres 8929 :GNC 44 : ControlFile->data_checksum_version = checkPoint.dataChecksumState;
8930 : :
5 8931 : 44 : UpdateControlFile();
2157 tmunro@postgresql.or 8932 : 44 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
8933 : :
8934 : : /*
8935 : : * We should've already switched to the new TLI before replaying this
8936 : : * record.
8937 : : */
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 8938 :CBC 44 : (void) GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 8939 [ - + ]: 44 : if (checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID != replayTLI)
4897 heikki.linnakangas@i 8940 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
8941 : : (errmsg("unexpected timeline ID %u (should be %u) in shutdown checkpoint record",
8942 : : checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID, replayTLI)));
8943 : :
1623 rhaas@postgresql.org 8944 :CBC 44 : RecoveryRestartPoint(&checkPoint, record);
8945 : :
8946 : : /*
8947 : : * After replaying a checkpoint record, free all smgr objects.
8948 : : * Otherwise we would never do so for dropped relations, as the
8949 : : * startup does not process shared invalidation messages or call
8950 : : * AtEOXact_SMgr().
8951 : : */
237 michael@paquier.xyz 8952 : 44 : smgrdestroyall();
8953 : : }
9184 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8954 [ + + ]: 112312 : else if (info == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE)
8955 : : {
8956 : : CheckPoint checkPoint;
8957 : : TimeLineID replayTLI;
8958 : :
8959 : 707 : memcpy(&checkPoint, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(CheckPoint));
8960 : : /* In an ONLINE checkpoint, treat the XID counter as a minimum */
5202 8961 : 707 : LWLockAcquire(XidGenLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
879 heikki.linnakangas@i 8962 [ - + ]: 707 : if (FullTransactionIdPrecedes(TransamVariables->nextXid,
8963 : : checkPoint.nextXid))
879 heikki.linnakangas@i 8964 :UBC 0 : TransamVariables->nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
5202 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8965 :CBC 707 : LWLockRelease(XidGenLock);
8966 : :
8967 : : /*
8968 : : * We ignore the nextOid counter in an ONLINE checkpoint, preferring
8969 : : * to track OID assignment through XLOG_NEXTOID records. The nextOid
8970 : : * counter is from the start of the checkpoint and might well be stale
8971 : : * compared to later XLOG_NEXTOID records. We could try to take the
8972 : : * maximum of the nextOid counter and our latest value, but since
8973 : : * there's no particular guarantee about the speed with which the OID
8974 : : * counter wraps around, that's a risky thing to do. In any case,
8975 : : * users of the nextOid counter are required to avoid assignment of
8976 : : * duplicates, so that a somewhat out-of-date value should be safe.
8977 : : */
8978 : :
8979 : : /* Handle multixact */
7636 8980 : 707 : MultiXactAdvanceNextMXact(checkPoint.nextMulti,
8981 : : checkPoint.nextMultiOffset);
8982 : :
8983 : : /*
8984 : : * NB: This may perform multixact truncation when replaying WAL
8985 : : * generated by an older primary.
8986 : : */
3874 andres@anarazel.de 8987 : 707 : MultiXactAdvanceOldest(checkPoint.oldestMulti,
8988 : : checkPoint.oldestMultiDB);
879 heikki.linnakangas@i 8989 [ - + ]: 707 : if (TransactionIdPrecedes(TransamVariables->oldestXid,
8990 : : checkPoint.oldestXid))
5921 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8991 :UBC 0 : SetTransactionIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestXid,
8992 : : checkPoint.oldestXidDB);
8993 : : /* ControlFile->checkPointCopy always tracks the latest ckpt XID */
2157 tmunro@postgresql.or 8994 :CBC 707 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
2093 andres@anarazel.de 8995 : 707 : ControlFile->checkPointCopy.nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
2157 tmunro@postgresql.or 8996 : 707 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
8997 : :
8998 : : /* TLI should not change in an on-line checkpoint */
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 8999 : 707 : (void) GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 9000 [ - + ]: 707 : if (checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID != replayTLI)
8119 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9001 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
9002 : : (errmsg("unexpected timeline ID %u (should be %u) in online checkpoint record",
9003 : : checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID, replayTLI)));
9004 : :
1623 rhaas@postgresql.org 9005 :CBC 707 : RecoveryRestartPoint(&checkPoint, record);
9006 : :
9007 : : /*
9008 : : * After replaying a checkpoint record, free all smgr objects.
9009 : : * Otherwise we would never do so for dropped relations, as the
9010 : : * startup does not process shared invalidation messages or call
9011 : : * AtEOXact_SMgr().
9012 : : */
237 michael@paquier.xyz 9013 : 707 : smgrdestroyall();
9014 : : }
1679 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 9015 [ + + ]: 111605 : else if (info == XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD)
9016 : : {
9017 : : /* nothing to do here, handled in xlogrecovery_redo() */
9018 : : }
4844 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9019 [ + + ]: 111604 : else if (info == XLOG_END_OF_RECOVERY)
9020 : : {
9021 : : xl_end_of_recovery xlrec;
9022 : : TimeLineID replayTLI;
9023 : :
9024 : 12 : memcpy(&xlrec, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(xl_end_of_recovery));
9025 : :
9026 : : /*
9027 : : * For Hot Standby, we could treat this like a Shutdown Checkpoint,
9028 : : * but this case is rarer and harder to test, so the benefit doesn't
9029 : : * outweigh the potential extra cost of maintenance.
9030 : : */
9031 : :
9032 : : /*
9033 : : * We should've already switched to the new TLI before replaying this
9034 : : * record.
9035 : : */
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 9036 : 12 : (void) GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 9037 [ - + ]: 12 : if (xlrec.ThisTimeLineID != replayTLI)
4844 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9038 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(PANIC,
9039 : : (errmsg("unexpected timeline ID %u (should be %u) in end-of-recovery record",
9040 : : xlrec.ThisTimeLineID, replayTLI)));
9041 : : }
6925 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9042 [ + - ]:CBC 111592 : else if (info == XLOG_NOOP)
9043 : : {
9044 : : /* nothing to do here */
9045 : : }
7212 9046 [ + + ]: 111592 : else if (info == XLOG_SWITCH)
9047 : : {
9048 : : /* nothing to do here */
9049 : : }
5565 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9050 [ + + ]: 111125 : else if (info == XLOG_RESTORE_POINT)
9051 : : {
9052 : : /* nothing to do here, handled in xlogrecovery.c */
9053 : : }
53 pg@bowt.ie 9054 [ + + ]:GNC 111120 : else if (info == XLOG_ASSIGN_LSN)
9055 : : {
9056 : : /* nothing to do here, see XLogGetFakeLSN() */
9057 : : }
4180 heikki.linnakangas@i 9058 [ + + + + ]:CBC 48793 : else if (info == XLOG_FPI || info == XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT)
9059 : : {
9060 : : /*
9061 : : * XLOG_FPI records contain nothing else but one or more block
9062 : : * references. Every block reference must include a full-page image
9063 : : * even if full_page_writes was disabled when the record was generated
9064 : : * - otherwise there would be no point in this record.
9065 : : *
9066 : : * XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT records are generated when a page needs to be
9067 : : * WAL-logged because of a hint bit update. They are only generated
9068 : : * when checksums and/or wal_log_hints are enabled. They may include
9069 : : * no full-page images if full_page_writes was disabled when they were
9070 : : * generated. In this case there is nothing to do here.
9071 : : *
9072 : : * No recovery conflicts are generated by these generic records - if a
9073 : : * resource manager needs to generate conflicts, it has to define a
9074 : : * separate WAL record type and redo routine.
9075 : : */
1509 tmunro@postgresql.or 9076 [ + + ]: 100739 : for (uint8 block_id = 0; block_id <= XLogRecMaxBlockId(record); block_id++)
9077 : : {
9078 : : Buffer buffer;
9079 : :
1749 fujii@postgresql.org 9080 [ + + ]: 52813 : if (!XLogRecHasBlockImage(record, block_id))
9081 : : {
9082 [ - + ]: 66 : if (info == XLOG_FPI)
1749 fujii@postgresql.org 9083 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "XLOG_FPI record did not contain a full-page image");
1749 fujii@postgresql.org 9084 :CBC 66 : continue;
9085 : : }
9086 : :
2589 heikki.linnakangas@i 9087 [ - + ]: 52747 : if (XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, block_id, &buffer) != BLK_RESTORED)
2589 heikki.linnakangas@i 9088 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "unexpected XLogReadBufferForRedo result when restoring backup block");
2589 heikki.linnakangas@i 9089 :CBC 52747 : UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
9090 : : }
9091 : : }
5965 9092 [ + + ]: 867 : else if (info == XLOG_BACKUP_END)
9093 : : {
9094 : : /* nothing to do here, handled in xlogrecovery_redo() */
9095 : : }
5851 9096 [ + + ]: 765 : else if (info == XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE)
9097 : : {
9098 : : xl_parameter_change xlrec;
9099 : :
9100 : : /* Update our copy of the parameters in pg_control */
9101 : 38 : memcpy(&xlrec, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(xl_parameter_change));
9102 : :
5846 9103 : 38 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
5851 9104 : 38 : ControlFile->MaxConnections = xlrec.MaxConnections;
4688 rhaas@postgresql.org 9105 : 38 : ControlFile->max_worker_processes = xlrec.max_worker_processes;
2639 michael@paquier.xyz 9106 : 38 : ControlFile->max_wal_senders = xlrec.max_wal_senders;
5851 heikki.linnakangas@i 9107 : 38 : ControlFile->max_prepared_xacts = xlrec.max_prepared_xacts;
9108 : 38 : ControlFile->max_locks_per_xact = xlrec.max_locks_per_xact;
9109 : 38 : ControlFile->wal_level = xlrec.wal_level;
4128 9110 : 38 : ControlFile->wal_log_hints = xlrec.wal_log_hints;
9111 : :
9112 : : /*
9113 : : * Update minRecoveryPoint to ensure that if recovery is aborted, we
9114 : : * recover back up to this point before allowing hot standby again.
9115 : : * This is important if the max_* settings are decreased, to ensure
9116 : : * you don't run queries against the WAL preceding the change. The
9117 : : * local copies cannot be updated as long as crash recovery is
9118 : : * happening and we expect all the WAL to be replayed.
9119 : : */
2861 michael@paquier.xyz 9120 [ + + ]: 38 : if (InArchiveRecovery)
9121 : : {
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 9122 : 23 : LocalMinRecoveryPoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
9123 : 23 : LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
9124 : : }
180 alvherre@kurilemu.de 9125 [ + + + + ]:GNC 38 : if (XLogRecPtrIsValid(LocalMinRecoveryPoint) && LocalMinRecoveryPoint < lsn)
9126 : : {
9127 : : TimeLineID replayTLI;
9128 : :
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 9129 :CBC 12 : (void) GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
5846 9130 : 12 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = lsn;
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 9131 : 12 : ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = replayTLI;
9132 : : }
9133 : :
3869 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 9134 : 38 : CommitTsParameterChange(xlrec.track_commit_timestamp,
9135 : 38 : ControlFile->track_commit_timestamp);
9136 : 38 : ControlFile->track_commit_timestamp = xlrec.track_commit_timestamp;
9137 : :
5851 heikki.linnakangas@i 9138 : 38 : UpdateControlFile();
5846 9139 : 38 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
9140 : :
9141 : : /* Check to see if any parameter change gives a problem on recovery */
5851 9142 : 38 : CheckRequiredParameterValues();
9143 : : }
5214 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9144 [ - + ]: 727 : else if (info == XLOG_FPW_CHANGE)
9145 : : {
9146 : : bool fpw;
9147 : :
5214 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9148 :UBC 0 : memcpy(&fpw, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(bool));
9149 : :
9150 : : /*
9151 : : * Update the LSN of the last replayed XLOG_FPW_CHANGE record so that
9152 : : * do_pg_backup_start() and do_pg_backup_stop() can check whether
9153 : : * full_page_writes has been disabled during online backup.
9154 : : */
9155 [ # # ]: 0 : if (!fpw)
9156 : : {
4243 andres@anarazel.de 9157 [ # # ]: 0 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
1623 rhaas@postgresql.org 9158 [ # # ]: 0 : if (XLogCtl->lastFpwDisableRecPtr < record->ReadRecPtr)
9159 : 0 : XLogCtl->lastFpwDisableRecPtr = record->ReadRecPtr;
4243 andres@anarazel.de 9160 : 0 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
9161 : : }
9162 : :
9163 : : /* Keep track of full_page_writes */
5214 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9164 : 0 : lastFullPageWrites = fpw;
9165 : : }
929 rhaas@postgresql.org 9166 [ + + ]:GIC 727 : else if (info == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO)
9167 : : {
9168 : : xl_checkpoint_redo redo_rec;
32 dgustafsson@postgres 9169 :GNC 709 : bool new_state = false;
9170 : :
9171 : 709 : memcpy(&redo_rec, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(xl_checkpoint_redo));
9172 : :
9173 : 709 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
9174 : 709 : XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = redo_rec.data_checksum_version;
5 9175 : 709 : SetLocalDataChecksumState(redo_rec.data_checksum_version);
32 9176 [ - + ]: 709 : if (redo_rec.data_checksum_version != ControlFile->data_checksum_version)
32 dgustafsson@postgres 9177 :UNC 0 : new_state = true;
32 dgustafsson@postgres 9178 :GNC 709 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
9179 : :
9180 [ - + ]: 709 : if (new_state)
32 dgustafsson@postgres 9181 :UNC 0 : EmitAndWaitDataChecksumsBarrier(redo_rec.data_checksum_version);
9182 : : }
133 msawada@postgresql.o 9183 [ + - ]:GNC 18 : else if (info == XLOG_LOGICAL_DECODING_STATUS_CHANGE)
9184 : : {
9185 : : bool status;
9186 : :
9187 : 18 : memcpy(&status, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(bool));
9188 : :
9189 : : /*
9190 : : * We need to toggle the logical decoding status and update the
9191 : : * XLogLogicalInfo cache of processes synchronously because
9192 : : * XLogLogicalInfoActive() is used even during read-only queries
9193 : : * (e.g., via RelationIsAccessibleInLogicalDecoding()). In the
9194 : : * 'disable' case, it is safe to invalidate existing slots after
9195 : : * disabling logical decoding because logical decoding cannot process
9196 : : * subsequent WAL records, which may not contain logical information.
9197 : : */
9198 [ + + ]: 18 : if (status)
9199 : 9 : EnableLogicalDecoding();
9200 : : else
9201 : 9 : DisableLogicalDecoding();
9202 : :
9203 [ + + ]: 18 : elog(DEBUG1, "update logical decoding status to %d during recovery",
9204 : : status);
9205 : :
9206 [ + - + + ]: 18 : if (InRecovery && InHotStandby)
9207 : : {
9208 [ + + ]: 16 : if (!status)
9209 : : {
9210 : : /*
9211 : : * Invalidate logical slots if we are in hot standby and the
9212 : : * primary disabled logical decoding.
9213 : : */
9214 : 9 : InvalidateObsoleteReplicationSlots(RS_INVAL_WAL_LEVEL,
9215 : : 0, InvalidOid,
9216 : : InvalidTransactionId);
9217 : : }
9218 [ - + ]: 7 : else if (sync_replication_slots)
9219 : : {
9220 : : /*
9221 : : * Signal the postmaster to launch the slotsync worker.
9222 : : *
9223 : : * XXX: For simplicity, we keep the slotsync worker running
9224 : : * even after logical decoding is disabled. A future
9225 : : * improvement can consider starting and stopping the worker
9226 : : * based on logical decoding status change.
9227 : : */
133 msawada@postgresql.o 9228 :UNC 0 : kill(PostmasterPid, SIGUSR1);
9229 : : }
9230 : : }
9231 : : }
9327 vadim4o@yahoo.com 9232 :GNC 112451 : }
9233 : :
9234 : : void
32 dgustafsson@postgres 9235 : 4 : xlog2_redo(XLogReaderState *record)
9236 : : {
9237 : 4 : uint8 info = XLogRecGetInfo(record) & ~XLR_INFO_MASK;
9238 : :
9239 [ + - ]: 4 : if (info == XLOG2_CHECKSUMS)
9240 : : {
9241 : : xl_checksum_state state;
9242 : :
9243 : 4 : memcpy(&state, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(xl_checksum_state));
9244 : :
9245 : 4 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
9246 : 4 : XLogCtl->data_checksum_version = state.new_checksum_state;
9247 : 4 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
9248 : :
5 9249 : 4 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
9250 : 4 : ControlFile->data_checksum_version = state.new_checksum_state;
9251 : 4 : UpdateControlFile();
9252 : 4 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
9253 : :
9254 : : /*
9255 : : * Block on a procsignalbarrier to await all processes having seen the
9256 : : * change to checksum status. Once the barrier has been passed we can
9257 : : * initiate the corresponding processing.
9258 : : */
32 9259 : 4 : EmitAndWaitDataChecksumsBarrier(state.new_checksum_state);
9260 : : }
32 dgustafsson@postgres 9261 :CBC 4 : }
9262 : :
9263 : : /*
9264 : : * Return the extra open flags used for opening a file, depending on the
9265 : : * value of the GUCs wal_sync_method, fsync and debug_io_direct.
9266 : : */
9267 : : static int
6565 magnus@hagander.net 9268 : 17556 : get_sync_bit(int method)
9269 : : {
5912 bruce@momjian.us 9270 : 17556 : int o_direct_flag = 0;
9271 : :
9272 : : /*
9273 : : * Use O_DIRECT if requested, except in walreceiver process. The WAL
9274 : : * written by walreceiver is normally read by the startup process soon
9275 : : * after it's written. Also, walreceiver performs unaligned writes, which
9276 : : * don't work with O_DIRECT, so it is required for correctness too.
9277 : : */
1123 tmunro@postgresql.or 9278 [ + + + - ]: 17556 : if ((io_direct_flags & IO_DIRECT_WAL) && !AmWalReceiverProcess())
5919 heikki.linnakangas@i 9279 : 9 : o_direct_flag = PG_O_DIRECT;
9280 : :
9281 : : /* If fsync is disabled, never open in sync mode */
1123 tmunro@postgresql.or 9282 [ + - ]: 17556 : if (!enableFsync)
9283 : 17556 : return o_direct_flag;
9284 : :
6565 magnus@hagander.net 9285 [ # # # # ]:UBC 0 : switch (method)
9286 : : {
9287 : : /*
9288 : : * enum values for all sync options are defined even if they are
9289 : : * not supported on the current platform. But if not, they are
9290 : : * not included in the enum option array, and therefore will never
9291 : : * be seen here.
9292 : : */
935 nathan@postgresql.or 9293 : 0 : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC:
9294 : : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH:
9295 : : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FDATASYNC:
1123 tmunro@postgresql.or 9296 : 0 : return o_direct_flag;
9297 : : #ifdef O_SYNC
935 nathan@postgresql.or 9298 : 0 : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN:
1383 tmunro@postgresql.or 9299 : 0 : return O_SYNC | o_direct_flag;
9300 : : #endif
9301 : : #ifdef O_DSYNC
935 nathan@postgresql.or 9302 : 0 : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN_DSYNC:
1383 tmunro@postgresql.or 9303 : 0 : return O_DSYNC | o_direct_flag;
9304 : : #endif
6567 magnus@hagander.net 9305 : 0 : default:
9306 : : /* can't happen (unless we are out of sync with option array) */
718 peter@eisentraut.org 9307 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "unrecognized \"wal_sync_method\": %d", method);
9308 : : return 0; /* silence warning */
9309 : : }
9310 : : }
9311 : :
9312 : : /*
9313 : : * GUC support
9314 : : */
9315 : : void
935 nathan@postgresql.or 9316 :CBC 1286 : assign_wal_sync_method(int new_wal_sync_method, void *extra)
9317 : : {
9318 [ - + ]: 1286 : if (wal_sync_method != new_wal_sync_method)
9319 : : {
9320 : : /*
9321 : : * To ensure that no blocks escape unsynced, force an fsync on the
9322 : : * currently open log segment (if any). Also, if the open flag is
9323 : : * changing, close the log file so it will be reopened (with new flag
9324 : : * bit) at next use.
9325 : : */
9181 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9326 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (openLogFile >= 0)
9327 : : {
3335 rhaas@postgresql.org 9328 : 0 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_SYNC_METHOD_ASSIGN);
9181 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9329 [ # # ]: 0 : if (pg_fsync(openLogFile) != 0)
9330 : : {
9331 : : char xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
9332 : : int save_errno;
9333 : :
2345 michael@paquier.xyz 9334 : 0 : save_errno = errno;
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 9335 : 0 : XLogFileName(xlogfname, openLogTLI, openLogSegNo,
9336 : : wal_segment_size);
2345 michael@paquier.xyz 9337 : 0 : errno = save_errno;
8324 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9338 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(PANIC,
9339 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
9340 : : errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", xlogfname)));
9341 : : }
9342 : :
3335 rhaas@postgresql.org 9343 : 0 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
935 nathan@postgresql.or 9344 [ # # ]: 0 : if (get_sync_bit(wal_sync_method) != get_sync_bit(new_wal_sync_method))
7264 bruce@momjian.us 9345 : 0 : XLogFileClose();
9346 : : }
9347 : : }
9181 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9348 :CBC 1286 : }
9349 : :
9350 : :
9351 : : /*
9352 : : * Issue appropriate kind of fsync (if any) for an XLOG output file.
9353 : : *
9354 : : * 'fd' is a file descriptor for the XLOG file to be fsync'd.
9355 : : * 'segno' is for error reporting purposes.
9356 : : */
9357 : : void
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 9358 : 208669 : issue_xlog_fsync(int fd, XLogSegNo segno, TimeLineID tli)
9359 : : {
2345 michael@paquier.xyz 9360 : 208669 : char *msg = NULL;
9361 : : instr_time start;
9362 : :
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 9363 [ - + ]: 208669 : Assert(tli != 0);
9364 : :
9365 : : /*
9366 : : * Quick exit if fsync is disabled or write() has already synced the WAL
9367 : : * file.
9368 : : */
1883 fujii@postgresql.org 9369 [ - + ]: 208669 : if (!enableFsync ||
935 nathan@postgresql.or 9370 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : wal_sync_method == WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN ||
9371 [ # # ]: 0 : wal_sync_method == WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN_DSYNC)
1883 fujii@postgresql.org 9372 :CBC 208669 : return;
9373 : :
9374 : : /*
9375 : : * Measure I/O timing to sync the WAL file for pg_stat_io.
9376 : : */
433 michael@paquier.xyz 9377 :UBC 0 : start = pgstat_prepare_io_time(track_wal_io_timing);
9378 : :
2864 9379 : 0 : pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_SYNC);
935 nathan@postgresql.or 9380 [ # # # # ]: 0 : switch (wal_sync_method)
9381 : : {
9382 : 0 : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC:
5954 heikki.linnakangas@i 9383 [ # # ]: 0 : if (pg_fsync_no_writethrough(fd) != 0)
2345 michael@paquier.xyz 9384 : 0 : msg = _("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m");
9181 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9385 : 0 : break;
9386 : : #ifdef HAVE_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH
9387 : : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH:
9388 : : if (pg_fsync_writethrough(fd) != 0)
9389 : : msg = _("could not fsync write-through file \"%s\": %m");
9390 : : break;
9391 : : #endif
935 nathan@postgresql.or 9392 : 0 : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FDATASYNC:
5954 heikki.linnakangas@i 9393 [ # # ]: 0 : if (pg_fdatasync(fd) != 0)
2345 michael@paquier.xyz 9394 : 0 : msg = _("could not fdatasync file \"%s\": %m");
9181 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9395 : 0 : break;
935 nathan@postgresql.or 9396 : 0 : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN:
9397 : : case WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN_DSYNC:
9398 : : /* not reachable */
1883 fujii@postgresql.org 9399 : 0 : Assert(false);
9400 : : break;
9181 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9401 : 0 : default:
762 dgustafsson@postgres 9402 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(PANIC,
9403 : : errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
9404 : : errmsg_internal("unrecognized \"wal_sync_method\": %d", wal_sync_method));
9405 : : break;
9406 : : }
9407 : :
9408 : : /* PANIC if failed to fsync */
2345 michael@paquier.xyz 9409 [ # # ]: 0 : if (msg)
9410 : : {
9411 : : char xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
9412 : 0 : int save_errno = errno;
9413 : :
1642 rhaas@postgresql.org 9414 : 0 : XLogFileName(xlogfname, tli, segno, wal_segment_size);
2345 michael@paquier.xyz 9415 : 0 : errno = save_errno;
9416 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(PANIC,
9417 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
9418 : : errmsg(msg, xlogfname)));
9419 : : }
9420 : :
9421 : 0 : pgstat_report_wait_end();
9422 : :
455 9423 : 0 : pgstat_count_io_op_time(IOOBJECT_WAL, IOCONTEXT_NORMAL, IOOP_FSYNC,
9424 : : start, 1, 0);
9425 : : }
9426 : :
9427 : : /*
9428 : : * do_pg_backup_start is the workhorse of the user-visible pg_backup_start()
9429 : : * function. It creates the necessary starting checkpoint and constructs the
9430 : : * backup state and tablespace map.
9431 : : *
9432 : : * Input parameters are "state" (the backup state), "fast" (if true, we do
9433 : : * the checkpoint in fast mode), and "tablespaces" (if non-NULL, indicates a
9434 : : * list of tablespaceinfo structs describing the cluster's tablespaces.).
9435 : : *
9436 : : * The tablespace map contents are appended to passed-in parameter
9437 : : * tablespace_map and the caller is responsible for including it in the backup
9438 : : * archive as 'tablespace_map'. The tablespace_map file is required mainly for
9439 : : * tar format in windows as native windows utilities are not able to create
9440 : : * symlinks while extracting files from tar. However for consistency and
9441 : : * platform-independence, we do it the same way everywhere.
9442 : : *
9443 : : * It fills in "state" with the information required for the backup, such
9444 : : * as the minimum WAL location that must be present to restore from this
9445 : : * backup (starttli) and the corresponding timeline ID (starttli).
9446 : : *
9447 : : * Every successfully started backup must be stopped by calling
9448 : : * do_pg_backup_stop() or do_pg_abort_backup(). There can be many
9449 : : * backups active at the same time.
9450 : : *
9451 : : * It is the responsibility of the caller of this function to verify the
9452 : : * permissions of the calling user!
9453 : : */
9454 : : void
1317 michael@paquier.xyz 9455 :CBC 187 : do_pg_backup_start(const char *backupidstr, bool fast, List **tablespaces,
9456 : : BackupState *state, StringInfo tblspcmapfile)
9457 : : {
9458 : : bool backup_started_in_recovery;
9459 : :
9460 [ - + ]: 187 : Assert(state != NULL);
5214 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9461 : 187 : backup_started_in_recovery = RecoveryInProgress();
9462 : :
9463 : : /*
9464 : : * During recovery, we don't need to check WAL level. Because, if WAL
9465 : : * level is not sufficient, it's impossible to get here during recovery.
9466 : : */
9467 [ + + - + ]: 187 : if (!backup_started_in_recovery && !XLogIsNeeded())
6796 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9468 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
9469 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
9470 : : errmsg("WAL level not sufficient for making an online backup"),
9471 : : errhint("\"wal_level\" must be set to \"replica\" or \"logical\" at server start.")));
9472 : :
5573 heikki.linnakangas@i 9473 [ + + ]:CBC 187 : if (strlen(backupidstr) > MAXPGPATH)
9474 [ + - ]: 1 : ereport(ERROR,
9475 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
9476 : : errmsg("backup label too long (max %d bytes)",
9477 : : MAXPGPATH)));
9478 : :
672 dgustafsson@postgres 9479 : 186 : strlcpy(state->name, backupidstr, sizeof(state->name));
9480 : :
9481 : : /*
9482 : : * Mark backup active in shared memory. We must do full-page WAL writes
9483 : : * during an on-line backup even if not doing so at other times, because
9484 : : * it's quite possible for the backup dump to obtain a "torn" (partially
9485 : : * written) copy of a database page if it reads the page concurrently with
9486 : : * our write to the same page. This can be fixed as long as the first
9487 : : * write to the page in the WAL sequence is a full-page write. Hence, we
9488 : : * increment runningBackups then force a CHECKPOINT, to ensure there are
9489 : : * no dirty pages in shared memory that might get dumped while the backup
9490 : : * is in progress without having a corresponding WAL record. (Once the
9491 : : * backup is complete, we need not force full-page writes anymore, since
9492 : : * we expect that any pages not modified during the backup interval must
9493 : : * have been correctly captured by the backup.)
9494 : : *
9495 : : * Note that forcing full-page writes has no effect during an online
9496 : : * backup from the standby.
9497 : : *
9498 : : * We must hold all the insertion locks to change the value of
9499 : : * runningBackups, to ensure adequate interlocking against
9500 : : * XLogInsertRecord().
9501 : : */
4428 heikki.linnakangas@i 9502 : 186 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
1490 sfrost@snowman.net 9503 : 186 : XLogCtl->Insert.runningBackups++;
4428 heikki.linnakangas@i 9504 : 186 : WALInsertLockRelease();
9505 : :
9506 : : /*
9507 : : * Ensure we decrement runningBackups if we fail below. NB -- for this to
9508 : : * work correctly, it is critical that sessionBackupState is only updated
9509 : : * after this block is over.
9510 : : */
273 peter@eisentraut.org 9511 [ + - ]:GNC 186 : PG_ENSURE_ERROR_CLEANUP(do_pg_abort_backup, BoolGetDatum(true));
9512 : : {
5504 bruce@momjian.us 9513 :CBC 186 : bool gotUniqueStartpoint = false;
9514 : : DIR *tblspcdir;
9515 : : struct dirent *de;
9516 : : tablespaceinfo *ti;
9517 : : int datadirpathlen;
9518 : :
9519 : : /*
9520 : : * Force an XLOG file switch before the checkpoint, to ensure that the
9521 : : * WAL segment the checkpoint is written to doesn't contain pages with
9522 : : * old timeline IDs. That would otherwise happen if you called
9523 : : * pg_backup_start() right after restoring from a PITR archive: the
9524 : : * first WAL segment containing the startup checkpoint has pages in
9525 : : * the beginning with the old timeline ID. That can cause trouble at
9526 : : * recovery: we won't have a history file covering the old timeline if
9527 : : * pg_wal directory was not included in the base backup and the WAL
9528 : : * archive was cleared too before starting the backup.
9529 : : *
9530 : : * During recovery, we skip forcing XLOG file switch, which means that
9531 : : * the backup taken during recovery is not available for the special
9532 : : * recovery case described above.
9533 : : */
5214 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9534 [ + + ]: 186 : if (!backup_started_in_recovery)
3421 andres@anarazel.de 9535 : 177 : RequestXLogSwitch(false);
9536 : :
9537 : : do
9538 : : {
9539 : : bool checkpointfpw;
9540 : :
9541 : : /*
9542 : : * Force a CHECKPOINT. Aside from being necessary to prevent torn
9543 : : * page problems, this guarantees that two successive backup runs
9544 : : * will have different checkpoint positions and hence different
9545 : : * history file names, even if nothing happened in between.
9546 : : *
9547 : : * During recovery, establish a restartpoint if possible. We use
9548 : : * the last restartpoint as the backup starting checkpoint. This
9549 : : * means that two successive backup runs can have same checkpoint
9550 : : * positions.
9551 : : *
9552 : : * Since the fact that we are executing do_pg_backup_start()
9553 : : * during recovery means that checkpointer is running, we can use
9554 : : * RequestCheckpoint() to establish a restartpoint.
9555 : : *
9556 : : * We use CHECKPOINT_FAST only if requested by user (via passing
9557 : : * fast = true). Otherwise this can take awhile.
9558 : : */
5524 heikki.linnakangas@i 9559 [ + + ]: 186 : RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_FORCE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT |
9560 : : (fast ? CHECKPOINT_FAST : 0));
9561 : :
9562 : : /*
9563 : : * Now we need to fetch the checkpoint record location, and also
9564 : : * its REDO pointer. The oldest point in WAL that would be needed
9565 : : * to restore starting from the checkpoint is precisely the REDO
9566 : : * pointer.
9567 : : */
9568 : 186 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_SHARED);
1317 michael@paquier.xyz 9569 : 186 : state->checkpointloc = ControlFile->checkPoint;
9570 : 186 : state->startpoint = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo;
9571 : 186 : state->starttli = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.ThisTimeLineID;
5214 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9572 : 186 : checkpointfpw = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.fullPageWrites;
5524 heikki.linnakangas@i 9573 : 186 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
9574 : :
5214 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9575 [ + + ]: 186 : if (backup_started_in_recovery)
9576 : : {
9577 : : XLogRecPtr recptr;
9578 : :
9579 : : /*
9580 : : * Check to see if all WAL replayed during online backup
9581 : : * (i.e., since last restartpoint used as backup starting
9582 : : * checkpoint) contain full-page writes.
9583 : : */
4243 andres@anarazel.de 9584 [ - + ]: 9 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
9585 : 9 : recptr = XLogCtl->lastFpwDisableRecPtr;
9586 : 9 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
9587 : :
1317 michael@paquier.xyz 9588 [ + - - + ]: 9 : if (!checkpointfpw || state->startpoint <= recptr)
5214 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9589 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
9590 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
9591 : : errmsg("WAL generated with \"full_page_writes=off\" was replayed "
9592 : : "since last restartpoint"),
9593 : : errhint("This means that the backup being taken on the standby "
9594 : : "is corrupt and should not be used. "
9595 : : "Enable \"full_page_writes\" and run CHECKPOINT on the primary, "
9596 : : "and then try an online backup again.")));
9597 : :
9598 : : /*
9599 : : * During recovery, since we don't use the end-of-backup WAL
9600 : : * record and don't write the backup history file, the
9601 : : * starting WAL location doesn't need to be unique. This means
9602 : : * that two base backups started at the same time might use
9603 : : * the same checkpoint as starting locations.
9604 : : */
5214 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9605 :CBC 9 : gotUniqueStartpoint = true;
9606 : : }
9607 : :
9608 : : /*
9609 : : * If two base backups are started at the same time (in WAL sender
9610 : : * processes), we need to make sure that they use different
9611 : : * checkpoints as starting locations, because we use the starting
9612 : : * WAL location as a unique identifier for the base backup in the
9613 : : * end-of-backup WAL record and when we write the backup history
9614 : : * file. Perhaps it would be better generate a separate unique ID
9615 : : * for each backup instead of forcing another checkpoint, but
9616 : : * taking a checkpoint right after another is not that expensive
9617 : : * either because only few buffers have been dirtied yet.
9618 : : */
4428 heikki.linnakangas@i 9619 : 186 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
1317 michael@paquier.xyz 9620 [ + - ]: 186 : if (XLogCtl->Insert.lastBackupStart < state->startpoint)
9621 : : {
9622 : 186 : XLogCtl->Insert.lastBackupStart = state->startpoint;
5524 heikki.linnakangas@i 9623 : 186 : gotUniqueStartpoint = true;
9624 : : }
4428 9625 : 186 : WALInsertLockRelease();
5504 bruce@momjian.us 9626 [ - + ]: 186 : } while (!gotUniqueStartpoint);
9627 : :
9628 : : /*
9629 : : * Construct tablespace_map file.
9630 : : */
4011 andrew@dunslane.net 9631 : 186 : datadirpathlen = strlen(DataDir);
9632 : :
9633 : : /* Collect information about all tablespaces */
609 michael@paquier.xyz 9634 : 186 : tblspcdir = AllocateDir(PG_TBLSPC_DIR);
9635 [ + + ]: 597 : while ((de = ReadDir(tblspcdir, PG_TBLSPC_DIR)) != NULL)
9636 : : {
9637 : : char fullpath[MAXPGPATH + sizeof(PG_TBLSPC_DIR)];
9638 : : char linkpath[MAXPGPATH];
4011 andrew@dunslane.net 9639 : 411 : char *relpath = NULL;
9640 : : char *s;
9641 : : PGFileType de_type;
9642 : : char *badp;
9643 : : Oid tsoid;
9644 : :
9645 : : /*
9646 : : * Try to parse the directory name as an unsigned integer.
9647 : : *
9648 : : * Tablespace directories should be positive integers that can be
9649 : : * represented in 32 bits, with no leading zeroes or trailing
9650 : : * garbage. If we come across a name that doesn't meet those
9651 : : * criteria, skip it.
9652 : : */
925 rhaas@postgresql.org 9653 [ + + - + ]: 411 : if (de->d_name[0] < '1' || de->d_name[1] > '9')
9654 : 372 : continue;
9655 : 39 : errno = 0;
9656 : 39 : tsoid = strtoul(de->d_name, &badp, 10);
9657 [ + - + - : 39 : if (*badp != '\0' || errno == EINVAL || errno == ERANGE)
- + ]
4011 andrew@dunslane.net 9658 :UBC 0 : continue;
9659 : :
609 michael@paquier.xyz 9660 :CBC 39 : snprintf(fullpath, sizeof(fullpath), "%s/%s", PG_TBLSPC_DIR, de->d_name);
9661 : :
1113 rhaas@postgresql.org 9662 : 39 : de_type = get_dirent_type(fullpath, de, false, ERROR);
9663 : :
9664 [ + + ]: 39 : if (de_type == PGFILETYPE_LNK)
9665 : : {
9666 : : StringInfoData escapedpath;
9667 : : int rllen;
9668 : :
9669 : 25 : rllen = readlink(fullpath, linkpath, sizeof(linkpath));
9670 [ - + ]: 25 : if (rllen < 0)
9671 : : {
1113 rhaas@postgresql.org 9672 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(WARNING,
9673 : : (errmsg("could not read symbolic link \"%s\": %m",
9674 : : fullpath)));
9675 : 0 : continue;
9676 : : }
1113 rhaas@postgresql.org 9677 [ - + ]:CBC 25 : else if (rllen >= sizeof(linkpath))
9678 : : {
1113 rhaas@postgresql.org 9679 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(WARNING,
9680 : : (errmsg("symbolic link \"%s\" target is too long",
9681 : : fullpath)));
9682 : 0 : continue;
9683 : : }
1113 rhaas@postgresql.org 9684 :CBC 25 : linkpath[rllen] = '\0';
9685 : :
9686 : : /*
9687 : : * Relpath holds the relative path of the tablespace directory
9688 : : * when it's located within PGDATA, or NULL if it's located
9689 : : * elsewhere.
9690 : : */
9691 [ - + ]: 25 : if (rllen > datadirpathlen &&
1113 rhaas@postgresql.org 9692 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : strncmp(linkpath, DataDir, datadirpathlen) == 0 &&
1082 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9693 [ # # ]: 0 : IS_DIR_SEP(linkpath[datadirpathlen]))
1113 rhaas@postgresql.org 9694 : 0 : relpath = pstrdup(linkpath + datadirpathlen + 1);
9695 : :
9696 : : /*
9697 : : * Add a backslash-escaped version of the link path to the
9698 : : * tablespace map file.
9699 : : */
1113 rhaas@postgresql.org 9700 :CBC 25 : initStringInfo(&escapedpath);
9701 [ + + ]: 594 : for (s = linkpath; *s; s++)
9702 : : {
9703 [ + - + - : 569 : if (*s == '\n' || *s == '\r' || *s == '\\')
- + ]
1113 rhaas@postgresql.org 9704 :UBC 0 : appendStringInfoChar(&escapedpath, '\\');
1113 rhaas@postgresql.org 9705 :CBC 569 : appendStringInfoChar(&escapedpath, *s);
9706 : : }
9707 : 25 : appendStringInfo(tblspcmapfile, "%s %s\n",
9708 : 25 : de->d_name, escapedpath.data);
9709 : 25 : pfree(escapedpath.data);
9710 : : }
9711 [ + - ]: 14 : else if (de_type == PGFILETYPE_DIR)
9712 : : {
9713 : : /*
9714 : : * It's possible to use allow_in_place_tablespaces to create
9715 : : * directories directly under pg_tblspc, for testing purposes
9716 : : * only.
9717 : : *
9718 : : * In this case, we store a relative path rather than an
9719 : : * absolute path into the tablespaceinfo.
9720 : : */
609 michael@paquier.xyz 9721 : 14 : snprintf(linkpath, sizeof(linkpath), "%s/%s",
9722 : 14 : PG_TBLSPC_DIR, de->d_name);
1113 rhaas@postgresql.org 9723 : 14 : relpath = pstrdup(linkpath);
9724 : : }
9725 : : else
9726 : : {
9727 : : /* Skip any other file type that appears here. */
1113 rhaas@postgresql.org 9728 :UBC 0 : continue;
9729 : : }
9730 : :
146 michael@paquier.xyz 9731 :GNC 39 : ti = palloc_object(tablespaceinfo);
925 rhaas@postgresql.org 9732 :CBC 39 : ti->oid = tsoid;
1875 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9733 : 39 : ti->path = pstrdup(linkpath);
1113 rhaas@postgresql.org 9734 : 39 : ti->rpath = relpath;
2148 9735 : 39 : ti->size = -1;
9736 : :
4000 bruce@momjian.us 9737 [ + - ]: 39 : if (tablespaces)
9738 : 39 : *tablespaces = lappend(*tablespaces, ti);
9739 : : }
3074 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9740 : 186 : FreeDir(tblspcdir);
9741 : :
1317 michael@paquier.xyz 9742 : 186 : state->starttime = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
9743 : : }
273 peter@eisentraut.org 9744 [ - + ]:GNC 186 : PG_END_ENSURE_ERROR_CLEANUP(do_pg_abort_backup, BoolGetDatum(true));
9745 : :
1317 michael@paquier.xyz 9746 :CBC 186 : state->started_in_recovery = backup_started_in_recovery;
9747 : :
9748 : : /*
9749 : : * Mark that the start phase has correctly finished for the backup.
9750 : : */
1490 sfrost@snowman.net 9751 : 186 : sessionBackupState = SESSION_BACKUP_RUNNING;
7945 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9752 : 186 : }
9753 : :
9754 : : /*
9755 : : * Utility routine to fetch the session-level status of a backup running.
9756 : : */
9757 : : SessionBackupState
3329 teodor@sigaev.ru 9758 : 207 : get_backup_status(void)
9759 : : {
9760 : 207 : return sessionBackupState;
9761 : : }
9762 : :
9763 : : /*
9764 : : * do_pg_backup_stop
9765 : : *
9766 : : * Utility function called at the end of an online backup. It creates history
9767 : : * file (if required), resets sessionBackupState and so on. It can optionally
9768 : : * wait for WAL segments to be archived.
9769 : : *
9770 : : * "state" is filled with the information necessary to restore from this
9771 : : * backup with its stop LSN (stoppoint), its timeline ID (stoptli), etc.
9772 : : *
9773 : : * It is the responsibility of the caller of this function to verify the
9774 : : * permissions of the calling user!
9775 : : */
9776 : : void
1317 michael@paquier.xyz 9777 : 180 : do_pg_backup_stop(BackupState *state, bool waitforarchive)
9778 : : {
9779 : 180 : bool backup_stopped_in_recovery = false;
9780 : : char histfilepath[MAXPGPATH];
9781 : : char lastxlogfilename[MAXFNAMELEN];
9782 : : char histfilename[MAXFNAMELEN];
9783 : : XLogSegNo _logSegNo;
9784 : : FILE *fp;
9785 : : int seconds_before_warning;
6604 bruce@momjian.us 9786 : 180 : int waits = 0;
5861 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9787 : 180 : bool reported_waiting = false;
9788 : :
1317 michael@paquier.xyz 9789 [ - + ]: 180 : Assert(state != NULL);
9790 : :
9791 : 180 : backup_stopped_in_recovery = RecoveryInProgress();
9792 : :
9793 : : /*
9794 : : * During recovery, we don't need to check WAL level. Because, if WAL
9795 : : * level is not sufficient, it's impossible to get here during recovery.
9796 : : */
9797 [ + + - + ]: 180 : if (!backup_stopped_in_recovery && !XLogIsNeeded())
6448 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 9798 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
9799 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
9800 : : errmsg("WAL level not sufficient for making an online backup"),
9801 : : errhint("\"wal_level\" must be set to \"replica\" or \"logical\" at server start.")));
9802 : :
9803 : : /*
9804 : : * OK to update backup counter and session-level lock.
9805 : : *
9806 : : * Note that CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() must not occur while updating them,
9807 : : * otherwise they can be updated inconsistently, which might cause
9808 : : * do_pg_abort_backup() to fail.
9809 : : */
3395 fujii@postgresql.org 9810 :CBC 180 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
9811 : :
9812 : : /*
9813 : : * It is expected that each do_pg_backup_start() call is matched by
9814 : : * exactly one do_pg_backup_stop() call.
9815 : : */
1490 sfrost@snowman.net 9816 [ - + ]: 180 : Assert(XLogCtl->Insert.runningBackups > 0);
9817 : 180 : XLogCtl->Insert.runningBackups--;
9818 : :
9819 : : /*
9820 : : * Clean up session-level lock.
9821 : : *
9822 : : * You might think that WALInsertLockRelease() can be called before
9823 : : * cleaning up session-level lock because session-level lock doesn't need
9824 : : * to be protected with WAL insertion lock. But since
9825 : : * CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() can occur in it, session-level lock must be
9826 : : * cleaned up before it.
9827 : : */
3329 teodor@sigaev.ru 9828 : 180 : sessionBackupState = SESSION_BACKUP_NONE;
9829 : :
3059 fujii@postgresql.org 9830 : 180 : WALInsertLockRelease();
9831 : :
9832 : : /*
9833 : : * If we are taking an online backup from the standby, we confirm that the
9834 : : * standby has not been promoted during the backup.
9835 : : */
1317 michael@paquier.xyz 9836 [ + + - + ]: 180 : if (state->started_in_recovery && !backup_stopped_in_recovery)
5214 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9837 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
9838 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
9839 : : errmsg("the standby was promoted during online backup"),
9840 : : errhint("This means that the backup being taken is corrupt "
9841 : : "and should not be used. "
9842 : : "Try taking another online backup.")));
9843 : :
9844 : : /*
9845 : : * During recovery, we don't write an end-of-backup record. We assume that
9846 : : * pg_control was backed up last and its minimum recovery point can be
9847 : : * available as the backup end location. Since we don't have an
9848 : : * end-of-backup record, we use the pg_control value to check whether
9849 : : * we've reached the end of backup when starting recovery from this
9850 : : * backup. We have no way of checking if pg_control wasn't backed up last
9851 : : * however.
9852 : : *
9853 : : * We don't force a switch to new WAL file but it is still possible to
9854 : : * wait for all the required files to be archived if waitforarchive is
9855 : : * true. This is okay if we use the backup to start a standby and fetch
9856 : : * the missing WAL using streaming replication. But in the case of an
9857 : : * archive recovery, a user should set waitforarchive to true and wait for
9858 : : * them to be archived to ensure that all the required files are
9859 : : * available.
9860 : : *
9861 : : * We return the current minimum recovery point as the backup end
9862 : : * location. Note that it can be greater than the exact backup end
9863 : : * location if the minimum recovery point is updated after the backup of
9864 : : * pg_control. This is harmless for current uses.
9865 : : *
9866 : : * XXX currently a backup history file is for informational and debug
9867 : : * purposes only. It's not essential for an online backup. Furthermore,
9868 : : * even if it's created, it will not be archived during recovery because
9869 : : * an archiver is not invoked. So it doesn't seem worthwhile to write a
9870 : : * backup history file during recovery.
9871 : : */
1317 michael@paquier.xyz 9872 [ + + ]:CBC 180 : if (backup_stopped_in_recovery)
9873 : : {
9874 : : XLogRecPtr recptr;
9875 : :
9876 : : /*
9877 : : * Check to see if all WAL replayed during online backup contain
9878 : : * full-page writes.
9879 : : */
4243 andres@anarazel.de 9880 [ - + ]: 9 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
9881 : 9 : recptr = XLogCtl->lastFpwDisableRecPtr;
9882 : 9 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
9883 : :
1317 michael@paquier.xyz 9884 [ - + ]: 9 : if (state->startpoint <= recptr)
5214 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9885 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
9886 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
9887 : : errmsg("WAL generated with \"full_page_writes=off\" was replayed "
9888 : : "during online backup"),
9889 : : errhint("This means that the backup being taken on the standby "
9890 : : "is corrupt and should not be used. "
9891 : : "Enable \"full_page_writes\" and run CHECKPOINT on the primary, "
9892 : : "and then try an online backup again.")));
9893 : :
9894 : :
5214 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9895 :CBC 9 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_SHARED);
1317 michael@paquier.xyz 9896 : 9 : state->stoppoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
9897 : 9 : state->stoptli = ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI;
5214 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 9898 : 9 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
9899 : : }
9900 : : else
9901 : : {
9902 : : char *history_file;
9903 : :
9904 : : /*
9905 : : * Write the backup-end xlog record
9906 : : */
3195 rhaas@postgresql.org 9907 : 171 : XLogBeginInsert();
448 peter@eisentraut.org 9908 : 171 : XLogRegisterData(&state->startpoint,
9909 : : sizeof(state->startpoint));
1317 michael@paquier.xyz 9910 : 171 : state->stoppoint = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_BACKUP_END);
9911 : :
9912 : : /*
9913 : : * Given that we're not in recovery, InsertTimeLineID is set and can't
9914 : : * change, so we can read it without a lock.
9915 : : */
9916 : 171 : state->stoptli = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
9917 : :
9918 : : /*
9919 : : * Force a switch to a new xlog segment file, so that the backup is
9920 : : * valid as soon as archiver moves out the current segment file.
9921 : : */
3195 rhaas@postgresql.org 9922 : 171 : RequestXLogSwitch(false);
9923 : :
1317 michael@paquier.xyz 9924 : 171 : state->stoptime = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
9925 : :
9926 : : /*
9927 : : * Write the backup history file
9928 : : */
9929 : 171 : XLByteToSeg(state->startpoint, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
9930 : 171 : BackupHistoryFilePath(histfilepath, state->stoptli, _logSegNo,
9931 : : state->startpoint, wal_segment_size);
3195 rhaas@postgresql.org 9932 : 171 : fp = AllocateFile(histfilepath, "w");
9933 [ - + ]: 171 : if (!fp)
3195 rhaas@postgresql.org 9934 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
9935 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
9936 : : errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m",
9937 : : histfilepath)));
9938 : :
9939 : : /* Build and save the contents of the backup history file */
1317 michael@paquier.xyz 9940 :CBC 171 : history_file = build_backup_content(state, true);
1316 9941 : 171 : fprintf(fp, "%s", history_file);
1317 9942 : 171 : pfree(history_file);
9943 : :
3195 rhaas@postgresql.org 9944 [ + - + - : 171 : if (fflush(fp) || ferror(fp) || FreeFile(fp))
- + ]
3195 rhaas@postgresql.org 9945 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
9946 : : (errcode_for_file_access(),
9947 : : errmsg("could not write file \"%s\": %m",
9948 : : histfilepath)));
9949 : :
9950 : : /*
9951 : : * Clean out any no-longer-needed history files. As a side effect,
9952 : : * this will post a .ready file for the newly created history file,
9953 : : * notifying the archiver that history file may be archived
9954 : : * immediately.
9955 : : */
3195 rhaas@postgresql.org 9956 :CBC 171 : CleanupBackupHistory();
9957 : : }
9958 : :
9959 : : /*
9960 : : * If archiving is enabled, wait for all the required WAL files to be
9961 : : * archived before returning. If archiving isn't enabled, the required WAL
9962 : : * needs to be transported via streaming replication (hopefully with
9963 : : * wal_keep_size set high enough), or some more exotic mechanism like
9964 : : * polling and copying files from pg_wal with script. We have no knowledge
9965 : : * of those mechanisms, so it's up to the user to ensure that he gets all
9966 : : * the required WAL.
9967 : : *
9968 : : * We wait until both the last WAL file filled during backup and the
9969 : : * history file have been archived, and assume that the alphabetic sorting
9970 : : * property of the WAL files ensures any earlier WAL files are safely
9971 : : * archived as well.
9972 : : *
9973 : : * We wait forever, since archive_command is supposed to work and we
9974 : : * assume the admin wanted his backup to work completely. If you don't
9975 : : * wish to wait, then either waitforarchive should be passed in as false,
9976 : : * or you can set statement_timeout. Also, some notices are issued to
9977 : : * clue in anyone who might be doing this interactively.
9978 : : */
9979 : :
9980 [ + + ]: 180 : if (waitforarchive &&
1317 michael@paquier.xyz 9981 [ + + + + : 10 : ((!backup_stopped_in_recovery && XLogArchivingActive()) ||
- + + + +
+ ]
9982 [ + - - + : 1 : (backup_stopped_in_recovery && XLogArchivingAlways())))
- + ]
9983 : : {
9984 : 4 : XLByteToPrevSeg(state->stoppoint, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
9985 : 4 : XLogFileName(lastxlogfilename, state->stoptli, _logSegNo,
9986 : : wal_segment_size);
9987 : :
9988 : 4 : XLByteToSeg(state->startpoint, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
9989 : 4 : BackupHistoryFileName(histfilename, state->stoptli, _logSegNo,
9990 : : state->startpoint, wal_segment_size);
9991 : :
5782 bruce@momjian.us 9992 : 4 : seconds_before_warning = 60;
9993 : 4 : waits = 0;
9994 : :
9995 [ + + - + ]: 12 : while (XLogArchiveIsBusy(lastxlogfilename) ||
9996 : 4 : XLogArchiveIsBusy(histfilename))
9997 : : {
9998 [ - + ]: 4 : CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
9999 : :
10000 [ + - - + ]: 4 : if (!reported_waiting && waits > 5)
10001 : : {
5782 bruce@momjian.us 10002 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(NOTICE,
10003 : : (errmsg("base backup done, waiting for required WAL segments to be archived")));
10004 : 0 : reported_waiting = true;
10005 : : }
10006 : :
1764 michael@paquier.xyz 10007 :CBC 4 : (void) WaitLatch(MyLatch,
10008 : : WL_LATCH_SET | WL_TIMEOUT | WL_EXIT_ON_PM_DEATH,
10009 : : 1000L,
10010 : : WAIT_EVENT_BACKUP_WAIT_WAL_ARCHIVE);
10011 : 4 : ResetLatch(MyLatch);
10012 : :
5782 bruce@momjian.us 10013 [ - + ]: 4 : if (++waits >= seconds_before_warning)
10014 : : {
5782 bruce@momjian.us 10015 :UBC 0 : seconds_before_warning *= 2; /* This wraps in >10 years... */
10016 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(WARNING,
10017 : : (errmsg("still waiting for all required WAL segments to be archived (%d seconds elapsed)",
10018 : : waits),
10019 : : errhint("Check that your \"archive_command\" is executing properly. "
10020 : : "You can safely cancel this backup, "
10021 : : "but the database backup will not be usable without all the WAL segments.")));
10022 : : }
10023 : : }
10024 : :
5782 bruce@momjian.us 10025 [ + + ]:CBC 4 : ereport(NOTICE,
10026 : : (errmsg("all required WAL segments have been archived")));
10027 : : }
5564 magnus@hagander.net 10028 [ + + ]: 176 : else if (waitforarchive)
5850 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 10029 [ + - ]: 6 : ereport(NOTICE,
10030 : : (errmsg("WAL archiving is not enabled; you must ensure that all required WAL segments are copied through other means to complete the backup")));
5595 magnus@hagander.net 10031 : 180 : }
10032 : :
10033 : :
10034 : : /*
10035 : : * do_pg_abort_backup: abort a running backup
10036 : : *
10037 : : * This does just the most basic steps of do_pg_backup_stop(), by taking the
10038 : : * system out of backup mode, thus making it a lot more safe to call from
10039 : : * an error handler.
10040 : : *
10041 : : * 'arg' indicates that it's being called during backup setup; so
10042 : : * sessionBackupState has not been modified yet, but runningBackups has
10043 : : * already been incremented. When it's false, then it's invoked as a
10044 : : * before_shmem_exit handler, and therefore we must not change state
10045 : : * unless sessionBackupState indicates that a backup is actually running.
10046 : : *
10047 : : * NB: This gets used as a PG_ENSURE_ERROR_CLEANUP callback and
10048 : : * before_shmem_exit handler, hence the odd-looking signature.
10049 : : */
10050 : : void
2329 rhaas@postgresql.org 10051 : 8 : do_pg_abort_backup(int code, Datum arg)
10052 : : {
1294 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 10053 : 8 : bool during_backup_start = DatumGetBool(arg);
10054 : :
10055 : : /* If called during backup start, there shouldn't be one already running */
1289 10056 [ - + - - ]: 8 : Assert(!during_backup_start || sessionBackupState == SESSION_BACKUP_NONE);
10057 : :
1294 10058 [ + - + + ]: 8 : if (during_backup_start || sessionBackupState != SESSION_BACKUP_NONE)
10059 : : {
10060 : 6 : WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive();
10061 [ - + ]: 6 : Assert(XLogCtl->Insert.runningBackups > 0);
10062 : 6 : XLogCtl->Insert.runningBackups--;
10063 : :
10064 : 6 : sessionBackupState = SESSION_BACKUP_NONE;
10065 : 6 : WALInsertLockRelease();
10066 : :
10067 [ + - ]: 6 : if (!during_backup_start)
10068 [ + - ]: 6 : ereport(WARNING,
10069 : : errmsg("aborting backup due to backend exiting before pg_backup_stop was called"));
10070 : : }
2329 rhaas@postgresql.org 10071 : 8 : }
10072 : :
10073 : : /*
10074 : : * Register a handler that will warn about unterminated backups at end of
10075 : : * session, unless this has already been done.
10076 : : */
10077 : : void
10078 : 4 : register_persistent_abort_backup_handler(void)
10079 : : {
10080 : : static bool already_done = false;
10081 : :
10082 [ + + ]: 4 : if (already_done)
10083 : 1 : return;
273 peter@eisentraut.org 10084 :GNC 3 : before_shmem_exit(do_pg_abort_backup, BoolGetDatum(false));
2329 rhaas@postgresql.org 10085 :CBC 3 : already_done = true;
10086 : : }
10087 : :
10088 : : /*
10089 : : * Get latest WAL insert pointer
10090 : : */
10091 : : XLogRecPtr
5228 heikki.linnakangas@i 10092 : 2036 : GetXLogInsertRecPtr(void)
10093 : : {
4243 andres@anarazel.de 10094 : 2036 : XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
10095 : : uint64 current_bytepos;
10096 : :
4684 heikki.linnakangas@i 10097 [ - + ]: 2036 : SpinLockAcquire(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
10098 : 2036 : current_bytepos = Insert->CurrBytePos;
10099 : 2036 : SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
10100 : :
10101 : 2036 : return XLogBytePosToRecPtr(current_bytepos);
10102 : : }
10103 : :
10104 : : /*
10105 : : * Get latest WAL record end pointer
10106 : : */
10107 : : XLogRecPtr
53 tomas.vondra@postgre 10108 : 3676 : GetXLogInsertEndRecPtr(void)
10109 : : {
10110 : 3676 : XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
10111 : : uint64 current_bytepos;
10112 : :
10113 [ - + ]: 3676 : SpinLockAcquire(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
10114 : 3676 : current_bytepos = Insert->CurrBytePos;
10115 : 3676 : SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
10116 : :
10117 : 3676 : return XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(current_bytepos);
10118 : : }
10119 : :
10120 : : /*
10121 : : * Get latest WAL write pointer
10122 : : */
10123 : : XLogRecPtr
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 10124 : 3577 : GetXLogWriteRecPtr(void)
10125 : : {
762 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 10126 : 3577 : RefreshXLogWriteResult(LogwrtResult);
10127 : :
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 10128 : 3577 : return LogwrtResult.Write;
10129 : : }
10130 : :
10131 : : /*
10132 : : * Returns the redo pointer of the last checkpoint or restartpoint. This is
10133 : : * the oldest point in WAL that we still need, if we have to restart recovery.
10134 : : */
10135 : : void
10136 : 398 : GetOldestRestartPoint(XLogRecPtr *oldrecptr, TimeLineID *oldtli)
10137 : : {
10138 : 398 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_SHARED);
10139 : 398 : *oldrecptr = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo;
10140 : 398 : *oldtli = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.ThisTimeLineID;
10141 : 398 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
7347 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 10142 : 398 : }
10143 : :
10144 : : /* Thin wrapper around ShutdownWalRcv(). */
10145 : : void
1772 noah@leadboat.com 10146 : 1070 : XLogShutdownWalRcv(void)
10147 : : {
181 michael@paquier.xyz 10148 [ + + - + ]:GNC 1070 : Assert(AmStartupProcess() || !IsUnderPostmaster);
10149 : :
1772 noah@leadboat.com 10150 :CBC 1070 : ShutdownWalRcv();
182 michael@paquier.xyz 10151 : 1070 : ResetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive();
1772 noah@leadboat.com 10152 : 1070 : }
10153 : :
10154 : : /* Enable WAL file recycling and preallocation. */
10155 : : void
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 10156 : 1261 : SetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive(void)
10157 : : {
10158 : 1261 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
10159 : 1261 : XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive = true;
10160 : 1261 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
3891 fujii@postgresql.org 10161 : 1261 : }
10162 : :
10163 : : /* Disable WAL file recycling and preallocation. */
10164 : : void
182 michael@paquier.xyz 10165 : 1222 : ResetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive(void)
10166 : : {
10167 : 1222 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
10168 : 1222 : XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive = false;
10169 : 1222 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
10170 : 1222 : }
10171 : :
10172 : : bool
1539 heikki.linnakangas@i 10173 : 365 : IsInstallXLogFileSegmentActive(void)
10174 : : {
10175 : : bool result;
10176 : :
10177 : 365 : LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_SHARED);
10178 : 365 : result = XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive;
10179 : 365 : LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
10180 : :
10181 : 365 : return result;
10182 : : }
10183 : :
10184 : : /*
10185 : : * Update the WalWriterSleeping flag.
10186 : : */
10187 : : void
5110 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 10188 : 592 : SetWalWriterSleeping(bool sleeping)
10189 : : {
4243 andres@anarazel.de 10190 [ - + ]: 592 : SpinLockAcquire(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
10191 : 592 : XLogCtl->WalWriterSleeping = sleeping;
10192 : 592 : SpinLockRelease(&XLogCtl->info_lck);
5110 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 10193 : 592 : }
|
